|
|
| |
FFMPEG-FILTERS(1) |
|
FFMPEG-FILTERS(1) |
ffmpeg-filters - FFmpeg filters
This document describes filters, sources, and sinks provided by the libavfilter
library.
Filtering in FFmpeg is enabled through the libavfilter library.
In libavfilter, a filter can have multiple inputs and multiple
outputs. To illustrate the sorts of things that are possible, we consider
the following filtergraph.
[main]
input --> split ---------------------> overlay --> output
| ^
|[tmp] [flip]|
+-----> crop --> vflip -------+
This filtergraph splits the input stream in two streams, then
sends one stream through the crop filter and the vflip filter, before
merging it back with the other stream by overlaying it on top. You can use
the following command to achieve this:
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "split [main][tmp]; [tmp] crop=iw:ih/2:0:0, vflip [flip]; [main][flip] overlay=0:H/2" OUTPUT
The result will be that the top half of the video is mirrored onto
the bottom half of the output video.
Filters in the same linear chain are separated by commas, and
distinct linear chains of filters are separated by semicolons. In our
example, crop,vflip are in one linear chain, split and
overlay are separately in another. The points where the linear chains
join are labelled by names enclosed in square brackets. In the example, the
split filter generates two outputs that are associated to the labels
[main] and [tmp].
The stream sent to the second output of split, labelled as
[tmp], is processed through the crop filter, which crops away
the lower half part of the video, and then vertically flipped. The
overlay filter takes in input the first unchanged output of the split
filter (which was labelled as [main]), and overlay on its lower half
the output generated by the crop,vflip filterchain.
Some filters take in input a list of parameters: they are
specified after the filter name and an equal sign, and are separated from
each other by a colon.
There exist so-called source filters that do not have an
audio/video input, and sink filters that will not have audio/video
output.
The graph2dot program included in the FFmpeg tools directory can
be used to parse a filtergraph description and issue a corresponding textual
representation in the dot language.
Invoke the command:
graph2dot -h
to see how to use graph2dot.
You can then pass the dot description to the dot program
(from the graphviz suite of programs) and obtain a graphical representation
of the filtergraph.
For example the sequence of commands:
echo <GRAPH_DESCRIPTION> | \
tools/graph2dot -o graph.tmp && \
dot -Tpng graph.tmp -o graph.png && \
display graph.png
can be used to create and display an image representing the graph
described by the GRAPH_DESCRIPTION string. Note that this string must
be a complete self-contained graph, with its inputs and outputs explicitly
defined. For example if your command line is of the form:
ffmpeg -i infile -vf scale=640:360 outfile
your GRAPH_DESCRIPTION string will need to be of the
form:
nullsrc,scale=640:360,nullsink
you may also need to set the nullsrc parameters and add a
format filter in order to simulate a specific input file.
A filtergraph is a directed graph of connected filters. It can contain cycles,
and there can be multiple links between a pair of filters. Each link has one
input pad on one side connecting it to one filter from which it takes its
input, and one output pad on the other side connecting it to one filter
accepting its output.
Each filter in a filtergraph is an instance of a filter class
registered in the application, which defines the features and the number of
input and output pads of the filter.
A filter with no input pads is called a "source", and a
filter with no output pads is called a "sink".
A filtergraph has a textual representation, which is recognized by the
-filter/-vf/-af and -filter_complex options in
ffmpeg and -vf/-af in ffplay, and by the
"avfilter_graph_parse_ptr()" function
defined in libavfilter/avfilter.h.
A filterchain consists of a sequence of connected filters, each
one connected to the previous one in the sequence. A filterchain is
represented by a list of ","-separated filter descriptions.
A filtergraph consists of a sequence of filterchains. A sequence
of filterchains is represented by a list of ";"-separated
filterchain descriptions.
A filter is represented by a string of the form:
[in_link_1]...[in_link_N]filter_name@id=arguments[out_link_1]...[out_link_M]
filter_name is the name of the filter class of which the
described filter is an instance of, and has to be the name of one of the
filter classes registered in the program optionally followed by
"@id". The name of the filter class is optionally followed
by a string "=arguments".
arguments is a string which contains the parameters used to
initialize the filter instance. It may have one of two forms:
- A ':'-separated list of key=value pairs.
- A ':'-separated list of value. In this case, the keys are assumed
to be the option names in the order they are declared. E.g. the
"fade" filter declares three options in
this order -- type, start_frame and nb_frames. Then
the parameter list in:0:30 means that the value in is
assigned to the option type, 0 to start_frame and
30 to nb_frames.
- A ':'-separated list of mixed direct value and long
key=value pairs. The direct value must precede the
key=value pairs, and follow the same constraints order of the
previous point. The following key=value pairs can be set in any
preferred order.
If the option value itself is a list of items (e.g. the
"format" filter takes a list of pixel
formats), the items in the list are usually separated by |.
The list of arguments can be quoted using the character '
as initial and ending mark, and the character \ for escaping the
characters within the quoted text; otherwise the argument string is
considered terminated when the next special character (belonging to the set
[]=;,) is encountered.
The name and arguments of the filter are optionally preceded and
followed by a list of link labels. A link label allows one to name a link
and associate it to a filter output or input pad. The preceding labels
in_link_1 ... in_link_N, are associated to the filter input
pads, the following labels out_link_1 ... out_link_M, are
associated to the output pads.
When two link labels with the same name are found in the
filtergraph, a link between the corresponding input and output pad is
created.
If an output pad is not labelled, it is linked by default to the
first unlabelled input pad of the next filter in the filterchain. For
example in the filterchain
nullsrc, split[L1], [L2]overlay, nullsink
the split filter instance has two output pads, and the overlay
filter instance two input pads. The first output pad of split is labelled
"L1", the first input pad of overlay is labelled "L2",
and the second output pad of split is linked to the second input pad of
overlay, which are both unlabelled.
In a filter description, if the input label of the first filter is
not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of the last
filter is not specified, "out" is assumed.
In a complete filterchain all the unlabelled filter input and
output pads must be connected. A filtergraph is considered valid if all the
filter input and output pads of all the filterchains are connected.
Libavfilter will automatically insert scale filters where
format conversion is required. It is possible to specify swscale flags for
those automatically inserted scalers by prepending
"sws_flags=flags;"
to the filtergraph description.
Here is a BNF description of the filtergraph syntax:
<NAME> ::= sequence of alphanumeric characters and '_'
<FILTER_NAME> ::= <NAME>["@"<NAME>]
<LINKLABEL> ::= "[" <NAME> "]"
<LINKLABELS> ::= <LINKLABEL> [<LINKLABELS>]
<FILTER_ARGUMENTS> ::= sequence of chars (possibly quoted)
<FILTER> ::= [<LINKLABELS>] <FILTER_NAME> ["=" <FILTER_ARGUMENTS>] [<LINKLABELS>]
<FILTERCHAIN> ::= <FILTER> [,<FILTERCHAIN>]
<FILTERGRAPH> ::= [sws_flags=<flags>;] <FILTERCHAIN> [;<FILTERGRAPH>]
Filtergraph description composition entails several levels of escaping. See
the "Quoting and escaping" section in the
ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for more information about the
employed escaping procedure.
A first level escaping affects the content of each filter option
value, which may contain the special character
":" used to separate values, or one of the
escaping characters "\'".
A second level escaping affects the whole filter description,
which may contain the escaping characters
"\'" or the special characters
"[],;" used by the filtergraph
description.
Finally, when you specify a filtergraph on a shell commandline,
you need to perform a third level escaping for the shell special characters
contained within it.
For example, consider the following string to be embedded in the
drawtext filter description text value:
this is a 'string': may contain one, or more, special characters
This string contains the "'"
special escaping character, and the ":"
special character, so it needs to be escaped in this way:
text=this is a \'string\'\: may contain one, or more, special characters
A second level of escaping is required when embedding the filter
description in a filtergraph description, in order to escape all the
filtergraph special characters. Thus the example above becomes:
drawtext=text=this is a \\\'string\\\'\\: may contain one\, or more\, special characters
(note that in addition to the
"\'" escaping special characters, also
"," needs to be escaped).
Finally an additional level of escaping is needed when writing the
filtergraph description in a shell command, which depends on the escaping
rules of the adopted shell. For example, assuming that
"\" is special and needs to be escaped
with another "\", the previous string will
finally result in:
-vf "drawtext=text=this is a \\\\\\'string\\\\\\'\\\\: may contain one\\, or more\\, special characters"
Some filters support a generic enable option. For the filters supporting
timeline editing, this option can be set to an expression which is evaluated
before sending a frame to the filter. If the evaluation is non-zero, the
filter will be enabled, otherwise the frame will be sent unchanged to the next
filter in the filtergraph.
The expression accepts the following values:
- t
- timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
- n
- sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0
- pos
- the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
- w
- h
- width and height of the input frame if video
Additionally, these filters support an enable command that
can be used to re-define the expression.
Like any other filtering option, the enable option follows
the same rules.
For example, to enable a blur filter (smartblur) from 10
seconds to 3 minutes, and a curves filter starting at 3 seconds:
smartblur = enable='between(t,10,3*60)',
curves = enable='gte(t,3)' : preset=cross_process
See "ffmpeg -filters" to view
which filters have timeline support.
Some options can be changed during the operation of the filter using a command.
These options are marked 'T' on the output of ffmpeg -h
filter=<name of filter>. The name of the command is the name of the
option and the argument is the new value.
Some filters with several inputs support a common set of options. These options
can only be set by name, not with the short notation.
- eof_action
- The action to take when EOF is encountered on the secondary input; it
accepts one of the following values:
- repeat
- Repeat the last frame (the default).
- endall
- End both streams.
- pass
- Pass the main input through.
- shortest
- If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input
terminates. Default value is 0.
- repeatlast
- If set to 1, force the filter to extend the last frame of secondary
streams until the end of the primary stream. A value of 0 disables this
behavior. Default value is 1.
When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the existing
filters using "--disable-filters". The
configure output will show the audio filters included in your build.
Below is a description of the currently available audio
filters.
A compressor is mainly used to reduce the dynamic range of a signal. Especially
modern music is mostly compressed at a high ratio to improve the overall
loudness. It's done to get the highest attention of a listener,
"fatten" the sound and bring more "power" to the track. If
a signal is compressed too much it may sound dull or "dead"
afterwards or it may start to "pump" (which could be a powerful
effect but can also destroy a track completely). The right compression is the
key to reach a professional sound and is the high art of mixing and mastering.
Because of its complex settings it may take a long time to get the right
feeling for this kind of effect.
Compression is done by detecting the volume above a chosen level
"threshold" and dividing it by the factor
set with "ratio". So if you set the
threshold to -12dB and your signal reaches -6dB a ratio of 2:1 will result
in a signal at -9dB. Because an exact manipulation of the signal would cause
distortion of the waveform the reduction can be levelled over the time. This
is done by setting "Attack" and "Release".
"attack" determines how long the signal
has to rise above the threshold before any reduction will occur and
"release" sets the time the signal has to
fall below the threshold to reduce the reduction again. Shorter signals than
the chosen attack time will be left untouched. The overall reduction of the
signal can be made up afterwards with the
"makeup" setting. So compressing the peaks
of a signal about 6dB and raising the makeup to this level results in a
signal twice as loud than the source. To gain a softer entry in the
compression the "knee" flattens the hard
edge at the threshold in the range of the chosen decibels.
The filter accepts the following options:
- level_in
- Set input gain. Default is 1. Range is between 0.015625 and 64.
- mode
- Set mode of compressor operation. Can be
"upward" or
"downward". Default is
"downward".
- threshold
- If a signal of stream rises above this level it will affect the gain
reduction. By default it is 0.125. Range is between 0.00097563 and 1.
- ratio
- Set a ratio by which the signal is reduced. 1:2 means that if the level
rose 4dB above the threshold, it will be only 2dB above after the
reduction. Default is 2. Range is between 1 and 20.
- attack
- Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before
gain reduction starts. Default is 20. Range is between 0.01 and 2000.
- release
- Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before
reduction is decreased again. Default is 250. Range is between 0.01 and
9000.
- makeup
- Set the amount by how much signal will be amplified after processing.
Default is 1. Range is from 1 to 64.
- knee
- Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more
softly. Default is 2.82843. Range is between 1 and 8.
- link
- Choose if the "average" level between
all channels of input stream or the
louder("maximum") channel of input
stream affects the reduction. Default is
"average".
- detection
- Should the exact signal be taken in case of
"peak" or an RMS one in case of
"rms". Default is
"rms" which is mostly smoother.
- mix
- How much to use compressed signal in output. Default is 1. Range is
between 0 and 1.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Simple audio dynamic range compression/expansion filter.
The filter accepts the following options:
- contrast
- Set contrast. Default is 33. Allowed range is between 0 and 100.
Copy the input audio source unchanged to the output. This is mainly useful for
testing purposes.
Apply cross fade from one input audio stream to another input audio stream. The
cross fade is applied for specified duration near the end of first stream.
The filter accepts the following options:
- nb_samples, ns
- Specify the number of samples for which the cross fade effect has to last.
At the end of the cross fade effect the first input audio will be
completely silent. Default is 44100.
- duration, d
- Specify the duration of the cross fade effect. See the Time duration
section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted
syntax. By default the duration is determined by nb_samples. If set
this option is used instead of nb_samples.
- overlap, o
- Should first stream end overlap with second stream start. Default is
enabled.
- curve1
- Set curve for cross fade transition for first stream.
- curve2
- Set curve for cross fade transition for second stream.
For description of available curve types see afade
filter description.
Examples
Split audio stream into several bands.
This filter splits audio stream into two or more frequency ranges.
Summing all streams back will give flat output.
The filter accepts the following options:
- split
- Set split frequencies. Those must be positive and increasing.
- order
- Set filter order for each band split. This controls filter roll-off or
steepness of filter transfer function. Available values are:
- 2nd
- 12 dB per octave.
- 4th
- 24 dB per octave.
- 6th
- 36 dB per octave.
- 8th
- 48 dB per octave.
- 10th
- 60 dB per octave.
- 12th
- 72 dB per octave.
- 14th
- 84 dB per octave.
- 16th
- 96 dB per octave.
- 18th
- 108 dB per octave.
- 20th
- 120 dB per octave.
- level
- Set input gain level. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default value is
1.
- gains
- Set output gain for each band. Default value is 1 for all bands.
Examples
- Split input audio stream into two bands (low and high) with split
frequency of 1500 Hz, each band will be in separate stream:
ffmpeg -i in.flac -filter_complex 'acrossover=split=1500[LOW][HIGH]' -map '[LOW]' low.wav -map '[HIGH]' high.wav
- Same as above, but with higher filter order:
ffmpeg -i in.flac -filter_complex 'acrossover=split=1500:order=8th[LOW][HIGH]' -map '[LOW]' low.wav -map '[HIGH]' high.wav
- Same as above, but also with additional middle band (frequencies between
1500 and 8000):
ffmpeg -i in.flac -filter_complex 'acrossover=split=1500 8000:order=8th[LOW][MID][HIGH]' -map '[LOW]' low.wav -map '[MID]' mid.wav -map '[HIGH]' high.wav
Reduce audio bit resolution.
This filter is bit crusher with enhanced functionality. A bit
crusher is used to audibly reduce number of bits an audio signal is sampled
with. This doesn't change the bit depth at all, it just produces the effect.
Material reduced in bit depth sounds more harsh and "digital".
This filter is able to even round to continuous values instead of discrete
bit depths. Additionally it has a D/C offset which results in different
crushing of the lower and the upper half of the signal. An Anti-Aliasing
setting is able to produce "softer" crushing sounds.
Another feature of this filter is the logarithmic mode. This
setting switches from linear distances between bits to logarithmic ones. The
result is a much more "natural" sounding crusher which doesn't
gate low signals for example. The human ear has a logarithmic perception, so
this kind of crushing is much more pleasant. Logarithmic crushing is also
able to get anti-aliased.
The filter accepts the following options:
- level_in
- Set level in.
- level_out
- Set level out.
- bits
- Set bit reduction.
- mix
- Set mixing amount.
- mode
- Can be linear: "lin" or logarithmic:
"log".
- dc
- Set DC.
- aa
- Set anti-aliasing.
- samples
- Set sample reduction.
- lfo
- Enable LFO. By default disabled.
- lforange
- Set LFO range.
- lforate
- Set LFO rate.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Delay audio filtering until a given wallclock timestamp. See the cue
filter.
Remove impulsive noise from input audio.
Samples detected as impulsive noise are replaced by interpolated
samples using autoregressive modelling.
- window, w
- Set window size, in milliseconds. Allowed range is from
10 to 100. Default value
is 55 milliseconds. This sets size of window which
will be processed at once.
- overlap, o
- Set window overlap, in percentage of window size. Allowed range is from
50 to 95. Default value is
75 percent. Setting this to a very high value
increases impulsive noise removal but makes whole process much
slower.
- arorder, a
- Set autoregression order, in percentage of window size. Allowed range is
from 0 to 25. Default
value is 2 percent. This option also controls
quality of interpolated samples using neighbour good samples.
- threshold, t
- Set threshold value. Allowed range is from 1 to
100. Default value is 2.
This controls the strength of impulsive noise which is going to be
removed. The lower value, the more samples will be detected as impulsive
noise.
- burst, b
- Set burst fusion, in percentage of window size. Allowed range is
0 to 10. Default value is
2. If any two samples detected as noise are spaced
less than this value then any sample between those two samples will be
also detected as noise.
- method, m
- Set overlap method.
It accepts the following values:
- add, a
- Select overlap-add method. Even not interpolated samples are slightly
changed with this method.
- save, s
- Select overlap-save method. Not interpolated samples remain
unchanged.
Remove clipped samples from input audio.
Samples detected as clipped are replaced by interpolated samples
using autoregressive modelling.
- window, w
- Set window size, in milliseconds. Allowed range is from
10 to 100. Default value
is 55 milliseconds. This sets size of window which
will be processed at once.
- overlap, o
- Set window overlap, in percentage of window size. Allowed range is from
50 to 95. Default value is
75 percent.
- arorder, a
- Set autoregression order, in percentage of window size. Allowed range is
from 0 to 25. Default
value is 8 percent. This option also controls
quality of interpolated samples using neighbour good samples.
- threshold, t
- Set threshold value. Allowed range is from 1 to
100. Default value is 10.
Higher values make clip detection less aggressive.
- hsize, n
- Set size of histogram used to detect clips. Allowed range is from
100 to 9999. Default value
is 1000. Higher values make clip detection less
aggressive.
- method, m
- Set overlap method.
It accepts the following values:
- add, a
- Select overlap-add method. Even not interpolated samples are slightly
changed with this method.
- save, s
- Select overlap-save method. Not interpolated samples remain
unchanged.
Delay one or more audio channels.
Samples in delayed channel are filled with silence.
The filter accepts the following option:
- delays
- Set list of delays in milliseconds for each channel separated by '|'.
Unused delays will be silently ignored. If number of given delays is
smaller than number of channels all remaining channels will not be
delayed. If you want to delay exact number of samples, append 'S' to
number. If you want instead to delay in seconds, append 's' to
number.
- all
- Use last set delay for all remaining channels. By default is disabled.
This option if enabled changes how option
"delays" is interpreted.
Examples
- Delay first channel by 1.5 seconds, the third channel by 0.5 seconds and
leave the second channel (and any other channels that may be present)
unchanged.
adelay=1500|0|500
- Delay second channel by 500 samples, the third channel by 700 samples and
leave the first channel (and any other channels that may be present)
unchanged.
adelay=0|500S|700S
- Delay all channels by same number of samples:
adelay=delays=64S:all=1
Remedy denormals in audio by adding extremely low-level noise.
This filter shall be placed before any filter that can produce
denormals.
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
- level
- Set level of added noise in dB. Default is
"-351". Allowed range is from -451 to
-90.
- type
- Set type of added noise.
- dc
- Add DC signal.
- ac
- Add AC signal.
- square
- Add square signal.
- pulse
- Add pulse signal.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Compute derivative/integral of audio stream.
Applying both filters one after another produces original
audio.
Apply echoing to the input audio.
Echoes are reflected sound and can occur naturally amongst
mountains (and sometimes large buildings) when talking or shouting; digital
echo effects emulate this behaviour and are often used to help fill out the
sound of a single instrument or vocal. The time difference between the
original signal and the reflection is the
"delay", and the loudness of the reflected
signal is the "decay". Multiple echoes can
have different delays and decays.
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
- in_gain
- Set input gain of reflected signal. Default is
0.6.
- out_gain
- Set output gain of reflected signal. Default is
0.3.
- delays
- Set list of time intervals in milliseconds between original signal and
reflections separated by '|'. Allowed range for each
"delay" is "(0 -
90000.0]". Default is 1000.
- decays
- Set list of loudness of reflected signals separated by '|'. Allowed range
for each "decay" is
"(0 - 1.0]". Default is
0.5.
Examples
Audio emphasis filter creates or restores material directly taken from LPs or
emphased CDs with different filter curves. E.g. to store music on vinyl the
signal has to be altered by a filter first to even out the disadvantages of
this recording medium. Once the material is played back the inverse filter has
to be applied to restore the distortion of the frequency response.
The filter accepts the following options:
- level_in
- Set input gain.
- level_out
- Set output gain.
- mode
- Set filter mode. For restoring material use
"reproduction" mode, otherwise use
"production" mode. Default is
"reproduction" mode.
- type
- Set filter type. Selects medium. Can be one of the following:
- col
- select Columbia.
- emi
- select EMI.
- bsi
- select BSI (78RPM).
- riaa
- select RIAA.
- cd
- select Compact Disc (CD).
- 50fm
- select 50Xs (FM).
- 75fm
- select 75Xs (FM).
- 50kf
- select 50Xs (FM-KF).
- 75kf
- select 75Xs (FM-KF).
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Modify an audio signal according to the specified expressions.
This filter accepts one or more expressions (one for each
channel), which are evaluated and used to modify a corresponding audio
signal.
It accepts the following parameters:
- exprs
- Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. If the
number of input channels is greater than the number of expressions, the
last specified expression is used for the remaining output channels.
- channel_layout, c
- Set output channel layout. If not specified, the channel layout is
specified by the number of expressions. If set to same, it will use
by default the same input channel layout.
Each expression in exprs can contain the following
constants and functions:
- ch
- channel number of the current expression
- n
- number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
- s
- sample rate
- t
- time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds
- nb_in_channels
- nb_out_channels
- input and output number of channels
- val(CH)
- the value of input channel with number CH
Note: this filter is slow. For faster processing you should use a
dedicated filter.
Examples
- Half volume:
aeval=val(ch)/2:c=same
- Invert phase of the second channel:
aeval=val(0)|-val(1)
An exciter is used to produce high sound that is not present in the original
signal. This is done by creating harmonic distortions of the signal which are
restricted in range and added to the original signal. An Exciter raises the
upper end of an audio signal without simply raising the higher frequencies
like an equalizer would do to create a more "crisp" or
"brilliant" sound.
The filter accepts the following options:
- level_in
- Set input level prior processing of signal. Allowed range is from 0 to 64.
Default value is 1.
- level_out
- Set output level after processing of signal. Allowed range is from 0 to
64. Default value is 1.
- amount
- Set the amount of harmonics added to original signal. Allowed range is
from 0 to 64. Default value is 1.
- drive
- Set the amount of newly created harmonics. Allowed range is from 0.1 to
10. Default value is 8.5.
- blend
- Set the octave of newly created harmonics. Allowed range is from -10 to
10. Default value is 0.
- freq
- Set the lower frequency limit of producing harmonics in Hz. Allowed range
is from 2000 to 12000 Hz. Default is 7500 Hz.
- ceil
- Set the upper frequency limit of producing harmonics. Allowed range is
from 9999 to 20000 Hz. If value is lower than 10000 Hz no limit is
applied.
- listen
- Mute the original signal and output only added harmonics. By default is
disabled.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply fade-in/out effect to input audio.
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
- type, t
- Specify the effect type, can be either
"in" for fade-in, or
"out" for a fade-out effect. Default is
"in".
- start_sample, ss
- Specify the number of the start sample for starting to apply the fade
effect. Default is 0.
- nb_samples, ns
- Specify the number of samples for which the fade effect has to last. At
the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same volume
as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition the output audio
will be silence. Default is 44100.
- start_time, st
- Specify the start time of the fade effect. Default is 0. The value must be
specified as a time duration; see the Time duration section in the
ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted syntax. If set
this option is used instead of start_sample.
- duration, d
- Specify the duration of the fade effect. See the Time duration section
in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted syntax.
At the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same
volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition the
output audio will be silence. By default the duration is determined by
nb_samples. If set this option is used instead of
nb_samples.
- curve
- Set curve for fade transition.
It accepts the following values:
- tri
- select triangular, linear slope (default)
- qsin
- select quarter of sine wave
- hsin
- select half of sine wave
- esin
- select exponential sine wave
- log
- select logarithmic
- ipar
- select inverted parabola
- qua
- select quadratic
- cub
- select cubic
- squ
- select square root
- cbr
- select cubic root
- par
- select parabola
- exp
- select exponential
- iqsin
- select inverted quarter of sine wave
- ihsin
- select inverted half of sine wave
- dese
- select double-exponential seat
- desi
- select double-exponential sigmoid
- losi
- select logistic sigmoid
- sinc
- select sine cardinal function
- isinc
- select inverted sine cardinal function
- nofade
- no fade applied
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Examples
- Fade in first 15 seconds of audio:
afade=t=in:ss=0:d=15
- Fade out last 25 seconds of a 900 seconds audio:
afade=t=out:st=875:d=25
Denoise audio samples with FFT.
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
- nr
- Set the noise reduction in dB, allowed range is 0.01 to 97. Default value
is 12 dB.
- nf
- Set the noise floor in dB, allowed range is -80 to -20. Default value is
-50 dB.
- nt
- Set the noise type.
It accepts the following values:
- w
- Select white noise.
- v
- Select vinyl noise.
- s
- Select shellac noise.
- c
- Select custom noise, defined in "bn"
option.
Default value is white noise.
- bn
- Set custom band noise for every one of 15 bands. Bands are separated by '
' or '|'.
- rf
- Set the residual floor in dB, allowed range is -80 to -20. Default value
is -38 dB.
- tn
- Enable noise tracking. By default is disabled. With this enabled, noise
floor is automatically adjusted.
- tr
- Enable residual tracking. By default is disabled.
- om
- Set the output mode.
It accepts the following values:
- i
- Pass input unchanged.
- o
- Pass noise filtered out.
- n
- Pass only noise.
Default value is o.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- sample_noise, sn
- Start or stop measuring noise profile. Syntax for the command is :
"start" or "stop" string. After measuring noise
profile is stopped it will be automatically applied in filtering.
- noise_reduction, nr
- Change noise reduction. Argument is single float number. Syntax for the
command is : "noise_reduction"
- noise_floor, nf
- Change noise floor. Argument is single float number. Syntax for the
command is : "noise_floor"
- output_mode, om
- Change output mode operation. Syntax for the command is : "i",
"o" or "n" string.
Apply arbitrary expressions to samples in frequency domain.
- real
- Set frequency domain real expression for each separate channel separated
by '|'. Default is "re". If the number of input channels is
greater than the number of expressions, the last specified expression is
used for the remaining output channels.
- imag
- Set frequency domain imaginary expression for each separate channel
separated by '|'. Default is "im".
Each expression in real and imag can contain the
following constants and functions:
- sr
- sample rate
- b
- current frequency bin number
- nb
- number of available bins
- ch
- channel number of the current expression
- chs
- number of channels
- pts
- current frame pts
- re
- current real part of frequency bin of current channel
- im
- current imaginary part of frequency bin of current channel
- real(b, ch)
- Return the value of real part of frequency bin at location
(bin,channel)
- imag(b, ch)
- Return the value of imaginary part of frequency bin at location
(bin,channel)
- win_size
- Set window size. Allowed range is from 16 to 131072. Default is
4096
- win_func
- Set window function. Default is
"hann".
- overlap
- Set window overlap. If set to 1, the recommended overlap for selected
window function will be picked. Default is
0.75.
Examples
- Leave almost only low frequencies in audio:
afftfilt="'real=re * (1-clip((b/nb)*b,0,1))':imag='im * (1-clip((b/nb)*b,0,1))'"
- Apply robotize effect:
afftfilt="real='hypot(re,im)*sin(0)':imag='hypot(re,im)*cos(0)':win_size=512:overlap=0.75"
- Apply whisper effect:
afftfilt="real='hypot(re,im)*cos((random(0)*2-1)*2*3.14)':imag='hypot(re,im)*sin((random(1)*2-1)*2*3.14)':win_size=128:overlap=0.8"
Apply an arbitrary Finite Impulse Response filter.
This filter is designed for applying long FIR filters, up to 60
seconds long.
It can be used as component for digital crossover filters, room
equalization, cross talk cancellation, wavefield synthesis, auralization,
ambiophonics, ambisonics and spatialization.
This filter uses the streams higher than first one as FIR
coefficients. If the non-first stream holds a single channel, it will be
used for all input channels in the first stream, otherwise the number of
channels in the non-first stream must be same as the number of channels in
the first stream.
It accepts the following parameters:
- dry
- Set dry gain. This sets input gain.
- wet
- Set wet gain. This sets final output gain.
- length
- Set Impulse Response filter length. Default is 1, which means whole IR is
processed.
- gtype
- Enable applying gain measured from power of IR.
Set which approach to use for auto gain measurement.
- none
- Do not apply any gain.
- peak
- select peak gain, very conservative approach. This is default value.
- dc
- select DC gain, limited application.
- gn
- select gain to noise approach, this is most popular one.
- irgain
- Set gain to be applied to IR coefficients before filtering. Allowed range
is 0 to 1. This gain is applied after any gain applied with gtype
option.
- irfmt
- Set format of IR stream. Can be "mono"
or "input". Default is
"input".
- maxir
- Set max allowed Impulse Response filter duration in seconds. Default is 30
seconds. Allowed range is 0.1 to 60 seconds.
- response
- Show IR frequency response, magnitude(magenta), phase(green) and group
delay(yellow) in additional video stream. By default it is disabled.
- channel
- Set for which IR channel to display frequency response. By default is
first channel displayed. This option is used only when response is
enabled.
- size
- Set video stream size. This option is used only when response is
enabled.
- rate
- Set video stream frame rate. This option is used only when response
is enabled.
- minp
- Set minimal partition size used for convolution. Default is 8192.
Allowed range is from 1 to 32768. Lower values decreases
latency at cost of higher CPU usage.
- maxp
- Set maximal partition size used for convolution. Default is 8192.
Allowed range is from 8 to 32768. Lower values may increase
CPU usage.
- nbirs
- Set number of input impulse responses streams which will be switchable at
runtime. Allowed range is from 1 to 32. Default is
1.
- ir
- Set IR stream which will be used for convolution, starting from 0,
should always be lower than supplied value by
"nbirs" option. Default is 0.
This option can be changed at runtime via commands.
Examples
- •
- Apply reverb to stream using mono IR file as second input, complete
command using ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i input.wav -i middle_tunnel_1way_mono.wav -lavfi afir output.wav
Set output format constraints for the input audio. The framework will negotiate
the most appropriate format to minimize conversions.
It accepts the following parameters:
- sample_fmts, f
- A '|'-separated list of requested sample formats.
- sample_rates, r
- A '|'-separated list of requested sample rates.
- channel_layouts, cl
- A '|'-separated list of requested channel layouts.
See the Channel Layout section in the
ffmpeg-utils (1) manual for the required syntax.
If a parameter is omitted, all values are allowed.
Force the output to either unsigned 8-bit or signed 16-bit
stereo
aformat=sample_fmts=u8|s16:channel_layouts=stereo
Apply frequency shift to input audio samples.
The filter accepts the following options:
- shift
- Specify frequency shift. Allowed range is -INT_MAX to INT_MAX. Default
value is 0.0.
- level
- Set output gain applied to final output. Allowed range is from 0.0 to 1.0.
Default value is 1.0.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
A gate is mainly used to reduce lower parts of a signal. This kind of signal
processing reduces disturbing noise between useful signals.
Gating is done by detecting the volume below a chosen level
threshold and dividing it by the factor set with ratio. The
bottom of the noise floor is set via range. Because an exact
manipulation of the signal would cause distortion of the waveform the
reduction can be levelled over time. This is done by setting attack
and release.
attack determines how long the signal has to fall below the
threshold before any reduction will occur and release sets the time
the signal has to rise above the threshold to reduce the reduction again.
Shorter signals than the chosen attack time will be left untouched.
- level_in
- Set input level before filtering. Default is 1. Allowed range is from
0.015625 to 64.
- mode
- Set the mode of operation. Can be
"upward" or
"downward". Default is
"downward". If set to
"upward" mode, higher parts of signal
will be amplified, expanding dynamic range in upward direction. Otherwise,
in case of "downward" lower parts of
signal will be reduced.
- range
- Set the level of gain reduction when the signal is below the threshold.
Default is 0.06125. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Setting this to 0
disables reduction and then filter behaves like expander.
- threshold
- If a signal rises above this level the gain reduction is released. Default
is 0.125. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.
- ratio
- Set a ratio by which the signal is reduced. Default is 2. Allowed range is
from 1 to 9000.
- attack
- Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before
gain reduction stops. Default is 20 milliseconds. Allowed range is from
0.01 to 9000.
- release
- Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before
the reduction is increased again. Default is 250 milliseconds. Allowed
range is from 0.01 to 9000.
- makeup
- Set amount of amplification of signal after processing. Default is 1.
Allowed range is from 1 to 64.
- knee
- Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more
softly. Default is 2.828427125. Allowed range is from 1 to 8.
- detection
- Choose if exact signal should be taken for detection or an RMS like one.
Default is "rms". Can be
"peak" or
"rms".
- link
- Choose if the average level between all channels or the louder channel
affects the reduction. Default is
"average". Can be
"average" or
"maximum".
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply an arbitrary Infinite Impulse Response filter.
It accepts the following parameters:
- zeros, z
- Set B/numerator/zeros/reflection coefficients.
- poles, p
- Set A/denominator/poles/ladder coefficients.
- gains, k
- Set channels gains.
- dry_gain
- Set input gain.
- wet_gain
- Set output gain.
- format, f
- Set coefficients format.
- ll
- lattice-ladder function
- sf
- analog transfer function
- tf
- digital transfer function
- zp
- Z-plane zeros/poles, cartesian (default)
- pr
- Z-plane zeros/poles, polar radians
- pd
- Z-plane zeros/poles, polar degrees
- sp
- S-plane zeros/poles
- process, r
- Set type of processing.
- d
- direct processing
- s
- serial processing
- p
- parallel processing
- precision, e
- Set filtering precision.
- dbl
- double-precision floating-point (default)
- flt
- single-precision floating-point
- i32
- 32-bit integers
- i16
- 16-bit integers
- normalize, n
- Normalize filter coefficients, by default is enabled. Enabling it will
normalize magnitude response at DC to 0dB.
- mix
- How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between
0 and 1.
- response
- Show IR frequency response, magnitude(magenta), phase(green) and group
delay(yellow) in additional video stream. By default it is disabled.
- channel
- Set for which IR channel to display frequency response. By default is
first channel displayed. This option is used only when response is
enabled.
- size
- Set video stream size. This option is used only when response is
enabled.
Coefficients in "tf" and
"sf" format are separated by spaces and
are in ascending order.
Coefficients in "zp" format are
separated by spaces and order of coefficients doesn't matter. Coefficients
in "zp" format are complex numbers with
i imaginary unit.
Different coefficients and gains can be provided for every
channel, in such case use '|' to separate coefficients or gains. Last
provided coefficients will be used for all remaining channels.
Examples
- Apply 2 pole elliptic notch at around 5000Hz for 48000 Hz sample rate:
aiir=k=1:z=7.957584807809675810E-1 -2.575128568908332300 3.674839853930788710 -2.57512875289799137 7.957586296317130880E-1:p=1 -2.86950072432325953 3.63022088054647218 -2.28075678147272232 6.361362326477423500E-1:f=tf:r=d
- Same as above but in "zp" format:
aiir=k=0.79575848078096756:z=0.80918701+0.58773007i 0.80918701-0.58773007i 0.80884700+0.58784055i 0.80884700-0.58784055i:p=0.63892345+0.59951235i 0.63892345-0.59951235i 0.79582691+0.44198673i 0.79582691-0.44198673i:f=zp:r=s
- Apply 3-rd order analog normalized Butterworth low-pass filter, using
analog transfer function format:
aiir=z=1.3057 0 0 0:p=1.3057 2.3892 2.1860 1:f=sf:r=d
The limiter prevents an input signal from rising over a desired threshold. This
limiter uses lookahead technology to prevent your signal from distorting. It
means that there is a small delay after the signal is processed. Keep in mind
that the delay it produces is the attack time you set.
The filter accepts the following options:
- level_in
- Set input gain. Default is 1.
- level_out
- Set output gain. Default is 1.
- limit
- Don't let signals above this level pass the limiter. Default is 1.
- attack
- The limiter will reach its attenuation level in this amount of time in
milliseconds. Default is 5 milliseconds.
- release
- Come back from limiting to attenuation 1.0 in this amount of milliseconds.
Default is 50 milliseconds.
- asc
- When gain reduction is always needed ASC takes care of releasing to an
average reduction level rather than reaching a reduction of 0 in the
release time.
- asc_level
- Select how much the release time is affected by ASC, 0 means nearly no
changes in release time while 1 produces higher release times.
- level
- Auto level output signal. Default is enabled. This normalizes audio back
to 0dB if enabled.
Depending on picked setting it is recommended to upsample input 2x
or 4x times with aresample before applying this filter.
Apply a two-pole all-pass filter with central frequency (in Hz)
frequency, and filter-width width. An all-pass filter changes
the audio's frequency to phase relationship without changing its frequency to
amplitude relationship.
The filter accepts the following options:
- frequency, f
- Set frequency in Hz.
- width_type, t
- Set method to specify band-width of filter.
- h
- Hz
- q
- Q-Factor
- o
- octave
- s
- slope
- k
- kHz
- width, w
- Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
- mix, m
- How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between
0 and 1.
- channels, c
- Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are
filtered.
- normalize, n
- Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled. Enabling it will
normalize magnitude response at DC to 0dB.
- order, o
- Set the filter order, can be 1 or 2. Default is 2.
- transform, a
- Set transform type of IIR filter.
- precision, r
- Set precison of filtering.
- auto
- Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.
- s16
- Always use signed 16-bit.
- s32
- Always use signed 32-bit.
- f32
- Always use float 32-bit.
- f64
- Always use float 64-bit.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- frequency, f
- Change allpass frequency. Syntax for the command is :
"frequency"
- width_type, t
- Change allpass width_type. Syntax for the command is :
"width_type"
- width, w
- Change allpass width. Syntax for the command is :
"width"
- mix, m
- Change allpass mix. Syntax for the command is :
"mix"
Loop audio samples.
The filter accepts the following options:
- loop
- Set the number of loops. Setting this value to -1 will result in infinite
loops. Default is 0.
- size
- Set maximal number of samples. Default is 0.
- start
- Set first sample of loop. Default is 0.
Merge two or more audio streams into a single multi-channel stream.
The filter accepts the following options:
- inputs
- Set the number of inputs. Default is 2.
If the channel layouts of the inputs are disjoint, and therefore
compatible, the channel layout of the output will be set accordingly and the
channels will be reordered as necessary. If the channel layouts of the
inputs are not disjoint, the output will have all the channels of the first
input then all the channels of the second input, in that order, and the
channel layout of the output will be the default value corresponding to the
total number of channels.
For example, if the first input is in 2.1 (FL+FR+LF) and the
second input is FC+BL+BR, then the output will be in 5.1, with the channels
in the following order: a1, a2, b1, a3, b2, b3 (a1 is the first channel of
the first input, b1 is the first channel of the second input).
On the other hand, if both input are in stereo, the output
channels will be in the default order: a1, a2, b1, b2, and the channel
layout will be arbitrarily set to 4.0, which may or may not be the expected
value.
All inputs must have the same sample rate, and format.
If inputs do not have the same duration, the output will stop with
the shortest.
Examples
Mixes multiple audio inputs into a single output.
Note that this filter only supports float samples (the
amerge and pan audio filters support many formats). If the
amix input has integer samples then aresample will be
automatically inserted to perform the conversion to float samples.
For example
ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex amix=inputs=3:duration=first:dropout_transition=3 OUTPUT
will mix 3 input audio streams to a single output with the same
duration as the first input and a dropout transition time of 3 seconds.
It accepts the following parameters:
- inputs
- The number of inputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2.
- duration
- How to determine the end-of-stream.
- longest
- The duration of the longest input. (default)
- shortest
- The duration of the shortest input.
- first
- The duration of the first input.
- dropout_transition
- The transition time, in seconds, for volume renormalization when an input
stream ends. The default value is 2 seconds.
- weights
- Specify weight of each input audio stream as sequence. Each weight is
separated by space. By default all inputs have same weight.
- normalize
- Always scale inputs instead of only doing summation of samples. Beware of
heavy clipping if inputs are not normalized prior or after filtering by
this filter if this option is disabled. By default is enabled.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- weights
- sum
- Syntax is same as option with same name.
Multiply first audio stream with second audio stream and store result in output
audio stream. Multiplication is done by multiplying each sample from first
stream with sample at same position from second stream.
With this element-wise multiplication one can create amplitude
fades and amplitude modulations.
High-order parametric multiband equalizer for each channel.
It accepts the following parameters:
- params
- This option string is in format: "cchn f=cf w=w
g=g t=f | ..." Each equalizer band is separated by
'|'.
- chn
- Set channel number to which equalization will be applied. If input doesn't
have that channel the entry is ignored.
- f
- Set central frequency for band. If input doesn't have that frequency the
entry is ignored.
- w
- Set band width in Hertz.
- g
- Set band gain in dB.
- t
- Set filter type for band, optional, can be:
- 0
- Butterworth, this is default.
- 1
- Chebyshev type 1.
- 2
- Chebyshev type 2.
- curves
- With this option activated frequency response of anequalizer is displayed
in video stream.
- size
- Set video stream size. Only useful if curves option is activated.
- mgain
- Set max gain that will be displayed. Only useful if curves option is
activated. Setting this to a reasonable value makes it possible to display
gain which is derived from neighbour bands which are too close to each
other and thus produce higher gain when both are activated.
- fscale
- Set frequency scale used to draw frequency response in video output. Can
be linear or logarithmic. Default is logarithmic.
- colors
- Set color for each channel curve which is going to be displayed in video
stream. This is list of color names separated by space or by '|'.
Unrecognised or missing colors will be replaced by white color.
Examples
- •
- Lower gain by 10 of central frequency 200Hz and width 100 Hz for first 2
channels using Chebyshev type 1 filter:
anequalizer=c0 f=200 w=100 g=-10 t=1|c1 f=200 w=100 g=-10 t=1
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- change
- Alter existing filter parameters. Syntax for the commands is :
"fN|f=freq|w=width|g=gain"
fN is existing filter number, starting from 0, if no
such filter is available error is returned. freq set new
frequency parameter. width set new width parameter in Hertz.
gain set new gain parameter in dB.
Full filter invocation with asendcmd may look like this:
asendcmd=c='4.0 anequalizer change 0|f=200|w=50|g=1',anequalizer=...
Reduce broadband noise in audio samples using Non-Local Means algorithm.
Each sample is adjusted by looking for other samples with similar
contexts. This context similarity is defined by comparing their surrounding
patches of size p. Patches are searched in an area of r around
the sample.
The filter accepts the following options:
- s
- Set denoising strength. Allowed range is from 0.00001 to 10. Default value
is 0.00001.
- p
- Set patch radius duration. Allowed range is from 1 to 100 milliseconds.
Default value is 2 milliseconds.
- r
- Set research radius duration. Allowed range is from 2 to 300 milliseconds.
Default value is 6 milliseconds.
- o
- Set the output mode.
It accepts the following values:
- i
- Pass input unchanged.
- o
- Pass noise filtered out.
- n
- Pass only noise.
Default value is o.
- m
- Set smooth factor. Default value is 11. Allowed range is from
1 to 15.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply Normalized Least-Mean-Squares algorithm to the first audio stream using
the second audio stream.
This adaptive filter is used to mimic a desired filter by finding
the filter coefficients that relate to producing the least mean square of
the error signal (difference between the desired, 2nd input audio stream and
the actual signal, the 1st input audio stream).
A description of the accepted options follows.
- order
- Set filter order.
- mu
- Set filter mu.
- eps
- Set the filter eps.
- leakage
- Set the filter leakage.
- out_mode
- It accepts the following values:
- i
- Pass the 1st input.
- d
- Pass the 2nd input.
- o
- Pass filtered samples.
- n
- Pass difference between desired and filtered samples.
Default value is o.
Examples
- •
- One of many usages of this filter is noise reduction, input audio is
filtered with same samples that are delayed by fixed amount, one such
example for stereo audio is:
asplit[a][b],[a]adelay=32S|32S[a],[b][a]anlms=order=128:leakage=0.0005:mu=.5:out_mode=o
Commands
This filter supports the same commands as options, excluding
option "order".
Pass the audio source unchanged to the output.
Pad the end of an audio stream with silence.
This can be used together with ffmpeg -shortest to
extend audio streams to the same length as the video stream.
A description of the accepted options follows.
- packet_size
- Set silence packet size. Default value is 4096.
- pad_len
- Set the number of samples of silence to add to the end. After the value is
reached, the stream is terminated. This option is mutually exclusive with
whole_len.
- whole_len
- Set the minimum total number of samples in the output audio stream. If the
value is longer than the input audio length, silence is added to the end,
until the value is reached. This option is mutually exclusive with
pad_len.
- pad_dur
- Specify the duration of samples of silence to add. See the Time
duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the
accepted syntax. Used only if set to non-zero value.
- whole_dur
- Specify the minimum total duration in the output audio stream. See the
Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for
the accepted syntax. Used only if set to non-zero value. If the value is
longer than the input audio length, silence is added to the end, until the
value is reached. This option is mutually exclusive with
pad_dur
If neither the pad_len nor the whole_len nor
pad_dur nor whole_dur option is set, the filter will add
silence to the end of the input stream indefinitely.
Examples
Add a phasing effect to the input audio.
A phaser filter creates series of peaks and troughs in the
frequency spectrum. The position of the peaks and troughs are modulated so
that they vary over time, creating a sweeping effect.
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
- in_gain
- Set input gain. Default is 0.4.
- out_gain
- Set output gain. Default is 0.74
- delay
- Set delay in milliseconds. Default is 3.0.
- decay
- Set decay. Default is 0.4.
- speed
- Set modulation speed in Hz. Default is 0.5.
- type
- Set modulation type. Default is triangular.
It accepts the following values:
- triangular, t
- sinusoidal, s
Apply phase shift to input audio samples.
The filter accepts the following options:
- shift
- Specify phase shift. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0. Default value is
0.0.
- level
- Set output gain applied to final output. Allowed range is from 0.0 to 1.0.
Default value is 1.0.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Audio pulsator is something between an autopanner and a tremolo. But it can
produce funny stereo effects as well. Pulsator changes the volume of the left
and right channel based on a LFO (low frequency oscillator) with different
waveforms and shifted phases. This filter have the ability to define an offset
between left and right channel. An offset of 0 means that both LFO shapes
match each other. The left and right channel are altered equally - a
conventional tremolo. An offset of 50% means that the shape of the right
channel is exactly shifted in phase (or moved backwards about half of the
frequency) - pulsator acts as an autopanner. At 1 both curves match again.
Every setting in between moves the phase shift gapless between all stages and
produces some "bypassing" sounds with sine and triangle waveforms.
The more you set the offset near 1 (starting from the 0.5) the faster the
signal passes from the left to the right speaker.
The filter accepts the following options:
- level_in
- Set input gain. By default it is 1. Range is [0.015625 - 64].
- level_out
- Set output gain. By default it is 1. Range is [0.015625 - 64].
- mode
- Set waveform shape the LFO will use. Can be one of: sine, triangle,
square, sawup or sawdown. Default is sine.
- amount
- Set modulation. Define how much of original signal is affected by the
LFO.
- offset_l
- Set left channel offset. Default is 0. Allowed range is [0 - 1].
- offset_r
- Set right channel offset. Default is 0.5. Allowed range is [0 - 1].
- width
- Set pulse width. Default is 1. Allowed range is [0 - 2].
- timing
- Set possible timing mode. Can be one of: bpm, ms or hz. Default is
hz.
- bpm
- Set bpm. Default is 120. Allowed range is [30 - 300]. Only used if timing
is set to bpm.
- ms
- Set ms. Default is 500. Allowed range is [10 - 2000]. Only used if timing
is set to ms.
- hz
- Set frequency in Hz. Default is 2. Allowed range is [0.01 - 100]. Only
used if timing is set to hz.
Resample the input audio to the specified parameters, using the libswresample
library. If none are specified then the filter will automatically convert
between its input and output.
This filter is also able to stretch/squeeze the audio data to make
it match the timestamps or to inject silence / cut out audio to make it
match the timestamps, do a combination of both or do neither.
The filter accepts the syntax
[sample_rate:]resampler_options, where sample_rate
expresses a sample rate and resampler_options is a list of
key=value pairs, separated by ":". See the
"Resampler Options" section in the
ffmpeg-resampler(1) manual for the complete list of
supported options.
Examples
- Resample the input audio to 44100Hz:
aresample=44100
- Stretch/squeeze samples to the given timestamps, with a maximum of 1000
samples per second compensation:
aresample=async=1000
Reverse an audio clip.
Warning: This filter requires memory to buffer the entire clip, so
trimming is suggested.
Examples
- •
- Take the first 5 seconds of a clip, and reverse it.
atrim=end=5,areverse
Reduce noise from speech using Recurrent Neural Networks.
This filter accepts the following options:
- model, m
- Set train model file to load. This option is always required.
- mix
- Set how much to mix filtered samples into final output. Allowed range is
from -1 to 1. Default value is 1. Negative values are special, they set
how much to keep filtered noise in the final filter output. Set this
option to -1 to hear actual noise removed from input signal.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Set the number of samples per each output audio frame.
The last output packet may contain a different number of samples,
as the filter will flush all the remaining samples when the input audio
signals its end.
The filter accepts the following options:
- nb_out_samples, n
- Set the number of frames per each output audio frame. The number is
intended as the number of samples per each channel. Default value
is 1024.
- pad, p
- If set to 1, the filter will pad the last audio frame with zeroes, so that
the last frame will contain the same number of samples as the previous
ones. Default value is 1.
For example, to set the number of per-frame samples to 1234 and
disable padding for the last frame, use:
asetnsamples=n=1234:p=0
Set the sample rate without altering the PCM data. This will result in a change
of speed and pitch.
The filter accepts the following options:
- sample_rate, r
- Set the output sample rate. Default is 44100 Hz.
Show a line containing various information for each input audio frame. The input
audio is not modified.
The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
key:value.
The following values are shown in the output:
- n
- The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.
- pts
- The presentation timestamp of the input frame, in time base units; the
time base depends on the filter input pad, and is usually
1/sample_rate.
- pts_time
- The presentation timestamp of the input frame in seconds.
- pos
- position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in
unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic
audio)
- fmt
- The sample format.
- chlayout
- The channel layout.
- rate
- The sample rate for the audio frame.
- nb_samples
- The number of samples (per channel) in the frame.
- checksum
- The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of the audio data. For
planar audio, the data is treated as if all the planes were
concatenated.
- plane_checksums
- A list of Adler-32 checksums for each data plane.
Apply audio soft clipping.
Soft clipping is a type of distortion effect where the amplitude
of a signal is saturated along a smooth curve, rather than the abrupt shape
of hard-clipping.
This filter accepts the following options:
- type
- Set type of soft-clipping.
It accepts the following values:
- hard
- tanh
- atan
- cubic
- exp
- alg
- quintic
- sin
- erf
- threshold
- Set threshold from where to start clipping. Default value is 0dB or
1.
- output
- Set gain applied to output. Default value is 0dB or 1.
- param
- Set additional parameter which controls sigmoid function.
- oversample
- Set oversampling factor.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Automatic Speech Recognition
This filter uses PocketSphinx for speech recognition. To enable
compilation of this filter, you need to configure FFmpeg with
"--enable-pocketsphinx".
It accepts the following options:
- rate
- Set sampling rate of input audio. Defaults is
16000. This need to match speech models, otherwise
one will get poor results.
- hmm
- Set dictionary containing acoustic model files.
- dict
- Set pronunciation dictionary.
- lm
- Set language model file.
- lmctl
- Set language model set.
- lmname
- Set which language model to use.
- logfn
- Set output for log messages.
The filter exports recognized speech as the frame metadata
"lavfi.asr.text".
Display time domain statistical information about the audio channels. Statistics
are calculated and displayed for each audio channel and, where applicable, an
overall figure is also given.
It accepts the following option:
- length
- Short window length in seconds, used for peak and trough RMS measurement.
Default is 0.05 (50 milliseconds). Allowed range
is "[0.01 - 10]".
- metadata
- Set metadata injection. All the metadata keys are prefixed with
"lavfi.astats.X", where
"X" is channel number starting from 1 or
string "Overall". Default is disabled.
Available keys for each channel are: DC_offset Min_level
Max_level Min_difference Max_difference Mean_difference RMS_difference
Peak_level RMS_peak RMS_trough Crest_factor Flat_factor Peak_count
Noise_floor Noise_floor_count Bit_depth Dynamic_range Zero_crossings
Zero_crossings_rate Number_of_NaNs Number_of_Infs
Number_of_denormals
and for Overall: DC_offset Min_level Max_level Min_difference
Max_difference Mean_difference RMS_difference Peak_level RMS_level
RMS_peak RMS_trough Flat_factor Peak_count Noise_floor Noise_floor_count
Bit_depth Number_of_samples Number_of_NaNs Number_of_Infs
Number_of_denormals
For example full key look like this
"lavfi.astats.1.DC_offset" or this
"lavfi.astats.Overall.Peak_count".
For description what each key means read below.
- reset
- Set number of frame after which stats are going to be recalculated.
Default is disabled.
- measure_perchannel
- Select the entries which need to be measured per channel. The metadata
keys can be used as flags, default is all which measures
everything. none disables all per channel measurement.
- measure_overall
- Select the entries which need to be measured overall. The metadata keys
can be used as flags, default is all which measures everything.
none disables all overall measurement.
A description of each shown parameter follows:
- DC offset
- Mean amplitude displacement from zero.
- Min level
- Minimal sample level.
- Max level
- Maximal sample level.
- Min difference
- Minimal difference between two consecutive samples.
- Max difference
- Maximal difference between two consecutive samples.
- Mean difference
- Mean difference between two consecutive samples. The average of each
difference between two consecutive samples.
- RMS difference
- Root Mean Square difference between two consecutive samples.
- Peak level dB
- RMS level dB
- Standard peak and RMS level measured in dBFS.
- RMS peak dB
- RMS trough dB
- Peak and trough values for RMS level measured over a short window.
- Crest factor
- Standard ratio of peak to RMS level (note: not in dB).
- Flat factor
- Flatness (i.e. consecutive samples with the same value) of the signal at
its peak levels (i.e. either Min level or Max level).
- Peak count
- Number of occasions (not the number of samples) that the signal attained
either Min level or Max level.
- Noise floor dB
- Minimum local peak measured in dBFS over a short window.
- Noise floor count
- Number of occasions (not the number of samples) that the signal attained
Noise floor.
- Bit depth
- Overall bit depth of audio. Number of bits used for each sample.
- Dynamic range
- Measured dynamic range of audio in dB.
- Zero crossings
- Number of points where the waveform crosses the zero level axis.
- Zero crossings rate
- Rate of Zero crossings and number of audio samples.
Boost subwoofer frequencies.
The filter accepts the following options:
- dry
- Set dry gain, how much of original signal is kept. Allowed range is from 0
to 1. Default value is 0.7.
- wet
- Set wet gain, how much of filtered signal is kept. Allowed range is from 0
to 1. Default value is 0.7.
- decay
- Set delay line decay gain value. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default
value is 0.7.
- feedback
- Set delay line feedback gain value. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default
value is 0.9.
- cutoff
- Set cutoff frequency in Hertz. Allowed range is 50 to 900. Default value
is 100.
- slope
- Set slope amount for cutoff frequency. Allowed range is 0.0001 to 1.
Default value is 0.5.
- delay
- Set delay. Allowed range is from 1 to 100. Default value is 20.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Cut subwoofer frequencies.
This filter allows to set custom, steeper roll off than highpass
filter, and thus is able to more attenuate frequency content in
stop-band.
The filter accepts the following options:
- cutoff
- Set cutoff frequency in Hertz. Allowed range is 2 to 200. Default value is
20.
- order
- Set filter order. Available values are from 3 to 20. Default value is
10.
- level
- Set input gain level. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default value is
1.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Cut super frequencies.
The filter accepts the following options:
- cutoff
- Set cutoff frequency in Hertz. Allowed range is 20000 to 192000. Default
value is 20000.
- order
- Set filter order. Available values are from 3 to 20. Default value is
10.
- level
- Set input gain level. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default value is
1.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply high order Butterworth band-pass filter.
The filter accepts the following options:
- centerf
- Set center frequency in Hertz. Allowed range is 2 to 999999. Default value
is 1000.
- order
- Set filter order. Available values are from 4 to 20. Default value is
4.
- qfactor
- Set Q-factor. Allowed range is from 0.01 to 100. Default value is 1.
- level
- Set input gain level. Allowed range is from 0 to 2. Default value is
1.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply high order Butterworth band-stop filter.
The filter accepts the following options:
- centerf
- Set center frequency in Hertz. Allowed range is 2 to 999999. Default value
is 1000.
- order
- Set filter order. Available values are from 4 to 20. Default value is
4.
- qfactor
- Set Q-factor. Allowed range is from 0.01 to 100. Default value is 1.
- level
- Set input gain level. Allowed range is from 0 to 2. Default value is
1.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Adjust audio tempo.
The filter accepts exactly one parameter, the audio tempo. If not
specified then the filter will assume nominal 1.0 tempo. Tempo must be in
the [0.5, 100.0] range.
Note that tempo greater than 2 will skip some samples rather than
blend them in. If for any reason this is a concern it is always possible to
daisy-chain several instances of atempo to achieve the desired product
tempo.
Examples
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- tempo
- Change filter tempo scale factor. Syntax for the command is :
"tempo"
Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.
It accepts the following parameters:
- start
- Timestamp (in seconds) of the start of the section to keep. I.e. the audio
sample with the timestamp start will be the first sample in the
output.
- end
- Specify time of the first audio sample that will be dropped, i.e. the
audio sample immediately preceding the one with the timestamp end
will be the last sample in the output.
- start_pts
- Same as start, except this option sets the start timestamp in
samples instead of seconds.
- end_pts
- Same as end, except this option sets the end timestamp in samples
instead of seconds.
- duration
- The maximum duration of the output in seconds.
- start_sample
- The number of the first sample that should be output.
- end_sample
- The number of the first sample that should be dropped.
start, end, and duration are expressed as
time duration specifications; see the Time duration section in the
ffmpeg-utils(1) manual.
Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the
duration option look at the frame timestamp, while the _sample
options simply count the samples that pass through the filter. So
start/end_pts and start/end_sample will give different results when the
timestamps are wrong, inexact or do not start at zero. Also note that this
filter does not modify the timestamps. If you wish to have the output
timestamps start at zero, insert the asetpts filter after the atrim
filter.
If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be
greedy and keep all samples that match at least one of the specified
constraints. To keep only the part that matches all the constraints at once,
chain multiple atrim filters.
The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is
possible to set e.g. just the end values to keep everything before the
specified time.
Examples:
Calculate normalized cross-correlation between two input audio streams.
Resulted samples are always between -1 and 1 inclusive. If result
is 1 it means two input samples are highly correlated in that selected
segment. Result 0 means they are not correlated at all. If result is -1 it
means two input samples are out of phase, which means they cancel each
other.
The filter accepts the following options:
- size
- Set size of segment over which cross-correlation is calculated. Default is
256. Allowed range is from 2 to 131072.
- algo
- Set algorithm for cross-correlation. Can be
"slow" or
"fast". Default is
"slow". Fast algorithm assumes mean
values over any given segment are always zero and thus need much less
calculations to make. This is generally not true, but is valid for typical
audio streams.
Examples
- •
- Calculate correlation between channels in stereo audio stream:
ffmpeg -i stereo.wav -af channelsplit,axcorrelate=size=1024:algo=fast correlation.wav
Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-pass filter with central frequency
frequency, and (3dB-point) band-width width. The csg option
selects a constant skirt gain (peak gain = Q) instead of the default: constant
0dB peak gain. The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
The filter accepts the following options:
- frequency, f
- Set the filter's central frequency. Default is
3000.
- csg
- Constant skirt gain if set to 1. Defaults to 0.
- width_type, t
- Set method to specify band-width of filter.
- h
- Hz
- q
- Q-Factor
- o
- octave
- s
- slope
- k
- kHz
- width, w
- Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
- mix, m
- How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between
0 and 1.
- channels, c
- Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are
filtered.
- normalize, n
- Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled. Enabling it will
normalize magnitude response at DC to 0dB.
- transform, a
- Set transform type of IIR filter.
- precision, r
- Set precison of filtering.
- auto
- Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.
- s16
- Always use signed 16-bit.
- s32
- Always use signed 32-bit.
- f32
- Always use float 32-bit.
- f64
- Always use float 64-bit.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- frequency, f
- Change bandpass frequency. Syntax for the command is :
"frequency"
- width_type, t
- Change bandpass width_type. Syntax for the command is :
"width_type"
- width, w
- Change bandpass width. Syntax for the command is :
"width"
- mix, m
- Change bandpass mix. Syntax for the command is :
"mix"
Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-reject filter with central frequency
frequency, and (3dB-point) band-width width. The filter roll off
at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
The filter accepts the following options:
- frequency, f
- Set the filter's central frequency. Default is
3000.
- width_type, t
- Set method to specify band-width of filter.
- h
- Hz
- q
- Q-Factor
- o
- octave
- s
- slope
- k
- kHz
- width, w
- Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
- mix, m
- How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between
0 and 1.
- channels, c
- Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are
filtered.
- normalize, n
- Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled. Enabling it will
normalize magnitude response at DC to 0dB.
- transform, a
- Set transform type of IIR filter.
- precision, r
- Set precison of filtering.
- auto
- Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.
- s16
- Always use signed 16-bit.
- s32
- Always use signed 32-bit.
- f32
- Always use float 32-bit.
- f64
- Always use float 64-bit.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- frequency, f
- Change bandreject frequency. Syntax for the command is :
"frequency"
- width_type, t
- Change bandreject width_type. Syntax for the command is :
"width_type"
- width, w
- Change bandreject width. Syntax for the command is :
"width"
- mix, m
- Change bandreject mix. Syntax for the command is :
"mix"
Boost or cut the bass (lower) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole shelving
filter with a response similar to that of a standard hi-fi's tone-controls.
This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
The filter accepts the following options:
- gain, g
- Give the gain at 0 Hz. Its useful range is about -20 (for a large cut) to
+20 (for a large boost). Beware of clipping when using a positive
gain.
- frequency, f
- Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used to extend or reduce
the frequency range to be boosted or cut. The default value is
100 Hz.
- width_type, t
- Set method to specify band-width of filter.
- h
- Hz
- q
- Q-Factor
- o
- octave
- s
- slope
- k
- kHz
- width, w
- Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
- poles, p
- Set number of poles. Default is 2.
- mix, m
- How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between
0 and 1.
- channels, c
- Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are
filtered.
- normalize, n
- Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled. Enabling it will
normalize magnitude response at DC to 0dB.
- transform, a
- Set transform type of IIR filter.
- precision, r
- Set precison of filtering.
- auto
- Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.
- s16
- Always use signed 16-bit.
- s32
- Always use signed 32-bit.
- f32
- Always use float 32-bit.
- f64
- Always use float 64-bit.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- frequency, f
- Change bass frequency. Syntax for the command is :
"frequency"
- width_type, t
- Change bass width_type. Syntax for the command is :
"width_type"
- width, w
- Change bass width. Syntax for the command is :
"width"
- gain, g
- Change bass gain. Syntax for the command is : "gain"
- mix, m
- Change bass mix. Syntax for the command is : "mix"
Apply a biquad IIR filter with the given coefficients. Where b0,
b1, b2 and a0, a1, a2 are the numerator and
denominator coefficients respectively. and channels, c specify
which channels to filter, by default all available are filtered.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- a0
- a1
- a2
- b0
- b1
- b2
- Change biquad parameter. Syntax for the command is :
"value"
- mix, m
- How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between
0 and 1.
- channels, c
- Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are
filtered.
- normalize, n
- Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled. Enabling it will
normalize magnitude response at DC to 0dB.
- transform, a
- Set transform type of IIR filter.
- precision, r
- Set precison of filtering.
- auto
- Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.
- s16
- Always use signed 16-bit.
- s32
- Always use signed 32-bit.
- f32
- Always use float 32-bit.
- f64
- Always use float 64-bit.
Bauer stereo to binaural transformation, which improves headphone listening of
stereo audio records.
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg
with "--enable-libbs2b".
It accepts the following parameters:
- profile
- Pre-defined crossfeed level.
- default
- Default level (fcut=700, feed=50).
- cmoy
- Chu Moy circuit (fcut=700, feed=60).
- jmeier
- Jan Meier circuit (fcut=650, feed=95).
- fcut
- Cut frequency (in Hz).
- feed
- Feed level (in Hz).
Remap input channels to new locations.
It accepts the following parameters:
- map
- Map channels from input to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of
mappings, each in the
"in_channel-out_channel"
or in_channel form. in_channel can be either the name of the
input channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its index in the input channel
layout. out_channel is the name of the output channel or its index
in the output channel layout. If out_channel is not given then it
is implicitly an index, starting with zero and increasing by one for each
mapping.
- channel_layout
- The channel layout of the output stream.
If no mapping is present, the filter will implicitly map input
channels to output channels, preserving indices.
Examples
- For example, assuming a 5.1+downmix input MOV file,
ffmpeg -i in.mov -filter 'channelmap=map=DL-FL|DR-FR' out.wav
will create an output WAV file tagged as stereo from the
downmix channels of the input.
- To fix a 5.1 WAV improperly encoded in AAC's native channel order
ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter 'channelmap=1|2|0|5|3|4:5.1' out.wav
Split each channel from an input audio stream into a separate output stream.
It accepts the following parameters:
- channel_layout
- The channel layout of the input stream. The default is
"stereo".
- channels
- A channel layout describing the channels to be extracted as separate
output streams or "all" to extract each input channel as a
separate stream. The default is "all".
Choosing channels not present in channel layout in the input
will result in an error.
Examples
- For example, assuming a stereo input MP3 file,
ffmpeg -i in.mp3 -filter_complex channelsplit out.mkv
will create an output Matroska file with two audio streams,
one containing only the left channel and the other the right
channel.
- Split a 5.1 WAV file into per-channel files:
ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter_complex
'channelsplit=channel_layout=5.1[FL][FR][FC][LFE][SL][SR]'
-map '[FL]' front_left.wav -map '[FR]' front_right.wav -map '[FC]'
front_center.wav -map '[LFE]' lfe.wav -map '[SL]' side_left.wav -map '[SR]'
side_right.wav
- Extract only LFE from a 5.1 WAV file:
ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter_complex 'channelsplit=channel_layout=5.1:channels=LFE[LFE]'
-map '[LFE]' lfe.wav
Add a chorus effect to the audio.
Can make a single vocal sound like a chorus, but can also be
applied to instrumentation.
Chorus resembles an echo effect with a short delay, but whereas
with echo the delay is constant, with chorus, it is varied using using
sinusoidal or triangular modulation. The modulation depth defines the range
the modulated delay is played before or after the delay. Hence the delayed
sound will sound slower or faster, that is the delayed sound tuned around
the original one, like in a chorus where some vocals are slightly off
key.
It accepts the following parameters:
- in_gain
- Set input gain. Default is 0.4.
- out_gain
- Set output gain. Default is 0.4.
- delays
- Set delays. A typical delay is around 40ms to 60ms.
- decays
- Set decays.
- speeds
- Set speeds.
- depths
- Set depths.
Examples
- A single delay:
chorus=0.7:0.9:55:0.4:0.25:2
- Two delays:
chorus=0.6:0.9:50|60:0.4|0.32:0.25|0.4:2|1.3
- Fuller sounding chorus with three delays:
chorus=0.5:0.9:50|60|40:0.4|0.32|0.3:0.25|0.4|0.3:2|2.3|1.3
Compress or expand the audio's dynamic range.
It accepts the following parameters:
- attacks
- decays
- A list of times in seconds for each channel over which the instantaneous
level of the input signal is averaged to determine its volume.
attacks refers to increase of volume and decays refers to
decrease of volume. For most situations, the attack time (response to the
audio getting louder) should be shorter than the decay time, because the
human ear is more sensitive to sudden loud audio than sudden soft audio. A
typical value for attack is 0.3 seconds and a typical value for decay is
0.8 seconds. If specified number of attacks & decays is lower than
number of channels, the last set attack/decay will be used for all
remaining channels.
- points
- A list of points for the transfer function, specified in dB relative to
the maximum possible signal amplitude. Each key points list must be
defined using the following syntax:
"x0/y0|x1/y1|x2/y2|...." or
"x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ...."
The input values must be in strictly increasing order but the
transfer function does not have to be monotonically rising. The point
"0/0" is assumed but may be overridden
(by "0/out-dBn"). Typical values for
the transfer function are
"-70/-70|-60/-20|1/0".
- soft-knee
- Set the curve radius in dB for all joints. It defaults to 0.01.
- gain
- Set the additional gain in dB to be applied at all points on the transfer
function. This allows for easy adjustment of the overall gain. It defaults
to 0.
- volume
- Set an initial volume, in dB, to be assumed for each channel when
filtering starts. This permits the user to supply a nominal level
initially, so that, for example, a very large gain is not applied to
initial signal levels before the companding has begun to operate. A
typical value for audio which is initially quiet is -90 dB. It defaults to
0.
- delay
- Set a delay, in seconds. The input audio is analyzed immediately, but
audio is delayed before being fed to the volume adjuster. Specifying a
delay approximately equal to the attack/decay times allows the filter to
effectively operate in predictive rather than reactive mode. It defaults
to 0.
Examples
- Make music with both quiet and loud passages suitable for listening to in
a noisy environment:
compand=.3|.3:1|1:-90/-60|-60/-40|-40/-30|-20/-20:6:0:-90:0.2
Another example for audio with whisper and explosion
parts:
compand=0|0:1|1:-90/-900|-70/-70|-30/-9|0/-3:6:0:0:0
- A noise gate for when the noise is at a lower level than the signal:
compand=.1|.1:.2|.2:-900/-900|-50.1/-900|-50/-50:.01:0:-90:.1
- Here is another noise gate, this time for when the noise is at a higher
level than the signal (making it, in some ways, similar to squelch):
compand=.1|.1:.1|.1:-45.1/-45.1|-45/-900|0/-900:.01:45:-90:.1
- 2:1 compression starting at -6dB:
compand=points=-80/-80|-6/-6|0/-3.8|20/3.5
- 2:1 compression starting at -9dB:
compand=points=-80/-80|-9/-9|0/-5.3|20/2.9
- 2:1 compression starting at -12dB:
compand=points=-80/-80|-12/-12|0/-6.8|20/1.9
- 2:1 compression starting at -18dB:
compand=points=-80/-80|-18/-18|0/-9.8|20/0.7
- 3:1 compression starting at -15dB:
compand=points=-80/-80|-15/-15|0/-10.8|20/-5.2
- Compressor/Gate:
compand=points=-80/-105|-62/-80|-15.4/-15.4|0/-12|20/-7.6
- Expander:
compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-169|-54/-80|-49.5/-64.6|-41.1/-41.1|-25.8/-15|-10.8/-4.5|0/0|20/8.3
- Hard limiter at -6dB:
compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-80|-6/-6|20/-6
- Hard limiter at -12dB:
compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-80|-12/-12|20/-12
- Hard noise gate at -35 dB:
compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-115|-35.1/-80|-35/-35|20/20
- Soft limiter:
compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-80|-12.4/-12.4|-6/-8|0/-6.8|20/-2.8
Compensation Delay Line is a metric based delay to compensate differing
positions of microphones or speakers.
For example, you have recorded guitar with two microphones placed
in different locations. Because the front of sound wave has fixed speed in
normal conditions, the phasing of microphones can vary and depends on their
location and interposition. The best sound mix can be achieved when these
microphones are in phase (synchronized). Note that a distance of ~30 cm
between microphones makes one microphone capture the signal in antiphase to
the other microphone. That makes the final mix sound moody. This filter
helps to solve phasing problems by adding different delays to each
microphone track and make them synchronized.
The best result can be reached when you take one track as base and
synchronize other tracks one by one with it. Remember that
synchronization/delay tolerance depends on sample rate, too. Higher sample
rates will give more tolerance.
The filter accepts the following parameters:
- mm
- Set millimeters distance. This is compensation distance for fine tuning.
Default is 0.
- cm
- Set cm distance. This is compensation distance for tightening distance
setup. Default is 0.
- m
- Set meters distance. This is compensation distance for hard distance
setup. Default is 0.
- dry
- Set dry amount. Amount of unprocessed (dry) signal. Default is 0.
- wet
- Set wet amount. Amount of processed (wet) signal. Default is 1.
- temp
- Set temperature in degrees Celsius. This is the temperature of the
environment. Default is 20.
Apply headphone crossfeed filter.
Crossfeed is the process of blending the left and right channels
of stereo audio recording. It is mainly used to reduce extreme stereo
separation of low frequencies.
The intent is to produce more speaker like sound to the
listener.
The filter accepts the following options:
- strength
- Set strength of crossfeed. Default is 0.2. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.
This sets gain of low shelf filter for side part of stereo image. Default
is -6dB. Max allowed is -30db when strength is set to 1.
- range
- Set soundstage wideness. Default is 0.5. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.
This sets cut off frequency of low shelf filter. Default is cut off near
1550 Hz. With range set to 1 cut off frequency is set to 2100 Hz.
- slope
- Set curve slope of low shelf filter. Default is 0.5. Allowed range is from
0.01 to 1.
- level_in
- Set input gain. Default is 0.9.
- level_out
- Set output gain. Default is 1.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Simple algorithm for audio noise sharpening.
This filter linearly increases differences betweeen each audio
sample.
The filter accepts the following options:
- i
- Sets the intensity of effect (default: 2.0). Must be in range between
-10.0 to 0 (unchanged sound) to 10.0 (maximum effect). To inverse
filtering use negative value.
- c
- Enable clipping. By default is enabled.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply a DC shift to the audio.
This can be useful to remove a DC offset (caused perhaps by a
hardware problem in the recording chain) from the audio. The effect of a DC
offset is reduced headroom and hence volume. The astats filter can be
used to determine if a signal has a DC offset.
- shift
- Set the DC shift, allowed range is [-1, 1]. It indicates the amount to
shift the audio.
- limitergain
- Optional. It should have a value much less than 1 (e.g. 0.05 or 0.02) and
is used to prevent clipping.
Apply de-essing to the audio samples.
- i
- Set intensity for triggering de-essing. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.
Default is 0.
- m
- Set amount of ducking on treble part of sound. Allowed range is from 0 to
1. Default is 0.5.
- f
- How much of original frequency content to keep when de-essing. Allowed
range is from 0 to 1. Default is 0.5.
- s
- Set the output mode.
It accepts the following values:
- i
- Pass input unchanged.
- o
- Pass ess filtered out.
- e
- Pass only ess.
Default value is o.
Measure audio dynamic range.
DR values of 14 and higher is found in very dynamic material. DR
of 8 to 13 is found in transition material. And anything less that 8 have
very poor dynamics and is very compressed.
The filter accepts the following options:
- length
- Set window length in seconds used to split audio into segments of equal
length. Default is 3 seconds.
Dynamic Audio Normalizer.
This filter applies a certain amount of gain to the input audio in
order to bring its peak magnitude to a target level (e.g. 0 dBFS). However,
in contrast to more "simple" normalization algorithms, the Dynamic
Audio Normalizer *dynamically* re-adjusts the gain factor to the input
audio. This allows for applying extra gain to the "quiet" sections
of the audio while avoiding distortions or clipping the "loud"
sections. In other words: The Dynamic Audio Normalizer will "even
out" the volume of quiet and loud sections, in the sense that the
volume of each section is brought to the same target level. Note, however,
that the Dynamic Audio Normalizer achieves this goal *without* applying
"dynamic range compressing". It will retain 100% of the dynamic
range *within* each section of the audio file.
- framelen, f
- Set the frame length in milliseconds. In range from 10 to 8000
milliseconds. Default is 500 milliseconds. The Dynamic Audio Normalizer
processes the input audio in small chunks, referred to as frames. This is
required, because a peak magnitude has no meaning for just a single sample
value. Instead, we need to determine the peak magnitude for a contiguous
sequence of sample values. While a "standard" normalizer would
simply use the peak magnitude of the complete file, the Dynamic Audio
Normalizer determines the peak magnitude individually for each frame. The
length of a frame is specified in milliseconds. By default, the Dynamic
Audio Normalizer uses a frame length of 500 milliseconds, which has been
found to give good results with most files. Note that the exact frame
length, in number of samples, will be determined automatically, based on
the sampling rate of the individual input audio file.
- gausssize, g
- Set the Gaussian filter window size. In range from 3 to 301, must be odd
number. Default is 31. Probably the most important parameter of the
Dynamic Audio Normalizer is the "window
size" of the Gaussian smoothing filter. The filter's window
size is specified in frames, centered around the current frame. For the
sake of simplicity, this must be an odd number. Consequently, the default
value of 31 takes into account the current frame, as well as the 15
preceding frames and the 15 subsequent frames. Using a larger window
results in a stronger smoothing effect and thus in less gain variation,
i.e. slower gain adaptation. Conversely, using a smaller window results in
a weaker smoothing effect and thus in more gain variation, i.e. faster
gain adaptation. In other words, the more you increase this value, the
more the Dynamic Audio Normalizer will behave like a
"traditional" normalization filter. On the contrary, the more
you decrease this value, the more the Dynamic Audio Normalizer will behave
like a dynamic range compressor.
- peak, p
- Set the target peak value. This specifies the highest permissible
magnitude level for the normalized audio input. This filter will try to
approach the target peak magnitude as closely as possible, but at the same
time it also makes sure that the normalized signal will never exceed the
peak magnitude. A frame's maximum local gain factor is imposed directly by
the target peak magnitude. The default value is 0.95 and thus leaves a
headroom of 5%*. It is not recommended to go above this value.
- maxgain, m
- Set the maximum gain factor. In range from 1.0 to 100.0. Default is 10.0.
The Dynamic Audio Normalizer determines the maximum possible (local) gain
factor for each input frame, i.e. the maximum gain factor that does not
result in clipping or distortion. The maximum gain factor is determined by
the frame's highest magnitude sample. However, the Dynamic Audio
Normalizer additionally bounds the frame's maximum gain factor by a
predetermined (global) maximum gain factor. This is done in order to avoid
excessive gain factors in "silent" or almost silent frames. By
default, the maximum gain factor is 10.0, For most inputs the default
value should be sufficient and it usually is not recommended to increase
this value. Though, for input with an extremely low overall volume level,
it may be necessary to allow even higher gain factors. Note, however, that
the Dynamic Audio Normalizer does not simply apply a "hard"
threshold (i.e. cut off values above the threshold). Instead, a
"sigmoid" threshold function will be applied. This way, the gain
factors will smoothly approach the threshold value, but never exceed that
value.
- targetrms, r
- Set the target RMS. In range from 0.0 to 1.0. Default is 0.0 - disabled.
By default, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer performs "peak"
normalization. This means that the maximum local gain factor for each
frame is defined (only) by the frame's highest magnitude sample. This way,
the samples can be amplified as much as possible without exceeding the
maximum signal level, i.e. without clipping. Optionally, however, the
Dynamic Audio Normalizer can also take into account the frame's root mean
square, abbreviated RMS. In electrical engineering, the RMS is commonly
used to determine the power of a time-varying signal. It is therefore
considered that the RMS is a better approximation of the "perceived
loudness" than just looking at the signal's peak magnitude.
Consequently, by adjusting all frames to a constant RMS value, a uniform
"perceived loudness" can be established. If a target RMS value
has been specified, a frame's local gain factor is defined as the factor
that would result in exactly that RMS value. Note, however, that the
maximum local gain factor is still restricted by the frame's highest
magnitude sample, in order to prevent clipping.
- coupling, n
- Enable channels coupling. By default is enabled. By default, the Dynamic
Audio Normalizer will amplify all channels by the same amount. This means
the same gain factor will be applied to all channels, i.e. the maximum
possible gain factor is determined by the "loudest" channel.
However, in some recordings, it may happen that the volume of the
different channels is uneven, e.g. one channel may be "quieter"
than the other one(s). In this case, this option can be used to disable
the channel coupling. This way, the gain factor will be determined
independently for each channel, depending only on the individual channel's
highest magnitude sample. This allows for harmonizing the volume of the
different channels.
- correctdc, c
- Enable DC bias correction. By default is disabled. An audio signal (in the
time domain) is a sequence of sample values. In the Dynamic Audio
Normalizer these sample values are represented in the -1.0 to 1.0 range,
regardless of the original input format. Normally, the audio signal, or
"waveform", should be centered around the zero point. That means
if we calculate the mean value of all samples in a file, or in a single
frame, then the result should be 0.0 or at least very close to that value.
If, however, there is a significant deviation of the mean value from 0.0,
in either positive or negative direction, this is referred to as a DC bias
or DC offset. Since a DC bias is clearly undesirable, the Dynamic Audio
Normalizer provides optional DC bias correction. With DC bias correction
enabled, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer will determine the mean value, or
"DC correction" offset, of each input frame and subtract that
value from all of the frame's sample values which ensures those samples
are centered around 0.0 again. Also, in order to avoid "gaps" at
the frame boundaries, the DC correction offset values will be interpolated
smoothly between neighbouring frames.
- altboundary, b
- Enable alternative boundary mode. By default is disabled. The Dynamic
Audio Normalizer takes into account a certain neighbourhood around each
frame. This includes the preceding frames as well as the subsequent
frames. However, for the "boundary" frames, located at the very
beginning and at the very end of the audio file, not all neighbouring
frames are available. In particular, for the first few frames in the audio
file, the preceding frames are not known. And, similarly, for the last few
frames in the audio file, the subsequent frames are not known. Thus, the
question arises which gain factors should be assumed for the missing
frames in the "boundary" region. The Dynamic Audio Normalizer
implements two modes to deal with this situation. The default boundary
mode assumes a gain factor of exactly 1.0 for the missing frames,
resulting in a smooth "fade in" and "fade out" at the
beginning and at the end of the input, respectively.
- compress, s
- Set the compress factor. In range from 0.0 to 30.0. Default is 0.0. By
default, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer does not apply
"traditional" compression. This means that signal peaks will not
be pruned and thus the full dynamic range will be retained within each
local neighbourhood. However, in some cases it may be desirable to combine
the Dynamic Audio Normalizer's normalization algorithm with a more
"traditional" compression. For this purpose, the Dynamic Audio
Normalizer provides an optional compression (thresholding) function. If
(and only if) the compression feature is enabled, all input frames will be
processed by a soft knee thresholding function prior to the actual
normalization process. Put simply, the thresholding function is going to
prune all samples whose magnitude exceeds a certain threshold value.
However, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer does not simply apply a fixed
threshold value. Instead, the threshold value will be adjusted for each
individual frame. In general, smaller parameters result in stronger
compression, and vice versa. Values below 3.0 are not recommended, because
audible distortion may appear.
- threshold, t
- Set the target threshold value. This specifies the lowest permissible
magnitude level for the audio input which will be normalized. If input
frame volume is above this value frame will be normalized. Otherwise frame
may not be normalized at all. The default value is set to 0, which means
all input frames will be normalized. This option is mostly useful if
digital noise is not wanted to be amplified.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Make audio easier to listen to on headphones.
This filter adds `cues' to 44.1kHz stereo (i.e. audio CD format)
audio so that when listened to on headphones the stereo image is moved from
inside your head (standard for headphones) to outside and in front of the
listener (standard for speakers).
Ported from SoX.
Apply a two-pole peaking equalisation (EQ) filter. With this filter, the
signal-level at and around a selected frequency can be increased or decreased,
whilst (unlike bandpass and bandreject filters) that at all other frequencies
is unchanged.
In order to produce complex equalisation curves, this filter can
be given several times, each with a different central frequency.
The filter accepts the following options:
- frequency, f
- Set the filter's central frequency in Hz.
- width_type, t
- Set method to specify band-width of filter.
- h
- Hz
- q
- Q-Factor
- o
- octave
- s
- slope
- k
- kHz
- width, w
- Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
- gain, g
- Set the required gain or attenuation in dB. Beware of clipping when using
a positive gain.
- mix, m
- How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between
0 and 1.
- channels, c
- Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are
filtered.
- normalize, n
- Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled. Enabling it will
normalize magnitude response at DC to 0dB.
- transform, a
- Set transform type of IIR filter.
- precision, r
- Set precison of filtering.
- auto
- Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.
- s16
- Always use signed 16-bit.
- s32
- Always use signed 32-bit.
- f32
- Always use float 32-bit.
- f64
- Always use float 64-bit.
Examples
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- frequency, f
- Change equalizer frequency. Syntax for the command is :
"frequency"
- width_type, t
- Change equalizer width_type. Syntax for the command is :
"width_type"
- width, w
- Change equalizer width. Syntax for the command is :
"width"
- gain, g
- Change equalizer gain. Syntax for the command is :
"gain"
- mix, m
- Change equalizer mix. Syntax for the command is :
"mix"
Linearly increases the difference between left and right channels which adds
some sort of "live" effect to playback.
The filter accepts the following options:
- m
- Sets the difference coefficient (default: 2.5). 0.0 means mono sound
(average of both channels), with 1.0 sound will be unchanged, with -1.0
left and right channels will be swapped.
- c
- Enable clipping. By default is enabled.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply FIR Equalization using arbitrary frequency response.
The filter accepts the following option:
- gain
- Set gain curve equation (in dB). The expression can contain
variables:
- f
- the evaluated frequency
- sr
- sample rate
- ch
- channel number, set to 0 when multichannels evaluation is disabled
- chid
- channel id, see libavutil/channel_layout.h, set to the first channel id
when multichannels evaluation is disabled
- chs
- number of channels
- chlayout
- channel_layout, see libavutil/channel_layout.h
and functions:
- gain_interpolate(f)
- interpolate gain on frequency f based on gain_entry
- cubic_interpolate(f)
- same as gain_interpolate, but smoother
This option is also available as command. Default is
gain_interpolate(f).
- gain_entry
- Set gain entry for gain_interpolate function. The expression can contain
functions:
- entry(f, g)
- store gain entry at frequency f with value g
This option is also available as command.
- delay
- Set filter delay in seconds. Higher value means more accurate. Default is
0.01.
- accuracy
- Set filter accuracy in Hz. Lower value means more accurate. Default is
5.
- wfunc
- Set window function. Acceptable values are:
- rectangular
- rectangular window, useful when gain curve is already smooth
- hann
- hann window (default)
- hamming
- hamming window
- blackman
- blackman window
- nuttall3
- 3-terms continuous 1st derivative nuttall window
- mnuttall3
- minimum 3-terms discontinuous nuttall window
- nuttall
- 4-terms continuous 1st derivative nuttall window
- bnuttall
- minimum 4-terms discontinuous nuttall (blackman-nuttall) window
- bharris
- blackman-harris window
- tukey
- tukey window
- fixed
- If enabled, use fixed number of audio samples. This improves speed when
filtering with large delay. Default is disabled.
- multi
- Enable multichannels evaluation on gain. Default is disabled.
- zero_phase
- Enable zero phase mode by subtracting timestamp to compensate delay.
Default is disabled.
- scale
- Set scale used by gain. Acceptable values are:
- linlin
- linear frequency, linear gain
- linlog
- linear frequency, logarithmic (in dB) gain (default)
- loglin
- logarithmic (in octave scale where 20 Hz is 0) frequency, linear gain
- loglog
- logarithmic frequency, logarithmic gain
- dumpfile
- Set file for dumping, suitable for gnuplot.
- dumpscale
- Set scale for dumpfile. Acceptable values are same with scale option.
Default is linlog.
- fft2
- Enable 2-channel convolution using complex FFT. This improves speed
significantly. Default is disabled.
- min_phase
- Enable minimum phase impulse response. Default is disabled.
Examples
- lowpass at 1000 Hz:
firequalizer=gain='if(lt(f,1000), 0, -INF)'
- lowpass at 1000 Hz with gain_entry:
firequalizer=gain_entry='entry(1000,0); entry(1001, -INF)'
- custom equalization:
firequalizer=gain_entry='entry(100,0); entry(400, -4); entry(1000, -6); entry(2000, 0)'
- higher delay with zero phase to compensate delay:
firequalizer=delay=0.1:fixed=on:zero_phase=on
- lowpass on left channel, highpass on right channel:
firequalizer=gain='if(eq(chid,1), gain_interpolate(f), if(eq(chid,2), gain_interpolate(1e6+f), 0))'
:gain_entry='entry(1000, 0); entry(1001,-INF); entry(1e6+1000,0)':multi=on
Apply a flanging effect to the audio.
The filter accepts the following options:
- delay
- Set base delay in milliseconds. Range from 0 to 30. Default value is
0.
- depth
- Set added sweep delay in milliseconds. Range from 0 to 10. Default value
is 2.
- regen
- Set percentage regeneration (delayed signal feedback). Range from -95 to
95. Default value is 0.
- width
- Set percentage of delayed signal mixed with original. Range from 0 to 100.
Default value is 71.
- speed
- Set sweeps per second (Hz). Range from 0.1 to 10. Default value is
0.5.
- shape
- Set swept wave shape, can be triangular or sinusoidal.
Default value is sinusoidal.
- phase
- Set swept wave percentage-shift for multi channel. Range from 0 to 100.
Default value is 25.
- interp
- Set delay-line interpolation, linear or quadratic. Default
is linear.
Apply Haas effect to audio.
Note that this makes most sense to apply on mono signals. With
this filter applied to mono signals it give some directionality and
stretches its stereo image.
The filter accepts the following options:
- level_in
- Set input level. By default is 1, or 0dB
- level_out
- Set output level. By default is 1, or 0dB.
- side_gain
- Set gain applied to side part of signal. By default is 1.
- middle_source
- Set kind of middle source. Can be one of the following:
- left
- Pick left channel.
- right
- Pick right channel.
- mid
- Pick middle part signal of stereo image.
- side
- Pick side part signal of stereo image.
- middle_phase
- Change middle phase. By default is disabled.
- left_delay
- Set left channel delay. By default is 2.05 milliseconds.
- left_balance
- Set left channel balance. By default is -1.
- left_gain
- Set left channel gain. By default is 1.
- left_phase
- Change left phase. By default is disabled.
- right_delay
- Set right channel delay. By defaults is 2.12 milliseconds.
- right_balance
- Set right channel balance. By default is 1.
- right_gain
- Set right channel gain. By default is 1.
- right_phase
- Change right phase. By default is enabled.
Decodes High Definition Compatible Digital (HDCD) data. A 16-bit PCM stream with
embedded HDCD codes is expanded into a 20-bit PCM stream.
The filter supports the Peak Extend and Low-level Gain Adjustment
features of HDCD, and detects the Transient Filter flag.
ffmpeg -i HDCD16.flac -af hdcd OUT24.flac
When using the filter with wav, note the default encoding for wav
is 16-bit, so the resulting 20-bit stream will be truncated back to 16-bit.
Use something like -acodec pcm_s24le after the filter to get 24-bit
PCM output.
ffmpeg -i HDCD16.wav -af hdcd OUT16.wav
ffmpeg -i HDCD16.wav -af hdcd -c:a pcm_s24le OUT24.wav
The filter accepts the following options:
- disable_autoconvert
- Disable any automatic format conversion or resampling in the filter
graph.
- process_stereo
- Process the stereo channels together. If target_gain does not match
between channels, consider it invalid and use the last valid
target_gain.
- cdt_ms
- Set the code detect timer period in ms.
- force_pe
- Always extend peaks above -3dBFS even if PE isn't signaled.
- analyze_mode
- Replace audio with a solid tone and adjust the amplitude to signal some
specific aspect of the decoding process. The output file can be loaded in
an audio editor alongside the original to aid analysis.
"analyze_mode=pe:force_pe=true"
can be used to see all samples above the PE level.
Modes are:
- 0, off
- Disabled
- 1, lle
- Gain adjustment level at each sample
- 2, pe
- Samples where peak extend occurs
- 3, cdt
- Samples where the code detect timer is active
- 4, tgm
- Samples where the target gain does not match between channels
Apply head-related transfer functions (HRTFs) to create virtual loudspeakers
around the user for binaural listening via headphones. The HRIRs are provided
via additional streams, for each channel one stereo input stream is needed.
The filter accepts the following options:
- map
- Set mapping of input streams for convolution. The argument is a
'|'-separated list of channel names in order as they are given as
additional stream inputs for filter. This also specify number of input
streams. Number of input streams must be not less than number of channels
in first stream plus one.
- gain
- Set gain applied to audio. Value is in dB. Default is 0.
- type
- Set processing type. Can be time or freq. time is
processing audio in time domain which is slow. freq is processing
audio in frequency domain which is fast. Default is freq.
- lfe
- Set custom gain for LFE channels. Value is in dB. Default is 0.
- size
- Set size of frame in number of samples which will be processed at once.
Default value is 1024. Allowed range is from 1024 to 96000.
- hrir
- Set format of hrir stream. Default value is stereo. Alternative
value is multich. If value is set to stereo, number of
additional streams should be greater or equal to number of input channels
in first input stream. Also each additional stream should have stereo
number of channels. If value is set to multich, number of
additional streams should be exactly one. Also number of input channels of
additional stream should be equal or greater than twice number of channels
of first input stream.
Examples
- Full example using wav files as coefficients with amovie filters for 7.1
downmix, each amovie filter use stereo file with IR coefficients as input.
The files give coefficients for each position of virtual loudspeaker:
ffmpeg -i input.wav
-filter_complex "amovie=azi_270_ele_0_DFC.wav[sr];amovie=azi_90_ele_0_DFC.wav[sl];amovie=azi_225_ele_0_DFC.wav[br];amovie=azi_135_ele_0_DFC.wav[bl];amovie=azi_0_ele_0_DFC.wav,asplit[fc][lfe];amovie=azi_35_ele_0_DFC.wav[fl];amovie=azi_325_ele_0_DFC.wav[fr];[0:a][fl][fr][fc][lfe][bl][br][sl][sr]headphone=FL|FR|FC|LFE|BL|BR|SL|SR"
output.wav
- Full example using wav files as coefficients with amovie filters for 7.1
downmix, but now in multich hrir format.
ffmpeg -i input.wav -filter_complex "amovie=minp.wav[hrirs];[0:a][hrirs]headphone=map=FL|FR|FC|LFE|BL|BR|SL|SR:hrir=multich"
output.wav
Apply a high-pass filter with 3dB point frequency. The filter can be either
single-pole, or double-pole (the default). The filter roll off at 6dB per pole
per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
The filter accepts the following options:
- frequency, f
- Set frequency in Hz. Default is 3000.
- poles, p
- Set number of poles. Default is 2.
- width_type, t
- Set method to specify band-width of filter.
- h
- Hz
- q
- Q-Factor
- o
- octave
- s
- slope
- k
- kHz
- width, w
- Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units. Applies only to
double-pole filter. The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth
response.
- mix, m
- How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between
0 and 1.
- channels, c
- Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are
filtered.
- normalize, n
- Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled. Enabling it will
normalize magnitude response at DC to 0dB.
- transform, a
- Set transform type of IIR filter.
- precision, r
- Set precison of filtering.
- auto
- Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.
- s16
- Always use signed 16-bit.
- s32
- Always use signed 32-bit.
- f32
- Always use float 32-bit.
- f64
- Always use float 64-bit.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- frequency, f
- Change highpass frequency. Syntax for the command is :
"frequency"
- width_type, t
- Change highpass width_type. Syntax for the command is :
"width_type"
- width, w
- Change highpass width. Syntax for the command is :
"width"
- mix, m
- Change highpass mix. Syntax for the command is :
"mix"
Join multiple input streams into one multi-channel stream.
It accepts the following parameters:
- inputs
- The number of input streams. It defaults to 2.
- channel_layout
- The desired output channel layout. It defaults to stereo.
- map
- Map channels from inputs to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list
of mappings, each in the
"input_idx.in_channel-out_channel"
form. input_idx is the 0-based index of the input stream.
in_channel can be either the name of the input channel (e.g. FL for
front left) or its index in the specified input stream. out_channel
is the name of the output channel.
The filter will attempt to guess the mappings when they are not
specified explicitly. It does so by first trying to find an unused matching
input channel and if that fails it picks the first unused input channel.
Join 3 inputs (with properly set channel layouts):
ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex join=inputs=3 OUTPUT
Build a 5.1 output from 6 single-channel streams:
ffmpeg -i fl -i fr -i fc -i sl -i sr -i lfe -filter_complex
'join=inputs=6:channel_layout=5.1:map=0.0-FL|1.0-FR|2.0-FC|3.0-SL|4.0-SR|5.0-LFE'
out
Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin.
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg
with "--enable-ladspa".
- file, f
- Specifies the name of LADSPA plugin library to load. If the environment
variable LADSPA_PATH is defined, the LADSPA plugin is searched in
each one of the directories specified by the colon separated list in
LADSPA_PATH, otherwise in the standard LADSPA paths, which are in
this order: HOME/.ladspa/lib/, /usr/local/lib/ladspa/,
/usr/lib/ladspa/.
- plugin, p
- Specifies the plugin within the library. Some libraries contain only one
plugin, but others contain many of them. If this is not set filter will
list all available plugins within the specified library.
- controls, c
- Set the '|' separated list of controls which are zero or more floating
point values that determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example
delay, threshold or gain). Controls need to be defined using the following
syntax: c0=value0|c1=value1|c2=value2|..., where
valuei is the value set on the i-th control. Alternatively
they can be also defined using the following syntax:
value0|value1|value2|..., where valuei is the
value set on the i-th control. If controls is set to
"help", all available controls and their
valid ranges are printed.
- sample_rate, s
- Specify the sample rate, default to 44100. Only used if plugin have zero
inputs.
- nb_samples, n
- Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default is
1024. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
- duration, d
- Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See the Time duration
section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted
syntax. Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified
duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a complete
frame. If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio
is supposed to be generated forever. Only used if plugin have zero
inputs.
- latency, l
- Enable latency compensation, by default is disabled. Only used if plugin
have inputs.
Examples
- List all available plugins within amp (LADSPA example plugin) library:
ladspa=file=amp
- List all available controls and their valid ranges for
"vcf_notch" plugin from
"VCF" library:
ladspa=f=vcf:p=vcf_notch:c=help
- Simulate low quality audio equipment using "Computer
Music Toolkit" (CMT) plugin library:
ladspa=file=cmt:plugin=lofi:controls=c0=22|c1=12|c2=12
- Add reverberation to the audio using TAP-plugins (Tom's Audio Processing
plugins):
ladspa=file=tap_reverb:tap_reverb
- Generate white noise, with 0.2 amplitude:
ladspa=file=cmt:noise_source_white:c=c0=.2
- Generate 20 bpm clicks using plugin "C* Click -
Metronome" from the "C* Audio Plugin
Suite" (CAPS) library:
ladspa=file=caps:Click:c=c1=20'
- Apply "C* Eq10X2 - Stereo 10-band
equaliser" effect:
ladspa=caps:Eq10X2:c=c0=-48|c9=-24|c3=12|c4=2
- Increase volume by 20dB using fast lookahead limiter from Steve Harris
"SWH Plugins" collection:
ladspa=fast_lookahead_limiter_1913:fastLookaheadLimiter:20|0|2
- Attenuate low frequencies using Multiband EQ from Steve Harris
"SWH Plugins" collection:
ladspa=mbeq_1197:mbeq:-24|-24|-24|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0
- Reduce stereo image using "Narrower"
from the "C* Audio Plugin Suite" (CAPS)
library:
ladspa=caps:Narrower
- Another white noise, now using "C* Audio Plugin
Suite" (CAPS) library:
ladspa=caps:White:.2
- Some fractal noise, using "C* Audio Plugin
Suite" (CAPS) library:
ladspa=caps:Fractal:c=c1=1
- Dynamic volume normalization using
"VLevel" plugin:
ladspa=vlevel-ladspa:vlevel_mono
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- cN
- Modify the N-th control value.
If the specified value is not valid, it is ignored and prior
one is kept.
EBU R128 loudness normalization. Includes both dynamic and linear normalization
modes. Support for both single pass (livestreams, files) and double pass
(files) modes. This algorithm can target IL, LRA, and maximum true peak. In
dynamic mode, to accurately detect true peaks, the audio stream will be
upsampled to 192 kHz. Use the "-ar" option
or "aresample" filter to explicitly set an
output sample rate.
The filter accepts the following options:
- I, i
- Set integrated loudness target. Range is -70.0 - -5.0. Default value is
-24.0.
- LRA, lra
- Set loudness range target. Range is 1.0 - 20.0. Default value is 7.0.
- TP, tp
- Set maximum true peak. Range is -9.0 - +0.0. Default value is -2.0.
- measured_I, measured_i
- Measured IL of input file. Range is -99.0 - +0.0.
- measured_LRA, measured_lra
- Measured LRA of input file. Range is 0.0 - 99.0.
- measured_TP, measured_tp
- Measured true peak of input file. Range is -99.0 - +99.0.
- measured_thresh
- Measured threshold of input file. Range is -99.0 - +0.0.
- offset
- Set offset gain. Gain is applied before the true-peak limiter. Range is
-99.0 - +99.0. Default is +0.0.
- linear
- Normalize by linearly scaling the source audio.
"measured_I",
"measured_LRA",
"measured_TP", and
"measured_thresh" must all be specified.
Target LRA shouldn't be lower than source LRA and the change in integrated
loudness shouldn't result in a true peak which exceeds the target TP. If
any of these conditions aren't met, normalization mode will revert to
dynamic. Options are "true" or
"false". Default is
"true".
- dual_mono
- Treat mono input files as "dual-mono". If a mono file is
intended for playback on a stereo system, its EBU R128 measurement will be
perceptually incorrect. If set to
"true", this option will compensate for
this effect. Multi-channel input files are not affected by this option.
Options are true or false. Default is false.
- print_format
- Set print format for stats. Options are summary, json, or none. Default
value is none.
Apply a low-pass filter with 3dB point frequency. The filter can be either
single-pole or double-pole (the default). The filter roll off at 6dB per pole
per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
The filter accepts the following options:
- frequency, f
- Set frequency in Hz. Default is 500.
- poles, p
- Set number of poles. Default is 2.
- width_type, t
- Set method to specify band-width of filter.
- h
- Hz
- q
- Q-Factor
- o
- octave
- s
- slope
- k
- kHz
- width, w
- Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units. Applies only to
double-pole filter. The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth
response.
- mix, m
- How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between
0 and 1.
- channels, c
- Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are
filtered.
- normalize, n
- Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled. Enabling it will
normalize magnitude response at DC to 0dB.
- transform, a
- Set transform type of IIR filter.
- precision, r
- Set precison of filtering.
- auto
- Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.
- s16
- Always use signed 16-bit.
- s32
- Always use signed 32-bit.
- f32
- Always use float 32-bit.
- f64
- Always use float 64-bit.
Examples
- •
- Lowpass only LFE channel, it LFE is not present it does nothing:
lowpass=c=LFE
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- frequency, f
- Change lowpass frequency. Syntax for the command is :
"frequency"
- width_type, t
- Change lowpass width_type. Syntax for the command is :
"width_type"
- width, w
- Change lowpass width. Syntax for the command is :
"width"
- mix, m
- Change lowpass mix. Syntax for the command is :
"mix"
Load a LV2 (LADSPA Version 2) plugin.
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg
with "--enable-lv2".
- plugin, p
- Specifies the plugin URI. You may need to escape ':'.
- controls, c
- Set the '|' separated list of controls which are zero or more floating
point values that determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example
delay, threshold or gain). If controls is set to
"help", all available controls and their
valid ranges are printed.
- sample_rate, s
- Specify the sample rate, default to 44100. Only used if plugin have zero
inputs.
- nb_samples, n
- Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default is
1024. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
- duration, d
- Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See the Time duration
section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted
syntax. Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified
duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a complete
frame. If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio
is supposed to be generated forever. Only used if plugin have zero
inputs.
Examples
- Apply bass enhancer plugin from Calf:
lv2=p=http\\\\://calf.sourceforge.net/plugins/BassEnhancer:c=amount=2
- Apply vinyl plugin from Calf:
lv2=p=http\\\\://calf.sourceforge.net/plugins/Vinyl:c=drone=0.2|aging=0.5
- Apply bit crusher plugin from ArtyFX:
lv2=p=http\\\\://www.openavproductions.com/artyfx#bitta:c=crush=0.3
Multiband Compress or expand the audio's dynamic range.
The input audio is divided into bands using 4th order
Linkwitz-Riley IIRs. This is akin to the crossover of a loudspeaker, and
results in flat frequency response when absent compander action.
It accepts the following parameters:
- args
- This option syntax is: attack,decay,[attack,decay..] soft-knee points
crossover_frequency [delay [initial_volume [gain]]] | attack,decay ... For
explanation of each item refer to compand filter documentation.
Mix channels with specific gain levels. The filter accepts the output channel
layout followed by a set of channels definitions.
This filter is also designed to efficiently remap the channels of
an audio stream.
The filter accepts parameters of the form:
"l|outdef|outdef|..."
- l
- output channel layout or number of channels
- outdef
- output channel specification, of the form:
"out_name=[gain*]in_name[(+-)[gain*]in_name...]"
- out_name
- output channel to define, either a channel name (FL, FR, etc.) or a
channel number (c0, c1, etc.)
- gain
- multiplicative coefficient for the channel, 1 leaving the volume
unchanged
- in_name
- input channel to use, see out_name for details; it is not possible to mix
named and numbered input channels
If the `=' in a channel specification is replaced by `<', then
the gains for that specification will be renormalized so that the total is
1, thus avoiding clipping noise.
Mixing examples
For example, if you want to down-mix from stereo to mono, but with
a bigger factor for the left channel:
pan=1c|c0=0.9*c0+0.1*c1
A customized down-mix to stereo that works automatically for 3-,
4-, 5- and 7-channels surround:
pan=stereo| FL < FL + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BL + 0.6*SL | FR < FR + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BR + 0.6*SR
Note that ffmpeg integrates a default down-mix (and up-mix)
system that should be preferred (see "-ac" option) unless you have
very specific needs.
Remapping examples
The channel remapping will be effective if, and only if:
- *<gain coefficients are zeroes or ones,>
- *<only one input per channel output,>
If all these conditions are satisfied, the filter will notify the
user ("Pure channel mapping detected"), and use an optimized and
lossless method to do the remapping.
For example, if you have a 5.1 source and want a stereo audio
stream by dropping the extra channels:
pan="stereo| c0=FL | c1=FR"
Given the same source, you can also switch front left and front
right channels and keep the input channel layout:
pan="5.1| c0=c1 | c1=c0 | c2=c2 | c3=c3 | c4=c4 | c5=c5"
If the input is a stereo audio stream, you can mute the front left
channel (and still keep the stereo channel layout) with:
pan="stereo|c1=c1"
Still with a stereo audio stream input, you can copy the right
channel in both front left and right:
pan="stereo| c0=FR | c1=FR"
ReplayGain scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as an input and
outputs it unchanged. At end of filtering it displays
"track_gain" and
"track_peak".
Convert the audio sample format, sample rate and channel layout. It is not meant
to be used directly.
Apply time-stretching and pitch-shifting with librubberband.
To enable compilation of this filter, you need to configure FFmpeg
with "--enable-librubberband".
The filter accepts the following options:
- tempo
- Set tempo scale factor.
- pitch
- Set pitch scale factor.
- transients
- Set transients detector. Possible values are:
- detector
- Set detector. Possible values are:
- phase
- Set phase. Possible values are:
- window
- Set processing window size. Possible values are:
- smoothing
- Set smoothing. Possible values are:
- formant
- Enable formant preservation when shift pitching. Possible values are:
- pitchq
- Set pitch quality. Possible values are:
- quality
- speed
- consistency
- channels
- Set channels. Possible values are:
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- tempo
- Change filter tempo scale factor. Syntax for the command is :
"tempo"
- pitch
- Change filter pitch scale factor. Syntax for the command is :
"pitch"
This filter acts like normal compressor but has the ability to compress detected
signal using second input signal. It needs two input streams and returns one
output stream. First input stream will be processed depending on second stream
signal. The filtered signal then can be filtered with other filters in later
stages of processing. See pan and amerge filter.
The filter accepts the following options:
- level_in
- Set input gain. Default is 1. Range is between 0.015625 and 64.
- mode
- Set mode of compressor operation. Can be
"upward" or
"downward". Default is
"downward".
- threshold
- If a signal of second stream raises above this level it will affect the
gain reduction of first stream. By default is 0.125. Range is between
0.00097563 and 1.
- ratio
- Set a ratio about which the signal is reduced. 1:2 means that if the level
raised 4dB above the threshold, it will be only 2dB above after the
reduction. Default is 2. Range is between 1 and 20.
- attack
- Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before
gain reduction starts. Default is 20. Range is between 0.01 and 2000.
- release
- Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before
reduction is decreased again. Default is 250. Range is between 0.01 and
9000.
- makeup
- Set the amount by how much signal will be amplified after processing.
Default is 1. Range is from 1 to 64.
- knee
- Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more
softly. Default is 2.82843. Range is between 1 and 8.
- link
- Choose if the "average" level between
all channels of side-chain stream or the
louder("maximum") channel of side-chain
stream affects the reduction. Default is
"average".
- detection
- Should the exact signal be taken in case of
"peak" or an RMS one in case of
"rms". Default is
"rms" which is mainly smoother.
- level_sc
- Set sidechain gain. Default is 1. Range is between 0.015625 and 64.
- mix
- How much to use compressed signal in output. Default is 1. Range is
between 0 and 1.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Examples
- •
- Full ffmpeg example taking 2 audio inputs, 1st input to be compressed
depending on the signal of 2nd input and later compressed signal to be
merged with 2nd input:
ffmpeg -i main.flac -i sidechain.flac -filter_complex "[1:a]asplit=2[sc][mix];[0:a][sc]sidechaincompress[compr];[compr][mix]amerge"
A sidechain gate acts like a normal (wideband) gate but has the ability to
filter the detected signal before sending it to the gain reduction stage.
Normally a gate uses the full range signal to detect a level above the
threshold. For example: If you cut all lower frequencies from your sidechain
signal the gate will decrease the volume of your track only if not enough
highs appear. With this technique you are able to reduce the resonation of a
natural drum or remove "rumbling" of muted strokes from a heavily
distorted guitar. It needs two input streams and returns one output stream.
First input stream will be processed depending on second stream signal.
The filter accepts the following options:
- level_in
- Set input level before filtering. Default is 1. Allowed range is from
0.015625 to 64.
- mode
- Set the mode of operation. Can be
"upward" or
"downward". Default is
"downward". If set to
"upward" mode, higher parts of signal
will be amplified, expanding dynamic range in upward direction. Otherwise,
in case of "downward" lower parts of
signal will be reduced.
- range
- Set the level of gain reduction when the signal is below the threshold.
Default is 0.06125. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Setting this to 0
disables reduction and then filter behaves like expander.
- threshold
- If a signal rises above this level the gain reduction is released. Default
is 0.125. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.
- ratio
- Set a ratio about which the signal is reduced. Default is 2. Allowed range
is from 1 to 9000.
- attack
- Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before
gain reduction stops. Default is 20 milliseconds. Allowed range is from
0.01 to 9000.
- release
- Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before
the reduction is increased again. Default is 250 milliseconds. Allowed
range is from 0.01 to 9000.
- makeup
- Set amount of amplification of signal after processing. Default is 1.
Allowed range is from 1 to 64.
- knee
- Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more
softly. Default is 2.828427125. Allowed range is from 1 to 8.
- detection
- Choose if exact signal should be taken for detection or an RMS like one.
Default is rms. Can be peak or rms.
- link
- Choose if the average level between all channels or the louder channel
affects the reduction. Default is average. Can be average or maximum.
- level_sc
- Set sidechain gain. Default is 1. Range is from 0.015625 to 64.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Detect silence in an audio stream.
This filter logs a message when it detects that the input audio
volume is less or equal to a noise tolerance value for a duration greater or
equal to the minimum detected noise duration.
The printed times and duration are expressed in seconds. The
"lavfi.silence_start" or
"lavfi.silence_start.X" metadata key is
set on the first frame whose timestamp equals or exceeds the detection
duration and it contains the timestamp of the first frame of the
silence.
The "lavfi.silence_duration" or
"lavfi.silence_duration.X" and
"lavfi.silence_end" or
"lavfi.silence_end.X" metadata keys are
set on the first frame after the silence. If mono is enabled, and
each channel is evaluated separately, the
".X" suffixed keys are used, and
"X" corresponds to the channel number.
The filter accepts the following options:
- noise, n
- Set noise tolerance. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is
appended to the specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default is -60dB, or
0.001.
- duration, d
- Set silence duration until notification (default is 2 seconds). See the
Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for
the accepted syntax.
- mono, m
- Process each channel separately, instead of combined. By default is
disabled.
Examples
Remove silence from the beginning, middle or end of the audio.
The filter accepts the following options:
- start_periods
- This value is used to indicate if audio should be trimmed at beginning of
the audio. A value of zero indicates no silence should be trimmed from the
beginning. When specifying a non-zero value, it trims audio up until it
finds non-silence. Normally, when trimming silence from beginning of audio
the start_periods will be 1 but it can be
increased to higher values to trim all audio up to specific count of
non-silence periods. Default value is 0.
- start_duration
- Specify the amount of time that non-silence must be detected before it
stops trimming audio. By increasing the duration, bursts of noises can be
treated as silence and trimmed off. Default value is
0.
- start_threshold
- This indicates what sample value should be treated as silence. For digital
audio, a value of 0 may be fine but for audio
recorded from analog, you may wish to increase the value to account for
background noise. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is
appended to the specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default value is
0.
- start_silence
- Specify max duration of silence at beginning that will be kept after
trimming. Default is 0, which is equal to trimming all samples detected as
silence.
- start_mode
- Specify mode of detection of silence end in start of multi-channel audio.
Can be any or all. Default is any. With any,
any sample that is detected as non-silence will cause stopped trimming of
silence. With all, only if all channels are detected as non-silence
will cause stopped trimming of silence.
- stop_periods
- Set the count for trimming silence from the end of audio. To remove
silence from the middle of a file, specify a stop_periods that is
negative. This value is then treated as a positive value and is used to
indicate the effect should restart processing as specified by
start_periods, making it suitable for removing periods of silence
in the middle of the audio. Default value is
0.
- stop_duration
- Specify a duration of silence that must exist before audio is not copied
any more. By specifying a higher duration, silence that is wanted can be
left in the audio. Default value is 0.
- stop_threshold
- This is the same as start_threshold but for trimming silence from
the end of audio. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is
appended to the specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default value is
0.
- stop_silence
- Specify max duration of silence at end that will be kept after trimming.
Default is 0, which is equal to trimming all samples detected as
silence.
- stop_mode
- Specify mode of detection of silence start in end of multi-channel audio.
Can be any or all. Default is any. With any,
any sample that is detected as non-silence will cause stopped trimming of
silence. With all, only if all channels are detected as non-silence
will cause stopped trimming of silence.
- detection
- Set how is silence detected. Can be
"rms" or
"peak". Second is faster and works
better with digital silence which is exactly 0. Default value is
"rms".
- window
- Set duration in number of seconds used to calculate size of window in
number of samples for detecting silence. Default value is
0.02. Allowed range is from
0 to 10.
Examples
- The following example shows how this filter can be used to start a
recording that does not contain the delay at the start which usually
occurs between pressing the record button and the start of the
performance:
silenceremove=start_periods=1:start_duration=5:start_threshold=0.02
- Trim all silence encountered from beginning to end where there is more
than 1 second of silence in audio:
silenceremove=stop_periods=-1:stop_duration=1:stop_threshold=-90dB
- Trim all digital silence samples, using peak detection, from beginning to
end where there is more than 0 samples of digital silence in audio and
digital silence is detected in all channels at same positions in stream:
silenceremove=window=0:detection=peak:stop_mode=all:start_mode=all:stop_periods=-1:stop_threshold=0
SOFAlizer uses head-related transfer functions (HRTFs) to create virtual
loudspeakers around the user for binaural listening via headphones (audio
formats up to 9 channels supported). The HRTFs are stored in SOFA files (see
<http://www.sofacoustics.org/> for a database). SOFAlizer is
developed at the Acoustics Research Institute (ARI) of the Austrian Academy of
Sciences.
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg
with "--enable-libmysofa".
The filter accepts the following options:
- sofa
- Set the SOFA file used for rendering.
- gain
- Set gain applied to audio. Value is in dB. Default is 0.
- rotation
- Set rotation of virtual loudspeakers in deg. Default is 0.
- elevation
- Set elevation of virtual speakers in deg. Default is 0.
- radius
- Set distance in meters between loudspeakers and the listener with
near-field HRTFs. Default is 1.
- type
- Set processing type. Can be time or freq. time is
processing audio in time domain which is slow. freq is processing
audio in frequency domain which is fast. Default is freq.
- speakers
- Set custom positions of virtual loudspeakers. Syntax for this option is:
<CH> <AZIM> <ELEV>[|<CH> <AZIM>
<ELEV>|...]. Each virtual loudspeaker is described with short
channel name following with azimuth and elevation in degrees. Each virtual
loudspeaker description is separated by '|'. For example to override front
left and front right channel positions use: 'speakers=FL 45 15|FR 345 15'.
Descriptions with unrecognised channel names are ignored.
- lfegain
- Set custom gain for LFE channels. Value is in dB. Default is 0.
- framesize
- Set custom frame size in number of samples. Default is 1024. Allowed range
is from 1024 to 96000. Only used if option type is set to
freq.
- normalize
- Should all IRs be normalized upon importing SOFA file. By default is
enabled.
- interpolate
- Should nearest IRs be interpolated with neighbor IRs if exact position
does not match. By default is disabled.
- minphase
- Minphase all IRs upon loading of SOFA file. By default is disabled.
- anglestep
- Set neighbor search angle step. Only used if option interpolate is
enabled.
- radstep
- Set neighbor search radius step. Only used if option interpolate is
enabled.
Examples
- Using ClubFritz6 sofa file:
sofalizer=sofa=/path/to/ClubFritz6.sofa:type=freq:radius=1
- Using ClubFritz12 sofa file and bigger radius with small rotation:
sofalizer=sofa=/path/to/ClubFritz12.sofa:type=freq:radius=2:rotation=5
- Similar as above but with custom speaker positions for front left, front
right, back left and back right and also with custom gain:
"sofalizer=sofa=/path/to/ClubFritz6.sofa:type=freq:radius=2:speakers=FL 45|FR 315|BL 135|BR 225:gain=28"
Speech Normalizer.
This filter expands or compresses each half-cycle of audio samples
(local set of samples all above or all below zero and between two nearest
zero crossings) depending on threshold value, so audio reaches target peak
value under conditions controlled by below options.
The filter accepts the following options:
- peak, p
- Set the expansion target peak value. This specifies the highest allowed
absolute amplitude level for the normalized audio input. Default value is
0.95. Allowed range is from 0.0 to 1.0.
- expansion, e
- Set the maximum expansion factor. Allowed range is from 1.0 to 50.0.
Default value is 2.0. This option controls maximum local half-cycle of
samples expansion. The maximum expansion would be such that local peak
value reaches target peak value but never to surpass it and that ratio
between new and previous peak value does not surpass this option
value.
- compression, c
- Set the maximum compression factor. Allowed range is from 1.0 to 50.0.
Default value is 2.0. This option controls maximum local half-cycle of
samples compression. This option is used only if threshold option
is set to value greater than 0.0, then in such cases when local peak is
lower or same as value set by threshold all samples belonging to
that peak's half-cycle will be compressed by current compression
factor.
- threshold, t
- Set the threshold value. Default value is 0.0. Allowed range is from 0.0
to 1.0. This option specifies which half-cycles of samples will be
compressed and which will be expanded. Any half-cycle samples with their
local peak value below or same as this option value will be compressed by
current compression factor, otherwise, if greater than threshold value
they will be expanded with expansion factor so that it could reach peak
target value but never surpass it.
- raise, r
- Set the expansion raising amount per each half-cycle of samples. Default
value is 0.001. Allowed range is from 0.0 to 1.0. This controls how fast
expansion factor is raised per each new half-cycle until it reaches
expansion value. Setting this options too high may lead to
distortions.
- fall, f
- Set the compression raising amount per each half-cycle of samples. Default
value is 0.001. Allowed range is from 0.0 to 1.0. This controls how fast
compression factor is raised per each new half-cycle until it reaches
compression value.
- channels, h
- Specify which channels to filter, by default all available channels are
filtered.
- invert, i
- Enable inverted filtering, by default is disabled. This inverts
interpretation of threshold option. When enabled any half-cycle of
samples with their local peak value below or same as threshold
option will be expanded otherwise it will be compressed.
- link, l
- Link channels when calculating gain applied to each filtered channel
sample, by default is disabled. When disabled each filtered channel gain
calculation is independent, otherwise when this option is enabled the
minimum of all possible gains for each filtered channel is used.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
This filter has some handy utilities to manage stereo signals, for converting
M/S stereo recordings to L/R signal while having control over the parameters
or spreading the stereo image of master track.
The filter accepts the following options:
- level_in
- Set input level before filtering for both channels. Defaults is 1. Allowed
range is from 0.015625 to 64.
- level_out
- Set output level after filtering for both channels. Defaults is 1. Allowed
range is from 0.015625 to 64.
- balance_in
- Set input balance between both channels. Default is 0. Allowed range is
from -1 to 1.
- balance_out
- Set output balance between both channels. Default is 0. Allowed range is
from -1 to 1.
- softclip
- Enable softclipping. Results in analog distortion instead of harsh digital
0dB clipping. Disabled by default.
- mutel
- Mute the left channel. Disabled by default.
- muter
- Mute the right channel. Disabled by default.
- phasel
- Change the phase of the left channel. Disabled by default.
- phaser
- Change the phase of the right channel. Disabled by default.
- mode
- Set stereo mode. Available values are:
- lr>lr
- Left/Right to Left/Right, this is default.
- lr>ms
- Left/Right to Mid/Side.
- ms>lr
- Mid/Side to Left/Right.
- lr>ll
- Left/Right to Left/Left.
- lr>rr
- Left/Right to Right/Right.
- lr>l+r
- Left/Right to Left + Right.
- lr>rl
- Left/Right to Right/Left.
- ms>ll
- Mid/Side to Left/Left.
- ms>rr
- Mid/Side to Right/Right.
- ms>rl
- Mid/Side to Right/Left.
- lr>l-r
- Left/Right to Left - Right.
- slev
- Set level of side signal. Default is 1. Allowed range is from 0.015625 to
64.
- sbal
- Set balance of side signal. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1 to
1.
- mlev
- Set level of the middle signal. Default is 1. Allowed range is from
0.015625 to 64.
- mpan
- Set middle signal pan. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1 to 1.
- base
- Set stereo base between mono and inversed channels. Default is 0. Allowed
range is from -1 to 1.
- delay
- Set delay in milliseconds how much to delay left from right channel and
vice versa. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -20 to 20.
- sclevel
- Set S/C level. Default is 1. Allowed range is from 1 to 100.
- phase
- Set the stereo phase in degrees. Default is 0. Allowed range is from 0 to
360.
- bmode_in, bmode_out
- Set balance mode for balance_in/balance_out option.
Can be one of the following:
- balance
- Classic balance mode. Attenuate one channel at time. Gain is raised up to
1.
- amplitude
- Similar as classic mode above but gain is raised up to 2.
- power
- Equal power distribution, from -6dB to +6dB range.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Examples
This filter enhance the stereo effect by suppressing signal common to both
channels and by delaying the signal of left into right and vice versa, thereby
widening the stereo effect.
The filter accepts the following options:
- delay
- Time in milliseconds of the delay of left signal into right and vice
versa. Default is 20 milliseconds.
- feedback
- Amount of gain in delayed signal into right and vice versa. Gives a delay
effect of left signal in right output and vice versa which gives widening
effect. Default is 0.3.
- crossfeed
- Cross feed of left into right with inverted phase. This helps in
suppressing the mono. If the value is 1 it will cancel all the signal
common to both channels. Default is 0.3.
- drymix
- Set level of input signal of original channel. Default is 0.8.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options except
"delay" as commands.
Apply 18 band equalizer.
The filter accepts the following options:
- 1b
- Set 65Hz band gain.
- 2b
- Set 92Hz band gain.
- 3b
- Set 131Hz band gain.
- 4b
- Set 185Hz band gain.
- 5b
- Set 262Hz band gain.
- 6b
- Set 370Hz band gain.
- 7b
- Set 523Hz band gain.
- 8b
- Set 740Hz band gain.
- 9b
- Set 1047Hz band gain.
- 10b
- Set 1480Hz band gain.
- 11b
- Set 2093Hz band gain.
- 12b
- Set 2960Hz band gain.
- 13b
- Set 4186Hz band gain.
- 14b
- Set 5920Hz band gain.
- 15b
- Set 8372Hz band gain.
- 16b
- Set 11840Hz band gain.
- 17b
- Set 16744Hz band gain.
- 18b
- Set 20000Hz band gain.
Apply audio surround upmix filter.
This filter allows to produce multichannel output from audio
stream.
The filter accepts the following options:
- chl_out
- Set output channel layout. By default, this is 5.1.
See the Channel Layout section in the
ffmpeg-utils (1) manual for the required syntax.
- chl_in
- Set input channel layout. By default, this is stereo.
See the Channel Layout section in the
ffmpeg-utils (1) manual for the required syntax.
- level_in
- Set input volume level. By default, this is 1.
- level_out
- Set output volume level. By default, this is 1.
- lfe
- Enable LFE channel output if output channel layout has it. By default,
this is enabled.
- lfe_low
- Set LFE low cut off frequency. By default, this is 128 Hz.
- lfe_high
- Set LFE high cut off frequency. By default, this is 256 Hz.
- lfe_mode
- Set LFE mode, can be add or sub. Default is add. In
add mode, LFE channel is created from input audio and added to
output. In sub mode, LFE channel is created from input audio and
added to output but also all non-LFE output channels are subtracted with
output LFE channel.
- angle
- Set angle of stereo surround transform, Allowed range is from 0 to
360. Default is 90.
- fc_in
- Set front center input volume. By default, this is 1.
- fc_out
- Set front center output volume. By default, this is 1.
- fl_in
- Set front left input volume. By default, this is 1.
- fl_out
- Set front left output volume. By default, this is 1.
- fr_in
- Set front right input volume. By default, this is 1.
- fr_out
- Set front right output volume. By default, this is 1.
- sl_in
- Set side left input volume. By default, this is 1.
- sl_out
- Set side left output volume. By default, this is 1.
- sr_in
- Set side right input volume. By default, this is 1.
- sr_out
- Set side right output volume. By default, this is 1.
- bl_in
- Set back left input volume. By default, this is 1.
- bl_out
- Set back left output volume. By default, this is 1.
- br_in
- Set back right input volume. By default, this is 1.
- br_out
- Set back right output volume. By default, this is 1.
- bc_in
- Set back center input volume. By default, this is 1.
- bc_out
- Set back center output volume. By default, this is 1.
- lfe_in
- Set LFE input volume. By default, this is 1.
- lfe_out
- Set LFE output volume. By default, this is 1.
- allx
- Set spread usage of stereo image across X axis for all channels.
- ally
- Set spread usage of stereo image across Y axis for all channels.
- fcx, flx, frx, blx, brx, slx, srx, bcx
- Set spread usage of stereo image across X axis for each channel.
- fcy, fly, fry, bly, bry, sly, sry, bcy
- Set spread usage of stereo image across Y axis for each channel.
- win_size
- Set window size. Allowed range is from 1024 to 65536.
Default size is 4096.
- win_func
- Set window function.
It accepts the following values:
- rect
- bartlett
- hann, hanning
- hamming
- blackman
- welch
- flattop
- bharris
- bnuttall
- bhann
- sine
- nuttall
- lanczos
- gauss
- tukey
- dolph
- cauchy
- parzen
- poisson
- bohman
- overlap
- Set window overlap. If set to 1, the recommended overlap for selected
window function will be picked. Default is
0.5.
Boost or cut treble (upper) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole shelving
filter with a response similar to that of a standard hi-fi's tone-controls.
This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
The filter accepts the following options:
- gain, g
- Give the gain at whichever is the lower of ~22 kHz and the Nyquist
frequency. Its useful range is about -20 (for a large cut) to +20 (for a
large boost). Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
- frequency, f
- Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used to extend or reduce
the frequency range to be boosted or cut. The default value is
3000 Hz.
- width_type, t
- Set method to specify band-width of filter.
- h
- Hz
- q
- Q-Factor
- o
- octave
- s
- slope
- k
- kHz
- width, w
- Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
- poles, p
- Set number of poles. Default is 2.
- mix, m
- How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between
0 and 1.
- channels, c
- Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are
filtered.
- normalize, n
- Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled. Enabling it will
normalize magnitude response at DC to 0dB.
- transform, a
- Set transform type of IIR filter.
- precision, r
- Set precison of filtering.
- auto
- Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.
- s16
- Always use signed 16-bit.
- s32
- Always use signed 32-bit.
- f32
- Always use float 32-bit.
- f64
- Always use float 64-bit.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- frequency, f
- Change treble frequency. Syntax for the command is :
"frequency"
- width_type, t
- Change treble width_type. Syntax for the command is :
"width_type"
- width, w
- Change treble width. Syntax for the command is :
"width"
- gain, g
- Change treble gain. Syntax for the command is :
"gain"
- mix, m
- Change treble mix. Syntax for the command is : "mix"
Sinusoidal amplitude modulation.
The filter accepts the following options:
- f
- Modulation frequency in Hertz. Modulation frequencies in the subharmonic
range (20 Hz or lower) will result in a tremolo effect. This filter may
also be used as a ring modulator by specifying a modulation frequency
higher than 20 Hz. Range is 0.1 - 20000.0. Default value is 5.0 Hz.
- d
- Depth of modulation as a percentage. Range is 0.0 - 1.0. Default value is
0.5.
Sinusoidal phase modulation.
The filter accepts the following options:
- f
- Modulation frequency in Hertz. Range is 0.1 - 20000.0. Default value is
5.0 Hz.
- d
- Depth of modulation as a percentage. Range is 0.0 - 1.0. Default value is
0.5.
Adjust the input audio volume.
It accepts the following parameters:
- volume
- Set audio volume expression.
Output values are clipped to the maximum value.
The output audio volume is given by the relation:
<output_volume> = <volume> * <input_volume>
The default value for volume is "1.0".
- precision
- This parameter represents the mathematical precision.
It determines which input sample formats will be allowed,
which affects the precision of the volume scaling.
- fixed
- 8-bit fixed-point; this limits input sample format to U8, S16, and
S32.
- float
- 32-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to FLT.
(default)
- double
- 64-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to DBL.
- replaygain
- Choose the behaviour on encountering ReplayGain side data in input
frames.
- drop
- Remove ReplayGain side data, ignoring its contents (the default).
- ignore
- Ignore ReplayGain side data, but leave it in the frame.
- track
- Prefer the track gain, if present.
- album
- Prefer the album gain, if present.
- replaygain_preamp
- Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain.
Default value for replaygain_preamp is 0.0.
- replaygain_noclip
- Prevent clipping by limiting the gain applied.
Default value for replaygain_noclip is 1.
- eval
- Set when the volume expression is evaluated.
It accepts the following values:
- once
- only evaluate expression once during the filter initialization, or when
the volume command is sent
- frame
- evaluate expression for each incoming frame
The volume expression can contain the following parameters.
- n
- frame number (starting at zero)
- nb_channels
- number of channels
- nb_consumed_samples
- number of samples consumed by the filter
- nb_samples
- number of samples in the current frame
- pos
- original frame position in the file
- pts
- frame PTS
- sample_rate
- sample rate
- startpts
- PTS at start of stream
- startt
- time at start of stream
- t
- frame time
- tb
- timestamp timebase
- volume
- last set volume value
Note that when eval is set to once only the
sample_rate and tb variables are available, all other
variables will evaluate to NAN.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- volume
- Modify the volume expression. The command accepts the same syntax of the
corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Examples
- Halve the input audio volume:
volume=volume=0.5
volume=volume=1/2
volume=volume=-6.0206dB
In all the above example the named key for volume can
be omitted, for example like in:
volume=0.5
- Increase input audio power by 6 decibels using fixed-point precision:
volume=volume=6dB:precision=fixed
- Fade volume after time 10 with an annihilation period of 5 seconds:
volume='if(lt(t,10),1,max(1-(t-10)/5,0))':eval=frame
Detect the volume of the input video.
The filter has no parameters. The input is not modified.
Statistics about the volume will be printed in the log when the input stream
end is reached.
In particular it will show the mean volume (root mean square),
maximum volume (on a per-sample basis), and the beginning of a histogram of
the registered volume values (from the maximum value to a cumulated 1/1000
of the samples).
All volumes are in decibels relative to the maximum PCM value.
Examples
Here is an excerpt of the output:
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] mean_volume: -27 dB
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] max_volume: -4 dB
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_4db: 6
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_5db: 62
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_6db: 286
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_7db: 1042
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_8db: 2551
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_9db: 4609
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_10db: 8409
It means that:
- The mean square energy is approximately -27 dB, or 10^-2.7.
- The largest sample is at -4 dB, or more precisely between -4 dB and -5
dB.
- There are 6 samples at -4 dB, 62 at -5 dB, 286 at -6 dB, etc.
In other words, raising the volume by +4 dB does not cause any
clipping, raising it by +5 dB causes clipping for 6 samples, etc.
Below is a description of the currently available audio sources.
Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in
particular through the interface defined in
libavfilter/buffersrc.h.
It accepts the following parameters:
- time_base
- The timebase which will be used for timestamps of submitted frames. It
must be either a floating-point number or in
numerator/denominator form.
- sample_rate
- The sample rate of the incoming audio buffers.
- sample_fmt
- The sample format of the incoming audio buffers. Either a sample format
name or its corresponding integer representation from the enum
AVSampleFormat in libavutil/samplefmt.h
- channel_layout
- The channel layout of the incoming audio buffers. Either a channel layout
name from channel_layout_map in libavutil/channel_layout.c or its
corresponding integer representation from the AV_CH_LAYOUT_* macros in
libavutil/channel_layout.h
- channels
- The number of channels of the incoming audio buffers. If both
channels and channel_layout are specified, then they must be
consistent.
Examples
abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=s16p:channel_layout=stereo
will instruct the source to accept planar 16bit signed stereo at
44100Hz. Since the sample format with name "s16p" corresponds to
the number 6 and the "stereo" channel layout corresponds to the
value 0x3, this is equivalent to:
abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=6:channel_layout=0x3
Generate an audio signal specified by an expression.
This source accepts in input one or more expressions (one for each
channel), which are evaluated and used to generate a corresponding audio
signal.
This source accepts the following options:
- exprs
- Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. In case
the channel_layout option is not specified, the selected channel
layout depends on the number of provided expressions. Otherwise the last
specified expression is applied to the remaining output channels.
- channel_layout, c
- Set the channel layout. The number of channels in the specified layout
must be equal to the number of specified expressions.
- duration, d
- Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See the Time duration
section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted
syntax. Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified
duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a complete
frame.
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the
audio is supposed to be generated forever.
- nb_samples, n
- Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default to
1024.
- sample_rate, s
- Specify the sample rate, default to 44100.
Each expression in exprs can contain the following
constants:
- n
- number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
- t
- time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds, starting from 0
- s
- sample rate
Examples
- Generate silence:
aevalsrc=0
- Generate a sin signal with frequency of 440 Hz, set sample rate to 8000
Hz:
aevalsrc="sin(440*2*PI*t):s=8000"
- Generate a two channels signal, specify the channel layout (Front Center +
Back Center) explicitly:
aevalsrc="sin(420*2*PI*t)|cos(430*2*PI*t):c=FC|BC"
- Generate white noise:
aevalsrc="-2+random(0)"
- Generate an amplitude modulated signal:
aevalsrc="sin(10*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t)"
- Generate 2.5 Hz binaural beats on a 360 Hz carrier:
aevalsrc="0.1*sin(2*PI*(360-2.5/2)*t) | 0.1*sin(2*PI*(360+2.5/2)*t)"
Generate a FIR coefficients using frequency sampling method.
The resulting stream can be used with afir filter for
filtering the audio signal.
The filter accepts the following options:
- taps, t
- Set number of filter coefficents in output audio stream. Default value is
1025.
- frequency, f
- Set frequency points from where magnitude and phase are set. This must be
in non decreasing order, and first element must be 0, while last element
must be 1. Elements are separated by white spaces.
- magnitude, m
- Set magnitude value for every frequency point set by frequency.
Number of values must be same as number of frequency points. Values are
separated by white spaces.
- phase, p
- Set phase value for every frequency point set by frequency. Number
of values must be same as number of frequency points. Values are separated
by white spaces.
- sample_rate, r
- Set sample rate, default is 44100.
- nb_samples, n
- Set number of samples per each frame. Default is 1024.
- win_func, w
- Set window function. Default is blackman.
The null audio source, return unprocessed audio frames. It is mainly useful as a
template and to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as the source
for filters which ignore the input data (for example the sox synth filter).
This source accepts the following options:
- channel_layout, cl
- Specifies the channel layout, and can be either an integer or a string
representing a channel layout. The default value of channel_layout
is "stereo".
Check the channel_layout_map definition in
libavutil/channel_layout.c for the mapping between strings and
channel layout values.
- sample_rate, r
- Specifies the sample rate, and defaults to 44100.
- nb_samples, n
- Set the number of samples per requested frames.
- duration, d
- Set the duration of the sourced audio. See the Time duration section in
the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted syntax.
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the
audio is supposed to be generated forever.
Examples
- Set the sample rate to 48000 Hz and the channel layout to
AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO.
anullsrc=r=48000:cl=4
- Do the same operation with a more obvious syntax:
anullsrc=r=48000:cl=mono
All the parameters need to be explicitly defined.
Synthesize a voice utterance using the libflite library.
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg
with "--enable-libflite".
Note that versions of the flite library prior to 2.0 are not
thread-safe.
The filter accepts the following options:
- list_voices
- If set to 1, list the names of the available voices and exit immediately.
Default value is 0.
- nb_samples, n
- Set the maximum number of samples per frame. Default value is 512.
- textfile
- Set the filename containing the text to speak.
- text
- Set the text to speak.
- voice, v
- Set the voice to use for the speech synthesis. Default value is
"kal". See also the list_voices
option.
Examples
- Read from file speech.txt, and synthesize the text using the
standard flite voice:
flite=textfile=speech.txt
- Read the specified text selecting the
"slt" voice:
flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
- Input text to ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
- Make ffplay speak the specified text, using
"flite" and the
"lavfi" device:
ffplay -f lavfi flite=text='No more be grieved for which that thou hast done.'
For more information about libflite, check:
<http://www.festvox.org/flite/>
Generate a noise audio signal.
The filter accepts the following options:
- sample_rate, r
- Specify the sample rate. Default value is 48000 Hz.
- amplitude, a
- Specify the amplitude (0.0 - 1.0) of the generated audio stream. Default
value is 1.0.
- duration, d
- Specify the duration of the generated audio stream. Not specifying this
option results in noise with an infinite length.
- color, colour, c
- Specify the color of noise. Available noise colors are white, pink, brown,
blue, violet and velvet. Default color is white.
- seed, s
- Specify a value used to seed the PRNG.
- nb_samples, n
- Set the number of samples per each output frame, default is 1024.
Examples
- •
- Generate 60 seconds of pink noise, with a 44.1 kHz sampling rate and an
amplitude of 0.5:
anoisesrc=d=60:c=pink:r=44100:a=0.5
Generate odd-tap Hilbert transform FIR coefficients.
The resulting stream can be used with afir filter for
phase-shifting the signal by 90 degrees.
This is used in many matrix coding schemes and for analytic signal
generation. The process is often written as a multiplication by i (or j),
the imaginary unit.
The filter accepts the following options:
- sample_rate, s
- Set sample rate, default is 44100.
- taps, t
- Set length of FIR filter, default is 22051.
- nb_samples, n
- Set number of samples per each frame.
- win_func, w
- Set window function to be used when generating FIR coefficients.
Generate a sinc kaiser-windowed low-pass, high-pass, band-pass, or band-reject
FIR coefficients.
The resulting stream can be used with afir filter for
filtering the audio signal.
The filter accepts the following options:
- sample_rate, r
- Set sample rate, default is 44100.
- nb_samples, n
- Set number of samples per each frame. Default is 1024.
- hp
- Set high-pass frequency. Default is 0.
- lp
- Set low-pass frequency. Default is 0. If high-pass frequency is lower than
low-pass frequency and low-pass frequency is higher than 0 then filter
will create band-pass filter coefficients, otherwise band-reject filter
coefficients.
- phase
- Set filter phase response. Default is 50. Allowed range is from 0 to
100.
- beta
- Set Kaiser window beta.
- att
- Set stop-band attenuation. Default is 120dB, allowed range is from 40 to
180 dB.
- round
- Enable rounding, by default is disabled.
- hptaps
- Set number of taps for high-pass filter.
- lptaps
- Set number of taps for low-pass filter.
Generate an audio signal made of a sine wave with amplitude 1/8.
The audio signal is bit-exact.
The filter accepts the following options:
- frequency, f
- Set the carrier frequency. Default is 440 Hz.
- beep_factor, b
- Enable a periodic beep every second with frequency beep_factor
times the carrier frequency. Default is 0, meaning the beep is
disabled.
- sample_rate, r
- Specify the sample rate, default is 44100.
- duration, d
- Specify the duration of the generated audio stream.
- samples_per_frame
- Set the number of samples per output frame.
The expression can contain the following constants:
- n
- The (sequential) number of the output audio frame, starting from 0.
- pts
- The PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the output audio frame, expressed in
TB units.
- t
- The PTS of the output audio frame, expressed in seconds.
- TB
- The timebase of the output audio frames.
Examples
- Generate a simple 440 Hz sine wave:
sine
- Generate a 220 Hz sine wave with a 880 Hz beep each second, for 5 seconds:
sine=220:4:d=5
sine=f=220:b=4:d=5
sine=frequency=220:beep_factor=4:duration=5
- Generate a 1 kHz sine wave following
"1602,1601,1602,1601,1602" NTSC pattern:
sine=1000:samples_per_frame='st(0,mod(n,5)); 1602-not(not(eq(ld(0),1)+eq(ld(0),3)))'
Below is a description of the currently available audio sinks.
Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the end of filter chain.
This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular
through the interface defined in libavfilter/buffersink.h or the
options system.
It accepts a pointer to an AVABufferSinkContext structure, which
defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque parameter
to "avfilter_init_filter" for
initialization.
Null audio sink; do absolutely nothing with the input audio. It is mainly useful
as a template and for use in analysis / debugging tools.
When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the existing
filters using "--disable-filters". The
configure output will show the video filters included in your build.
Below is a description of the currently available video
filters.
Mark a region of interest in a video frame.
The frame data is passed through unchanged, but metadata is
attached to the frame indicating regions of interest which can affect the
behaviour of later encoding. Multiple regions can be marked by applying the
filter multiple times.
- x
- Region distance in pixels from the left edge of the frame.
- y
- Region distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame.
- w
- Region width in pixels.
- h
- Region height in pixels.
The parameters x, y, w and h are
expressions, and may contain the following variables:
- iw
- Width of the input frame.
- ih
- Height of the input frame.
- qoffset
- Quantisation offset to apply within the region.
This must be a real value in the range -1 to +1. A value of
zero indicates no quality change. A negative value asks for better
quality (less quantisation), while a positive value asks for worse
quality (greater quantisation).
The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate
the largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with
the worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region
should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate
values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way.
For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies
between -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates
that this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the
full range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame
were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP of
around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3). An
extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be encoded
with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of the rest
of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12.
- clear
- If set to true, remove any existing regions of interest marked on the
frame before adding the new one.
Examples
Extract the alpha component from the input as a grayscale video. This is
especially useful with the alphamerge filter.
Add or replace the alpha component of the primary input with the grayscale value
of a second input. This is intended for use with alphaextract to allow
the transmission or storage of frame sequences that have alpha in a format
that doesn't support an alpha channel.
For example, to reconstruct full frames from a normal YUV-encoded
video and a separate video created with alphaextract, you might
use:
movie=in_alpha.mkv [alpha]; [in][alpha] alphamerge [out]
Amplify differences between current pixel and pixels of adjacent frames in same
pixel location.
This filter accepts the following options:
- radius
- Set frame radius. Default is 2. Allowed range is from 1 to 63. For example
radius of 3 will instruct filter to calculate average of 7 frames.
- factor
- Set factor to amplify difference. Default is 2. Allowed range is from 0 to
65535.
- threshold
- Set threshold for difference amplification. Any difference greater or
equal to this value will not alter source pixel. Default is 10. Allowed
range is from 0 to 65535.
- tolerance
- Set tolerance for difference amplification. Any difference lower to this
value will not alter source pixel. Default is 0. Allowed range is from 0
to 65535.
- low
- Set lower limit for changing source pixel. Default is 65535. Allowed range
is from 0 to 65535. This option controls maximum possible value that will
decrease source pixel value.
- high
- Set high limit for changing source pixel. Default is 65535. Allowed range
is from 0 to 65535. This option controls maximum possible value that will
increase source pixel value.
- planes
- Set which planes to filter. Default is all. Allowed range is from 0 to
15.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands that
corresponds to option of same name:
- factor
- threshold
- tolerance
- low
- high
- planes
Same as the subtitles filter, except that it doesn't require libavcodec
and libavformat to work. On the other hand, it is limited to ASS (Advanced
Substation Alpha) subtitles files.
This filter accepts the following option in addition to the common
options from the subtitles filter:
- shaping
- Set the shaping engine
Available values are:
- auto
- The default libass shaping engine, which is the best available.
- simple
- Fast, font-agnostic shaper that can do only substitutions
- complex
- Slower shaper using OpenType for substitutions and positioning
Apply an Adaptive Temporal Averaging Denoiser to the video input.
The filter accepts the following options:
- 0a
- Set threshold A for 1st plane. Default is 0.02. Valid range is 0 to
0.3.
- 0b
- Set threshold B for 1st plane. Default is 0.04. Valid range is 0 to
5.
- 1a
- Set threshold A for 2nd plane. Default is 0.02. Valid range is 0 to
0.3.
- 1b
- Set threshold B for 2nd plane. Default is 0.04. Valid range is 0 to
5.
- 2a
- Set threshold A for 3rd plane. Default is 0.02. Valid range is 0 to
0.3.
- 2b
- Set threshold B for 3rd plane. Default is 0.04. Valid range is 0 to 5.
Threshold A is designed to react on abrupt changes in the
input signal and threshold B is designed to react on continuous changes
in the input signal.
- s
- Set number of frames filter will use for averaging. Default is 9. Must be
odd number in range [5, 129].
- p
- Set what planes of frame filter will use for averaging. Default is
all.
- a
- Set what variant of algorithm filter will use for averaging. Default is
"p" parallel. Alternatively can be set
to "s" serial.
Parallel can be faster then serial, while other way around is
never true. Parallel will abort early on first change being greater then
thresholds, while serial will continue processing other side of frames
if they are equal or below thresholds.
- 0s
- 1s
- 2s
- Set sigma for 1st plane, 2nd plane or 3rd plane. Default is 32767. Valid
range is from 0 to 32767. This options controls weight for each pixel in
radius defined by size. Default value means every pixel have same weight.
Setting this option to 0 effectively disables filtering.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options except option
"s". The command accepts the same syntax
of the corresponding option.
Apply average blur filter.
The filter accepts the following options:
- sizeX
- Set horizontal radius size.
- planes
- Set which planes to filter. By default all planes are filtered.
- sizeY
- Set vertical radius size, if zero it will be same as
"sizeX". Default is
0.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command accepts
the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Compute the bounding box for the non-black pixels in the input frame luminance
plane.
This filter computes the bounding box containing all the pixels
with a luminance value greater than the minimum allowed value. The
parameters describing the bounding box are printed on the filter log.
The filter accepts the following option:
- min_val
- Set the minimal luminance value. Default is
16.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply bilateral filter, spatial smoothing while preserving edges.
The filter accepts the following options:
- sigmaS
- Set sigma of gaussian function to calculate spatial weight. Allowed range
is 0 to 512. Default is 0.1.
- sigmaR
- Set sigma of gaussian function to calculate range weight. Allowed range is
0 to 1. Default is 0.1.
- planes
- Set planes to filter. Default is first only.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Show and measure bit plane noise.
The filter accepts the following options:
- bitplane
- Set which plane to analyze. Default is 1.
- filter
- Filter out noisy pixels from "bitplane"
set above. Default is disabled.
Detect video intervals that are (almost) completely black. Can be useful to
detect chapter transitions, commercials, or invalid recordings.
The filter outputs its detection analysis to both the log as well
as frame metadata. If a black segment of at least the specified minimum
duration is found, a line with the start and end timestamps as well as
duration is printed to the log with level
"info". In addition, a log line with level
"debug" is printed per frame showing the
black amount detected for that frame.
The filter also attaches metadata to the first frame of a black
segment with key "lavfi.black_start" and
to the first frame after the black segment ends with key
"lavfi.black_end". The value is the
frame's timestamp. This metadata is added regardless of the minimum duration
specified.
The filter accepts the following options:
- black_min_duration, d
- Set the minimum detected black duration expressed in seconds. It must be a
non-negative floating point number.
Default value is 2.0.
- picture_black_ratio_th, pic_th
- Set the threshold for considering a picture "black". Express the
minimum value for the ratio:
<nb_black_pixels> / <nb_pixels>
for which a picture is considered black. Default value is
0.98.
- pixel_black_th, pix_th
- Set the threshold for considering a pixel "black".
The threshold expresses the maximum pixel luminance value for
which a pixel is considered "black". The provided value is
scaled according to the following equation:
<absolute_threshold> = <luminance_minimum_value> + <pixel_black_th> * <luminance_range_size>
luminance_range_size and luminance_minimum_value
depend on the input video format, the range is [0-255] for YUV
full-range formats and [16-235] for YUV non full-range formats.
Default value is 0.10.
The following example sets the maximum pixel threshold to the
minimum value, and detects only black intervals of 2 or more seconds:
blackdetect=d=2:pix_th=0.00
Detect frames that are (almost) completely black. Can be useful to detect
chapter transitions or commercials. Output lines consist of the frame number
of the detected frame, the percentage of blackness, the position in the file
if known or -1 and the timestamp in seconds.
In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel
at least to the AV_LOG_INFO value.
This filter exports frame metadata
"lavfi.blackframe.pblack". The value
represents the percentage of pixels in the picture that are below the
threshold value.
It accepts the following parameters:
- amount
- The percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold; it
defaults to 98.
- threshold, thresh
- The threshold below which a pixel value is considered black; it defaults
to 32.
Blend two video frames into each other.
The "blend" filter takes two
input streams and outputs one stream, the first input is the "top"
layer and second input is "bottom" layer. By default, the output
terminates when the longest input terminates.
The "tblend" (time blend) filter
takes two consecutive frames from one single stream, and outputs the result
obtained by blending the new frame on top of the old frame.
A description of the accepted options follows.
- c0_mode
- c1_mode
- c2_mode
- c3_mode
- all_mode
- Set blend mode for specific pixel component or all pixel components in
case of all_mode. Default value is
"normal".
Available values for component modes are:
- addition
- grainmerge
- and
- average
- burn
- darken
- difference
- grainextract
- divide
- dodge
- freeze
- exclusion
- extremity
- glow
- hardlight
- hardmix
- heat
- lighten
- linearlight
- multiply
- multiply128
- negation
- normal
- or
- overlay
- phoenix
- pinlight
- reflect
- screen
- softlight
- subtract
- vividlight
- xor
- c0_opacity
- c1_opacity
- c2_opacity
- c3_opacity
- all_opacity
- Set blend opacity for specific pixel component or all pixel components in
case of all_opacity. Only used in combination with pixel component
blend modes.
- c0_expr
- c1_expr
- c2_expr
- c3_expr
- all_expr
- Set blend expression for specific pixel component or all pixel components
in case of all_expr. Note that related mode options will be ignored
if those are set.
The expressions can use the following variables:
- N
- The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from
0.
- X
- Y
- the coordinates of the current sample
- W
- H
- the width and height of currently filtered plane
- SW
- SH
- Width and height scale for the plane being filtered. It is the ratio
between the dimensions of the current plane to the luma plane, e.g. for a
"yuv420p" frame, the values are
"1,1" for the luma plane and
"0.5,0.5" for the chroma planes.
- T
- Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
- TOP, A
- Value of pixel component at current location for first video frame (top
layer).
- BOTTOM, B
- Value of pixel component at current location for second video frame
(bottom layer).
The "blend" filter also supports
the framesync options.
Examples
- Apply transition from bottom layer to top layer in first 10 seconds:
blend=all_expr='A*(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10))+B*(1-(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10)))'
- Apply linear horizontal transition from top layer to bottom layer:
blend=all_expr='A*(X/W)+B*(1-X/W)'
- Apply 1x1 checkerboard effect:
blend=all_expr='if(eq(mod(X,2),mod(Y,2)),A,B)'
- Apply uncover left effect:
blend=all_expr='if(gte(N*SW+X,W),A,B)'
- Apply uncover down effect:
blend=all_expr='if(gte(Y-N*SH,0),A,B)'
- Apply uncover up-left effect:
blend=all_expr='if(gte(T*SH*40+Y,H)*gte((T*40*SW+X)*W/H,W),A,B)'
- Split diagonally video and shows top and bottom layer on each side:
blend=all_expr='if(gt(X,Y*(W/H)),A,B)'
- Display differences between the current and the previous frame:
tblend=all_mode=grainextract
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options.
Denoise frames using Block-Matching 3D algorithm.
The filter accepts the following options.
- sigma
- Set denoising strength. Default value is 1. Allowed range is from 0 to
999.9. The denoising algorithm is very sensitive to sigma, so adjust it
according to the source.
- block
- Set local patch size. This sets dimensions in 2D.
- bstep
- Set sliding step for processing blocks. Default value is 4. Allowed range
is from 1 to 64. Smaller values allows processing more reference blocks
and is slower.
- group
- Set maximal number of similar blocks for 3rd dimension. Default value is
1. When set to 1, no block matching is done. Larger values allows more
blocks in single group. Allowed range is from 1 to 256.
- range
- Set radius for search block matching. Default is 9. Allowed range is from
1 to INT32_MAX.
- mstep
- Set step between two search locations for block matching. Default is 1.
Allowed range is from 1 to 64. Smaller is slower.
- thmse
- Set threshold of mean square error for block matching. Valid range is 0 to
INT32_MAX.
- hdthr
- Set thresholding parameter for hard thresholding in 3D transformed domain.
Larger values results in stronger hard-thresholding filtering in frequency
domain.
- estim
- Set filtering estimation mode. Can be
"basic" or
"final". Default is
"basic".
- ref
- If enabled, filter will use 2nd stream for block matching. Default is
disabled for "basic" value of
estim option, and always enabled if value of estim is
"final".
- planes
- Set planes to filter. Default is all available except alpha.
Examples
- Basic filtering with bm3d:
bm3d=sigma=3:block=4:bstep=2:group=1:estim=basic
- Same as above, but filtering only luma:
bm3d=sigma=3:block=4:bstep=2:group=1:estim=basic:planes=1
- Same as above, but with both estimation modes:
split[a][b],[a]bm3d=sigma=3:block=4:bstep=2:group=1:estim=basic[a],[b][a]bm3d=sigma=3:block=4:bstep=2:group=16:estim=final:ref=1
- Same as above, but prefilter with nlmeans filter instead:
split[a][b],[a]nlmeans=s=3:r=7:p=3[a],[b][a]bm3d=sigma=3:block=4:bstep=2:group=16:estim=final:ref=1
Apply a boxblur algorithm to the input video.
It accepts the following parameters:
- luma_radius, lr
- luma_power, lp
- chroma_radius, cr
- chroma_power, cp
- alpha_radius, ar
- alpha_power, ap
A description of the accepted options follows.
- luma_radius, lr
- chroma_radius, cr
- alpha_radius, ar
- Set an expression for the box radius in pixels used for blurring the
corresponding input plane.
The radius value must be a non-negative number, and must not
be greater than the value of the expression
"min(w,h)/2" for the luma and alpha
planes, and of "min(cw,ch)/2" for the
chroma planes.
Default value for luma_radius is "2". If not
specified, chroma_radius and alpha_radius default to the
corresponding value set for luma_radius.
The expressions can contain the following constants:
- w
- h
- The input width and height in pixels.
- cw
- ch
- The input chroma image width and height in pixels.
- hsub
- vsub
- The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the
pixel format "yuv422p", hsub is 2 and vsub is
1.
- luma_power, lp
- chroma_power, cp
- alpha_power, ap
- Specify how many times the boxblur filter is applied to the corresponding
plane.
Default value for luma_power is 2. If not specified,
chroma_power and alpha_power default to the corresponding
value set for luma_power.
A value of 0 will disable the effect.
Examples
- Apply a boxblur filter with the luma, chroma, and alpha radii set to 2:
boxblur=luma_radius=2:luma_power=1
boxblur=2:1
- Set the luma radius to 2, and alpha and chroma radius to 0:
boxblur=2:1:cr=0:ar=0
- Set the luma and chroma radii to a fraction of the video dimension:
boxblur=luma_radius=min(h\,w)/10:luma_power=1:chroma_radius=min(cw\,ch)/10:chroma_power=1
Deinterlace the input video ("bwdif" stands for "Bob Weaver
Deinterlacing Filter").
Motion adaptive deinterlacing based on yadif with the use of
w3fdif and cubic interpolation algorithms. It accepts the following
parameters:
- mode
- The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following
values:
- 0, send_frame
- Output one frame for each frame.
- 1, send_field
- Output one frame for each field.
The default value is
"send_field".
- parity
- The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It
accepts one of the following values:
- 0, tff
- Assume the top field is first.
- 1, bff
- Assume the bottom field is first.
- -1, auto
- Enable automatic detection of field parity.
The default value is "auto". If
the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not export this information,
top field first will be assumed.
- deint
- Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accepts one of the following
values:
- 0, all
- Deinterlace all frames.
- 1, interlaced
- Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
The default value is "all".
Apply Contrast Adaptive Sharpen filter to video stream.
The filter accepts the following options:
- strength
- Set the sharpening strength. Default value is 0.
- planes
- Set planes to filter. Default value is to filter all planes except alpha
plane.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options.
Remove all color information for all colors except for certain one.
The filter accepts the following options:
- color
- The color which will not be replaced with neutral chroma.
- similarity
- Similarity percentage with the above color. 0.01 matches only the exact
key color, while 1.0 matches everything.
- blend
- Blend percentage. 0.0 makes pixels either fully gray, or not gray at all.
Higher values result in more preserved color.
- yuv
- Signals that the color passed is already in YUV instead of RGB.
Literal colors like "green" or "red" don't
make sense with this enabled anymore. This can be used to pass exact YUV
values as hexadecimal numbers.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command
accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
YUV colorspace color/chroma keying.
The filter accepts the following options:
- color
- The color which will be replaced with transparency.
- similarity
- Similarity percentage with the key color.
0.01 matches only the exact key color, while 1.0 matches
everything.
- blend
- Blend percentage.
0.0 makes pixels either fully transparent, or not transparent
at all.
Higher values result in semi-transparent pixels, with a higher
transparency the more similar the pixels color is to the key color.
- yuv
- Signals that the color passed is already in YUV instead of RGB.
Literal colors like "green" or "red" don't
make sense with this enabled anymore. This can be used to pass exact YUV
values as hexadecimal numbers.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command
accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Examples
- Make every green pixel in the input image transparent:
ffmpeg -i input.png -vf chromakey=green out.png
- Overlay a greenscreen-video on top of a static black background.
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i color=c=black:s=1280x720 -i video.mp4 -shortest -filter_complex "[1:v]chromakey=0x70de77:0.1:0.2[ckout];[0:v][ckout]overlay[out]" -map "[out]" output.mkv
Reduce chrominance noise.
The filter accepts the following options:
- thres
- Set threshold for averaging chrominance values. Sum of absolute difference
of Y, U and V pixel components of current pixel and neighbour pixels lower
than this threshold will be used in averaging. Luma component is left
unchanged and is copied to output. Default value is 30. Allowed range is
from 1 to 200.
- sizew
- Set horizontal radius of rectangle used for averaging. Allowed range is
from 1 to 100. Default value is 5.
- sizeh
- Set vertical radius of rectangle used for averaging. Allowed range is from
1 to 100. Default value is 5.
- stepw
- Set horizontal step when averaging. Default value is 1. Allowed range is
from 1 to 50. Mostly useful to speed-up filtering.
- steph
- Set vertical step when averaging. Default value is 1. Allowed range is
from 1 to 50. Mostly useful to speed-up filtering.
- threy
- Set Y threshold for averaging chrominance values. Set finer control for
max allowed difference between Y components of current pixel and neigbour
pixels. Default value is 200. Allowed range is from 1 to 200.
- threu
- Set U threshold for averaging chrominance values. Set finer control for
max allowed difference between U components of current pixel and neigbour
pixels. Default value is 200. Allowed range is from 1 to 200.
- threv
- Set V threshold for averaging chrominance values. Set finer control for
max allowed difference between V components of current pixel and neigbour
pixels. Default value is 200. Allowed range is from 1 to 200.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command
accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
Shift chroma pixels horizontally and/or vertically.
The filter accepts the following options:
- cbh
- Set amount to shift chroma-blue horizontally.
- cbv
- Set amount to shift chroma-blue vertically.
- crh
- Set amount to shift chroma-red horizontally.
- crv
- Set amount to shift chroma-red vertically.
- edge
- Set edge mode, can be smear, default, or warp.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Display CIE color diagram with pixels overlaid onto it.
The filter accepts the following options:
- system
- Set color system.
- ntsc, 470m
- ebu, 470bg
- smpte
- 240m
- apple
- widergb
- cie1931
- rec709, hdtv
- uhdtv, rec2020
- dcip3
- cie
- Set CIE system.
- gamuts
- Set what gamuts to draw.
See "system" option for
available values.
- size, s
- Set ciescope size, by default set to 512.
- intensity, i
- Set intensity used to map input pixel values to CIE diagram.
- contrast
- Set contrast used to draw tongue colors that are out of active color
system gamut.
- corrgamma
- Correct gamma displayed on scope, by default enabled.
- showwhite
- Show white point on CIE diagram, by default disabled.
- gamma
- Set input gamma. Used only with XYZ input color space.
Visualize information exported by some codecs.
Some codecs can export information through frames using side-data
or other means. For example, some MPEG based codecs export motion vectors
through the export_mvs flag in the codec flags2 option.
The filter accepts the following option:
- mv
- Set motion vectors to visualize.
Available flags for mv are:
- pf
- forward predicted MVs of P-frames
- bf
- forward predicted MVs of B-frames
- bb
- backward predicted MVs of B-frames
- qp
- Display quantization parameters using the chroma planes.
- mv_type, mvt
- Set motion vectors type to visualize. Includes MVs from all frames unless
specified by frame_type option.
Available flags for mv_type are:
- fp
- forward predicted MVs
- bp
- backward predicted MVs
- frame_type, ft
- Set frame type to visualize motion vectors of.
Available flags for frame_type are:
- if
- intra-coded frames (I-frames)
- pf
- predicted frames (P-frames)
- bf
- bi-directionally predicted frames (B-frames)
Examples
Modify intensity of primary colors (red, green and blue) of input frames.
The filter allows an input frame to be adjusted in the shadows,
midtones or highlights regions for the red-cyan, green-magenta or
blue-yellow balance.
A positive adjustment value shifts the balance towards the primary
color, a negative value towards the complementary color.
The filter accepts the following options:
- rs
- gs
- bs
- Adjust red, green and blue shadows (darkest pixels).
- rm
- gm
- bm
- Adjust red, green and blue midtones (medium pixels).
- rh
- gh
- bh
- Adjust red, green and blue highlights (brightest pixels).
Allowed ranges for options are "[-1.0,
1.0]". Defaults are 0.
- pl
- Preserve lightness when changing color balance. Default is disabled.
Examples
- •
- Add red color cast to shadows:
colorbalance=rs=.3
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Adjust color contrast between RGB components.
The filter accepts the following options:
- rc
- Set the red-cyan contrast. Defaults is 0.0. Allowed range is from -1.0 to
1.0.
- gm
- Set the green-magenta contrast. Defaults is 0.0. Allowed range is from
-1.0 to 1.0.
- by
- Set the blue-yellow contrast. Defaults is 0.0. Allowed range is from -1.0
to 1.0.
- rcw
- gmw
- byw
- Set the weight of each "rc",
"gm",
"by" option value. Default value is 0.0.
Allowed range is from 0.0 to 1.0. If all weights are 0.0 filtering is
disabled.
- pl
- Set the amount of preserving lightness. Default value is 0.0. Allowed
range is from 0.0 to 1.0.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Adjust color white balance selectively for blacks and whites. This filter
operates in YUV colorspace.
The filter accepts the following options:
- rl
- Set the red shadow spot. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0. Default value
is 0.
- bl
- Set the blue shadow spot. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0. Default value
is 0.
- rh
- Set the red highlight spot. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0. Default
value is 0.
- bh
- Set the red highlight spot. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0. Default
value is 0.
- saturation
- Set the amount of saturation. Allowed range is from -3.0 to 3.0. Default
value is 1.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Adjust video input frames by re-mixing color channels.
This filter modifies a color channel by adding the values
associated to the other channels of the same pixels. For example if the
value to modify is red, the output value will be:
<red>=<red>*<rr> + <blue>*<rb> + <green>*<rg> + <alpha>*<ra>
The filter accepts the following options:
- rr
- rg
- rb
- ra
- Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for
output red channel. Default is 1 for rr,
and 0 for rg, rb and ra.
- gr
- gg
- gb
- ga
- Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for
output green channel. Default is 1 for gg,
and 0 for gr, gb and ga.
- br
- bg
- bb
- ba
- Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for
output blue channel. Default is 1 for bb,
and 0 for br, bg and ba.
- ar
- ag
- ab
- aa
- Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for
output alpha channel. Default is 1 for aa,
and 0 for ar, ag and ab.
Allowed ranges for options are "[-2.0,
2.0]".
- pl
- Preserve lightness when changing colors. Allowed range is from
"[0.0, 1.0]". Default is
0.0, thus disabled.
Examples
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Overlay a solid color on the video stream.
The filter accepts the following options:
- hue
- Set the color hue. Allowed range is from 0 to 360. Default value is
0.
- saturation
- Set the color saturation. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default value is
0.5.
- lightness
- Set the color lightness. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default value is
0.5.
- mix
- Set the mix of source lightness. By default is set to 1.0. Allowed range
is from 0.0 to 1.0.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
RGB colorspace color keying.
The filter accepts the following options:
- color
- The color which will be replaced with transparency.
- similarity
- Similarity percentage with the key color.
0.01 matches only the exact key color, while 1.0 matches
everything.
- blend
- Blend percentage.
0.0 makes pixels either fully transparent, or not transparent
at all.
Higher values result in semi-transparent pixels, with a higher
transparency the more similar the pixels color is to the key color.
Examples
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command
accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Remove all color information for all RGB colors except for certain one.
The filter accepts the following options:
- color
- The color which will not be replaced with neutral gray.
- similarity
- Similarity percentage with the above color. 0.01 matches only the exact
key color, while 1.0 matches everything.
- blend
- Blend percentage. 0.0 makes pixels fully gray. Higher values result in
more preserved color.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command
accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Adjust video input frames using levels.
The filter accepts the following options:
- rimin
- gimin
- bimin
- aimin
- Adjust red, green, blue and alpha input black point. Allowed ranges for
options are "[-1.0, 1.0]". Defaults are
0.
- rimax
- gimax
- bimax
- aimax
- Adjust red, green, blue and alpha input white point. Allowed ranges for
options are "[-1.0, 1.0]". Defaults are
1.
Input levels are used to lighten highlights (bright tones),
darken shadows (dark tones), change the balance of bright and dark
tones.
- romin
- gomin
- bomin
- aomin
- Adjust red, green, blue and alpha output black point. Allowed ranges for
options are "[0, 1.0]". Defaults are
0.
- romax
- gomax
- bomax
- aomax
- Adjust red, green, blue and alpha output white point. Allowed ranges for
options are "[0, 1.0]". Defaults are
1.
Output levels allows manual selection of a constrained output
level range.
Examples
- Make video output darker:
colorlevels=rimin=0.058:gimin=0.058:bimin=0.058
- Increase contrast:
colorlevels=rimin=0.039:gimin=0.039:bimin=0.039:rimax=0.96:gimax=0.96:bimax=0.96
- Make video output lighter:
colorlevels=rimax=0.902:gimax=0.902:bimax=0.902
- Increase brightness:
colorlevels=romin=0.5:gomin=0.5:bomin=0.5
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Convert color matrix.
The filter accepts the following options:
- src
- dst
- Specify the source and destination color matrix. Both values must be
specified.
The accepted values are:
- bt709
- BT.709
- fcc
- FCC
- bt601
- BT.601
- bt470
- BT.470
- bt470bg
- BT.470BG
- smpte170m
- SMPTE-170M
- smpte240m
- SMPTE-240M
- bt2020
- BT.2020
For example to convert from BT.601 to SMPTE-240M, use the
command:
colormatrix=bt601:smpte240m
Convert colorspace, transfer characteristics or color primaries. Input video
needs to have an even size.
The filter accepts the following options:
- all
- Specify all color properties at once.
The accepted values are:
- bt470m
- BT.470M
- bt470bg
- BT.470BG
- bt601-6-525
- BT.601-6 525
- bt601-6-625
- BT.601-6 625
- bt709
- BT.709
- smpte170m
- SMPTE-170M
- smpte240m
- SMPTE-240M
- bt2020
- BT.2020
- space
- Specify output colorspace.
The accepted values are:
- bt709
- BT.709
- fcc
- FCC
- bt470bg
- BT.470BG or BT.601-6 625
- smpte170m
- SMPTE-170M or BT.601-6 525
- smpte240m
- SMPTE-240M
- ycgco
- YCgCo
- bt2020ncl
- BT.2020 with non-constant luminance
- trc
- Specify output transfer characteristics.
The accepted values are:
- bt709
- BT.709
- bt470m
- BT.470M
- bt470bg
- BT.470BG
- gamma22
- Constant gamma of 2.2
- gamma28
- Constant gamma of 2.8
- smpte170m
- SMPTE-170M, BT.601-6 625 or BT.601-6 525
- smpte240m
- SMPTE-240M
- srgb
- SRGB
- iec61966-2-1
- iec61966-2-1
- iec61966-2-4
- iec61966-2-4
- xvycc
- xvycc
- bt2020-10
- BT.2020 for 10-bits content
- bt2020-12
- BT.2020 for 12-bits content
- primaries
- Specify output color primaries.
The accepted values are:
- bt709
- BT.709
- bt470m
- BT.470M
- bt470bg
- BT.470BG or BT.601-6 625
- smpte170m
- SMPTE-170M or BT.601-6 525
- smpte240m
- SMPTE-240M
- film
- film
- smpte431
- SMPTE-431
- smpte432
- SMPTE-432
- bt2020
- BT.2020
- jedec-p22
- JEDEC P22 phosphors
- range
- Specify output color range.
The accepted values are:
- tv
- TV (restricted) range
- mpeg
- MPEG (restricted) range
- pc
- PC (full) range
- jpeg
- JPEG (full) range
- format
- Specify output color format.
The accepted values are:
- yuv420p
- YUV 4:2:0 planar 8-bits
- yuv420p10
- YUV 4:2:0 planar 10-bits
- yuv420p12
- YUV 4:2:0 planar 12-bits
- yuv422p
- YUV 4:2:2 planar 8-bits
- yuv422p10
- YUV 4:2:2 planar 10-bits
- yuv422p12
- YUV 4:2:2 planar 12-bits
- yuv444p
- YUV 4:4:4 planar 8-bits
- yuv444p10
- YUV 4:4:4 planar 10-bits
- yuv444p12
- YUV 4:4:4 planar 12-bits
- fast
- Do a fast conversion, which skips gamma/primary correction. This will take
significantly less CPU, but will be mathematically incorrect. To get
output compatible with that produced by the colormatrix filter, use
fast=1.
- dither
- Specify dithering mode.
The accepted values are:
- none
- No dithering
- fsb
- Floyd-Steinberg dithering
- wpadapt
- Whitepoint adaptation mode.
The accepted values are:
- bradford
- Bradford whitepoint adaptation
- vonkries
- von Kries whitepoint adaptation
- identity
- identity whitepoint adaptation (i.e. no whitepoint adaptation)
- iall
- Override all input properties at once. Same accepted values as
all.
- ispace
- Override input colorspace. Same accepted values as space.
- iprimaries
- Override input color primaries. Same accepted values as
primaries.
- itrc
- Override input transfer characteristics. Same accepted values as
trc.
- irange
- Override input color range. Same accepted values as range.
The filter converts the transfer characteristics, color space and
color primaries to the specified user values. The output value, if not
specified, is set to a default value based on the "all" property.
If that property is also not specified, the filter will log an error. The
output color range and format default to the same value as the input color
range and format. The input transfer characteristics, color space, color
primaries and color range should be set on the input data. If any of these
are missing, the filter will log an error and no conversion will take
place.
For example to convert the input to SMPTE-240M, use the
command:
colorspace=smpte240m
Adjust color temperature in video to simulate variations in ambient color
temperature.
The filter accepts the following options:
- temperature
- Set the temperature in Kelvin. Allowed range is from 1000 to 40000.
Default value is 6500 K.
- mix
- Set mixing with filtered output. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default
value is 1.
- pl
- Set the amount of preserving lightness. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.
Default value is 0.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options.
Apply convolution of 3x3, 5x5, 7x7 or horizontal/vertical up to 49 elements.
The filter accepts the following options:
- 0m
- 1m
- 2m
- 3m
- Set matrix for each plane. Matrix is sequence of 9, 25 or 49 signed
integers in square mode, and from 1 to 49 odd number of signed
integers in row mode.
- 0rdiv
- 1rdiv
- 2rdiv
- 3rdiv
- Set multiplier for calculated value for each plane. If unset or 0, it will
be sum of all matrix elements.
- 0bias
- 1bias
- 2bias
- 3bias
- Set bias for each plane. This value is added to the result of the
multiplication. Useful for making the overall image brighter or darker.
Default is 0.0.
- 0mode
- 1mode
- 2mode
- 3mode
- Set matrix mode for each plane. Can be square, row or
column. Default is square.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Examples
- Apply sharpen:
convolution="0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0"
- Apply blur:
convolution="1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1/9:1/9:1/9:1/9"
- Apply edge enhance:
convolution="0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:5:1:1:1:0:128:128:128"
- Apply edge detect:
convolution="0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:5:5:5:1:0:128:128:128"
- Apply laplacian edge detector which includes diagonals:
convolution="1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:5:5:5:1:0:128:128:0"
- Apply emboss:
convolution="-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2"
Apply 2D convolution of video stream in frequency domain using second stream as
impulse.
The filter accepts the following options:
- planes
- Set which planes to process.
- impulse
- Set which impulse video frames will be processed, can be first or
all. Default is all.
The "convolve" filter also
supports the framesync options.
Copy the input video source unchanged to the output. This is mainly useful for
testing purposes.
Video filtering on GPU using Apple's CoreImage API on OSX.
Hardware acceleration is based on an OpenGL context. Usually, this
means it is processed by video hardware. However, software-based OpenGL
implementations exist which means there is no guarantee for hardware
processing. It depends on the respective OSX.
There are many filters and image generators provided by Apple that
come with a large variety of options. The filter has to be referenced by its
name along with its options.
The coreimage filter accepts the following options:
- list_filters
- List all available filters and generators along with all their respective
options as well as possible minimum and maximum values along with the
default values.
list_filters=true
- filter
- Specify all filters by their respective name and options. Use
list_filters to determine all valid filter names and options.
Numerical options are specified by a float value and are automatically
clamped to their respective value range. Vector and color options have to
be specified by a list of space separated float values. Character escaping
has to be done. A special option name
"default" is available to use default
options for a filter.
It is required to specify either
"default" or at least one of the
filter options. All omitted options are used with their default values.
The syntax of the filter string is as follows:
filter=<NAME>@<OPTION>=<VALUE>[@<OPTION>=<VALUE>][@...][#<NAME>@<OPTION>=<VALUE>[@<OPTION>=<VALUE>][@...]][#...]
- output_rect
- Specify a rectangle where the output of the filter chain is copied into
the input image. It is given by a list of space separated float values:
output_rect=x\ y\ width\ height
If not given, the output rectangle equals the dimensions of
the input image. The output rectangle is automatically cropped at the
borders of the input image. Negative values are valid for each
component.
output_rect=25\ 25\ 100\ 100
Several filters can be chained for successive processing without
GPU-HOST transfers allowing for fast processing of complex filter chains.
Currently, only filters with zero (generators) or exactly one (filters)
input image and one output image are supported. Also, transition filters are
not yet usable as intended.
Some filters generate output images with additional padding
depending on the respective filter kernel. The padding is automatically
removed to ensure the filter output has the same size as the input
image.
For image generators, the size of the output image is determined
by the previous output image of the filter chain or the input image of the
whole filterchain, respectively. The generators do not use the pixel
information of this image to generate their output. However, the generated
output is blended onto this image, resulting in partial or complete coverage
of the output image.
The coreimagesrc video source can be used for generating
input images which are directly fed into the filter chain. By using it,
providing input images by another video source or an input video is not
required.
Examples
- List all filters available:
coreimage=list_filters=true
- Use the CIBoxBlur filter with default options to blur an image:
coreimage=filter=CIBoxBlur@default
- Use a filter chain with CISepiaTone at default values and CIVignetteEffect
with its center at 100x100 and a radius of 50 pixels:
coreimage=filter=CIBoxBlur@default#CIVignetteEffect@inputCenter=100\ 100@inputRadius=50
- Use nullsrc and CIQRCodeGenerator to create a QR code for the FFmpeg
homepage, given as complete and escaped command-line for Apple's standard
bash shell:
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i nullsrc=s=100x100,coreimage=filter=CIQRCodeGenerator@inputMessage=https\\\\\://FFmpeg.org/@inputCorrectionLevel=H -frames:v 1 QRCode.png
Cover a rectangular object
It accepts the following options:
- cover
- Filepath of the optional cover image, needs to be in yuv420.
- mode
- Set covering mode.
It accepts the following values:
- cover
- cover it by the supplied image
- blur
- cover it by interpolating the surrounding pixels
Examples
- •
- Cover a rectangular object by the supplied image of a given video using
ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i file.ts -vf find_rect=newref.pgm,cover_rect=cover.jpg:mode=cover new.mkv
Crop the input video to given dimensions.
It accepts the following parameters:
- w, out_w
- The width of the output video. It defaults to
"iw". This expression is evaluated only
once during the filter configuration, or when the w or out_w
command is sent.
- h, out_h
- The height of the output video. It defaults to
"ih". This expression is evaluated only
once during the filter configuration, or when the h or out_h
command is sent.
- x
- The horizontal position, in the input video, of the left edge of the
output video. It defaults to
"(in_w-out_w)/2". This expression is
evaluated per-frame.
- y
- The vertical position, in the input video, of the top edge of the output
video. It defaults to "(in_h-out_h)/2".
This expression is evaluated per-frame.
- keep_aspect
- If set to 1 will force the output display aspect ratio to be the same of
the input, by changing the output sample aspect ratio. It defaults to
0.
- exact
- Enable exact cropping. If enabled, subsampled videos will be cropped at
exact width/height/x/y as specified and will not be rounded to nearest
smaller value. It defaults to 0.
The out_w, out_h, x, y parameters are
expressions containing the following constants:
- x
- y
- The computed values for x and y. They are evaluated for each
new frame.
- in_w
- in_h
- The input width and height.
- iw
- ih
- These are the same as in_w and in_h.
- out_w
- out_h
- The output (cropped) width and height.
- ow
- oh
- These are the same as out_w and out_h.
- a
- same as iw / ih
- sar
- input sample aspect ratio
- dar
- input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (iw / ih) *
sar
- hsub
- vsub
- horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel
format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.
- n
- The number of the input frame, starting from 0.
- pos
- the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
- t
- The timestamp expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is
unknown.
The expression for out_w may depend on the value of
out_h, and the expression for out_h may depend on
out_w, but they cannot depend on x and y, as x
and y are evaluated after out_w and out_h.
The x and y parameters specify the expressions for
the position of the top-left corner of the output (non-cropped) area. They
are evaluated for each frame. If the evaluated value is not valid, it is
approximated to the nearest valid value.
The expression for x may depend on y, and the
expression for y may depend on x.
Examples
- Crop area with size 100x100 at position (12,34).
crop=100:100:12:34
Using named options, the example above becomes:
crop=w=100:h=100:x=12:y=34
- Crop the central input area with size 100x100:
crop=100:100
- Crop the central input area with size 2/3 of the input video:
crop=2/3*in_w:2/3*in_h
- Crop the input video central square:
crop=out_w=in_h
crop=in_h
- Delimit the rectangle with the top-left corner placed at position 100:100
and the right-bottom corner corresponding to the right-bottom corner of
the input image.
crop=in_w-100:in_h-100:100:100
- Crop 10 pixels from the left and right borders, and 20 pixels from the top
and bottom borders
crop=in_w-2*10:in_h-2*20
- Keep only the bottom right quarter of the input image:
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:in_w/2:in_h/2
- Crop height for getting Greek harmony:
crop=in_w:1/PHI*in_w
- Apply trembling effect:
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(n/10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(n/7)
- Apply erratic camera effect depending on timestamp:
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(t*10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(t*13)"
- Set x depending on the value of y:
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:y:10+10*sin(n/10)
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- w, out_w
- h, out_h
- x
- y
- Set width/height of the output video and the horizontal/vertical position
in the input video. The command accepts the same syntax of the
corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Auto-detect the crop size.
It calculates the necessary cropping parameters and prints the
recommended parameters via the logging system. The detected dimensions
correspond to the non-black area of the input video.
It accepts the following parameters:
- limit
- Set higher black value threshold, which can be optionally specified from
nothing (0) to everything (255 for 8-bit based formats). An intensity
value greater to the set value is considered non-black. It defaults to 24.
You can also specify a value between 0.0 and 1.0 which will be scaled
depending on the bitdepth of the pixel format.
- round
- The value which the width/height should be divisible by. It defaults to
16. The offset is automatically adjusted to center the video. Use 2 to get
only even dimensions (needed for 4:2:2 video). 16 is best when encoding to
most video codecs.
- skip
- Set the number of initial frames for which evaluation is skipped. Default
is 2. Range is 0 to INT_MAX.
- reset_count, reset
- Set the counter that determines after how many frames cropdetect will
reset the previously detected largest video area and start over to detect
the current optimal crop area. Default value is 0.
This can be useful when channel logos distort the video area.
0 indicates 'never reset', and returns the largest area encountered
during playback.
Delay video filtering until a given wallclock timestamp. The filter first passes
on preroll amount of frames, then it buffers at most buffer
amount of frames and waits for the cue. After reaching the cue it forwards the
buffered frames and also any subsequent frames coming in its input.
The filter can be used synchronize the output of multiple ffmpeg
processes for realtime output devices like decklink. By putting the delay in
the filtering chain and pre-buffering frames the process can pass on data to
output almost immediately after the target wallclock timestamp is
reached.
Perfect frame accuracy cannot be guaranteed, but the result is
good enough for some use cases.
- cue
- The cue timestamp expressed in a UNIX timestamp in microseconds. Default
is 0.
- preroll
- The duration of content to pass on as preroll expressed in seconds.
Default is 0.
- buffer
- The maximum duration of content to buffer before waiting for the cue
expressed in seconds. Default is 0.
Apply color adjustments using curves.
This filter is similar to the Adobe Photoshop and GIMP curves
tools. Each component (red, green and blue) has its values defined by
N key points tied from each other using a smooth curve. The x-axis
represents the pixel values from the input frame, and the y-axis the new
pixel values to be set for the output frame.
By default, a component curve is defined by the two points
(0;0) and (1;1). This creates a straight line where each
original pixel value is "adjusted" to its own value, which means
no change to the image.
The filter allows you to redefine these two points and add some
more. A new curve (using a natural cubic spline interpolation) will be
define to pass smoothly through all these new coordinates. The new defined
points needs to be strictly increasing over the x-axis, and their x
and y values must be in the [0;1] interval. If the computed
curves happened to go outside the vector spaces, the values will be clipped
accordingly.
The filter accepts the following options:
- preset
- Select one of the available color presets. This option can be used in
addition to the r, g, b parameters; in this case, the
later options takes priority on the preset values. Available presets
are:
- none
- color_negative
- cross_process
- darker
- increase_contrast
- lighter
- linear_contrast
- medium_contrast
- negative
- strong_contrast
- vintage
- master, m
- Set the master key points. These points will define a second pass mapping.
It is sometimes called a "luminance" or "value"
mapping. It can be used with r, g, b or all
since it acts like a post-processing LUT.
- red, r
- Set the key points for the red component.
- green, g
- Set the key points for the green component.
- blue, b
- Set the key points for the blue component.
- all
- Set the key points for all components (not including master). Can be used
in addition to the other key points component options. In this case, the
unset component(s) will fallback on this all setting.
- psfile
- Specify a Photoshop curves file (".acv")
to import the settings from.
- plot
- Save Gnuplot script of the curves in specified file.
To avoid some filtergraph syntax conflicts, each key points list
need to be defined using the following syntax: "x0/y0
x1/y1 x2/y2 ...".
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options.
Examples
- Increase slightly the middle level of blue:
curves=blue='0/0 0.5/0.58 1/1'
- Vintage effect:
curves=r='0/0.11 .42/.51 1/0.95':g='0/0 0.50/0.48 1/1':b='0/0.22 .49/.44 1/0.8'
Here we obtain the following coordinates for each
components:
- red
- "(0;0.11) (0.42;0.51) (1;0.95)"
- green
- "(0;0) (0.50;0.48) (1;1)"
- blue
- "(0;0.22) (0.49;0.44) (1;0.80)"
Video data analysis filter.
This filter shows hexadecimal pixel values of part of video.
The filter accepts the following options:
- size, s
- Set output video size.
- x
- Set x offset from where to pick pixels.
- y
- Set y offset from where to pick pixels.
- mode
- Set scope mode, can be one of the following:
- mono
- Draw hexadecimal pixel values with white color on black background.
- color
- Draw hexadecimal pixel values with input video pixel color on black
background.
- color2
- Draw hexadecimal pixel values on color background picked from input video,
the text color is picked in such way so its always visible.
- axis
- Draw rows and columns numbers on left and top of video.
- opacity
- Set background opacity.
- format
- Set display number format. Can be "hex",
or "dec". Default is
"hex".
- components
- Set pixel components to display. By default all pixel components are
displayed.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options excluding
"size" option.
Apply Directional blur filter.
The filter accepts the following options:
- angle
- Set angle of directional blur. Default is 45.
- radius
- Set radius of directional blur. Default is 5.
- planes
- Set which planes to filter. By default all planes are filtered.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command
accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Denoise frames using 2D DCT (frequency domain filtering).
This filter is not designed for real time.
The filter accepts the following options:
- sigma, s
- Set the noise sigma constant.
This sigma defines a hard threshold of
"3 * sigma"; every DCT coefficient
(absolute value) below this threshold with be dropped.
If you need a more advanced filtering, see expr.
Default is 0.
- overlap
- Set number overlapping pixels for each block. Since the filter can be
slow, you may want to reduce this value, at the cost of a less effective
filter and the risk of various artefacts.
If the overlapping value doesn't permit processing the whole
input width or height, a warning will be displayed and according borders
won't be denoised.
Default value is blocksize-1, which is the best
possible setting.
- expr, e
- Set the coefficient factor expression.
For each coefficient of a DCT block, this expression will be
evaluated as a multiplier value for the coefficient.
If this is option is set, the sigma option will be
ignored.
The absolute value of the coefficient can be accessed through
the c variable.
- n
- Set the blocksize using the number of bits.
"1<<n"
defines the blocksize, which is the width and height of the
processed blocks.
The default value is 3 (8x8) and can be raised to
4 for a blocksize of 16x16. Note that changing this
setting has huge consequences on the speed processing. Also, a larger
block size does not necessarily means a better de-noising.
Examples
Apply a denoise with a sigma of
4.5:
dctdnoiz=4.5
The same operation can be achieved using the expression
system:
dctdnoiz=e='gte(c, 4.5*3)'
Violent denoise using a block size of
"16x16":
dctdnoiz=15:n=4
Remove banding artifacts from input video. It works by replacing banded pixels
with average value of referenced pixels.
The filter accepts the following options:
- 1thr
- 2thr
- 3thr
- 4thr
- Set banding detection threshold for each plane. Default is 0.02. Valid
range is 0.00003 to 0.5. If difference between current pixel and reference
pixel is less than threshold, it will be considered as banded.
- range, r
- Banding detection range in pixels. Default is 16. If positive, random
number in range 0 to set value will be used. If negative, exact absolute
value will be used. The range defines square of four pixels around current
pixel.
- direction, d
- Set direction in radians from which four pixel will be compared. If
positive, random direction from 0 to set direction will be picked. If
negative, exact of absolute value will be picked. For example direction 0,
-PI or -2*PI radians will pick only pixels on same row and -PI/2 will pick
only pixels on same column.
- blur, b
- If enabled, current pixel is compared with average value of all four
surrounding pixels. The default is enabled. If disabled current pixel is
compared with all four surrounding pixels. The pixel is considered banded
if only all four differences with surrounding pixels are less than
threshold.
- coupling, c
- If enabled, current pixel is changed if and only if all pixel components
are banded, e.g. banding detection threshold is triggered for all color
components. The default is disabled.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Remove blocking artifacts from input video.
The filter accepts the following options:
- filter
- Set filter type, can be weak or strong. Default is
strong. This controls what kind of deblocking is applied.
- block
- Set size of block, allowed range is from 4 to 512. Default is
8.
- alpha
- beta
- gamma
- delta
- Set blocking detection thresholds. Allowed range is 0 to 1. Defaults are:
0.098 for alpha and 0.05 for the rest. Using higher
threshold gives more deblocking strength. Setting alpha controls
threshold detection at exact edge of block. Remaining options controls
threshold detection near the edge. Each one for below/above or left/right.
Setting any of those to 0 disables deblocking.
- planes
- Set planes to filter. Default is to filter all available planes.
Examples
- Deblock using weak filter and block size of 4 pixels.
deblock=filter=weak:block=4
- Deblock using strong filter, block size of 4 pixels and custom thresholds
for deblocking more edges.
deblock=filter=strong:block=4:alpha=0.12:beta=0.07:gamma=0.06:delta=0.05
- Similar as above, but filter only first plane.
deblock=filter=strong:block=4:alpha=0.12:beta=0.07:gamma=0.06:delta=0.05:planes=1
- Similar as above, but filter only second and third plane.
deblock=filter=strong:block=4:alpha=0.12:beta=0.07:gamma=0.06:delta=0.05:planes=6
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Drop duplicated frames at regular intervals.
The filter accepts the following options:
- cycle
- Set the number of frames from which one will be dropped. Setting this to
N means one frame in every batch of N frames will be
dropped. Default is 5.
- dupthresh
- Set the threshold for duplicate detection. If the difference metric for a
frame is less than or equal to this value, then it is declared as
duplicate. Default is 1.1
- scthresh
- Set scene change threshold. Default is 15.
- blockx
- blocky
- Set the size of the x and y-axis blocks used during metric calculations.
Larger blocks give better noise suppression, but also give worse detection
of small movements. Must be a power of two. Default is
32.
- ppsrc
- Mark main input as a pre-processed input and activate clean source input
stream. This allows the input to be pre-processed with various filters to
help the metrics calculation while keeping the frame selection lossless.
When set to 1, the first stream is for the
pre-processed input, and the second stream is the clean source from where
the kept frames are chosen. Default is 0.
- chroma
- Set whether or not chroma is considered in the metric calculations.
Default is 1.
Apply 2D deconvolution of video stream in frequency domain using second stream
as impulse.
The filter accepts the following options:
- planes
- Set which planes to process.
- impulse
- Set which impulse video frames will be processed, can be first or
all. Default is all.
- noise
- Set noise when doing divisions. Default is 0.0000001. Useful when
width and height are not same and not power of 2 or if stream prior to
convolving had noise.
The "deconvolve" filter also
supports the framesync options.
Reduce cross-luminance (dot-crawl) and cross-color (rainbows) from video.
It accepts the following options:
- m
- Set mode of operation. Can be combination of dotcrawl for
cross-luminance reduction and/or rainbows for cross-color
reduction.
- lt
- Set spatial luma threshold. Lower values increases reduction of
cross-luminance.
- tl
- Set tolerance for temporal luma. Higher values increases reduction of
cross-luminance.
- tc
- Set tolerance for chroma temporal variation. Higher values increases
reduction of cross-color.
- ct
- Set temporal chroma threshold. Lower values increases reduction of
cross-color.
Apply deflate effect to the video.
This filter replaces the pixel by the local(3x3) average by taking
into account only values lower than the pixel.
It accepts the following options:
- threshold0
- threshold1
- threshold2
- threshold3
- Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535. If 0, plane
will remain unchanged.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Remove temporal frame luminance variations.
It accepts the following options:
- size, s
- Set moving-average filter size in frames. Default is 5. Allowed range is 2
- 129.
- mode, m
- Set averaging mode to smooth temporal luminance variations.
Available values are:
- am
- Arithmetic mean
- gm
- Geometric mean
- hm
- Harmonic mean
- qm
- Quadratic mean
- cm
- Cubic mean
- pm
- Power mean
- median
- Median
- bypass
- Do not actually modify frame. Useful when one only wants metadata.
Remove judder produced by partially interlaced telecined content.
Judder can be introduced, for instance, by pullup filter.
If the original source was partially telecined content then the output of
"pullup,dejudder" will have a variable
frame rate. May change the recorded frame rate of the container. Aside from
that change, this filter will not affect constant frame rate video.
The option available in this filter is:
- cycle
- Specify the length of the window over which the judder repeats.
Accepts any integer greater than 1. Useful values are:
- 4
- If the original was telecined from 24 to 30 fps (Film to NTSC).
- 5
- If the original was telecined from 25 to 30 fps (PAL to NTSC).
- 20
- If a mixture of the two.
Suppress a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding pixels.
Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear (and sometimes
something even uglier appear - your mileage may vary).
It accepts the following parameters:
- x
- y
- Specify the top left corner coordinates of the logo. They must be
specified.
- w
- h
- Specify the width and height of the logo to clear. They must be
specified.
- show
- When set to 1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to simplify
finding the right x, y, w, and h parameters.
The default value is 0.
The rectangle is drawn on the outermost pixels which will be
(partly) replaced with interpolated values. The values of the next
pixels immediately outside this rectangle in each direction will be used
to compute the interpolated pixel values inside the rectangle.
Examples
- •
- Set a rectangle covering the area with top left corner coordinates 0,0 and
size 100x77:
delogo=x=0:y=0:w=100:h=77
Remove the rain in the input image/video by applying the derain methods based on
convolutional neural networks. Supported models:
- •
- Recurrent Squeeze-and-Excitation Context Aggregation Net (RESCAN). See
<http://openaccess.thecvf.com/content_ECCV_2018/papers/Xia_Li_Recurrent_Squeeze-and-Excitation_Context_ECCV_2018_paper.pdf>.
Training as well as model generation scripts are provided in the
repository at
<https://github.com/XueweiMeng/derain_filter.git>.
Native model files (.model) can be generated from TensorFlow model
files (.pb) by using tools/python/convert.py
The filter accepts the following options:
- filter_type
- Specify which filter to use. This option accepts the following
values:
- derain
- Derain filter. To conduct derain filter, you need to use a derain
model.
- dehaze
- Dehaze filter. To conduct dehaze filter, you need to use a dehaze
model.
- dnn_backend
- Specify which DNN backend to use for model loading and execution. This
option accepts the following values:
- native
- Native implementation of DNN loading and execution.
- tensorflow
- TensorFlow backend. To enable this backend you need to install the
TensorFlow for C library (see
<https://www.tensorflow.org/install/install_c>) and configure
FFmpeg with
"--enable-libtensorflow"
- model
- Set path to model file specifying network architecture and its parameters.
Note that different backends use different file formats. TensorFlow and
native backend can load files for only its format.
It can also be finished with dnn_processing filter.
Attempt to fix small changes in horizontal and/or vertical shift. This filter
helps remove camera shake from hand-holding a camera, bumping a tripod, moving
on a vehicle, etc.
The filter accepts the following options:
- x
- y
- w
- h
- Specify a rectangular area where to limit the search for motion vectors.
If desired the search for motion vectors can be limited to a rectangular
area of the frame defined by its top left corner, width and height. These
parameters have the same meaning as the drawbox filter which can be used
to visualise the position of the bounding box.
This is useful when simultaneous movement of subjects within
the frame might be confused for camera motion by the motion vector
search.
If any or all of x, y, w and h are
set to -1 then the full frame is used. This allows later options to be
set without specifying the bounding box for the motion vector
search.
Default - search the whole frame.
- rx
- ry
- Specify the maximum extent of movement in x and y directions in the range
0-64 pixels. Default 16.
- edge
- Specify how to generate pixels to fill blanks at the edge of the frame.
Available values are:
- blank, 0
- Fill zeroes at blank locations
- original, 1
- Original image at blank locations
- clamp, 2
- Extruded edge value at blank locations
- mirror, 3
- Mirrored edge at blank locations
- blocksize
- Specify the blocksize to use for motion search. Range 4-128 pixels,
default 8.
- contrast
- Specify the contrast threshold for blocks. Only blocks with more than the
specified contrast (difference between darkest and lightest pixels) will
be considered. Range 1-255, default 125.
- search
- Specify the search strategy. Available values are:
- exhaustive, 0
- Set exhaustive search
- less, 1
- Set less exhaustive search.
Default value is exhaustive.
- filename
- If set then a detailed log of the motion search is written to the
specified file.
Remove unwanted contamination of foreground colors, caused by reflected color of
greenscreen or bluescreen.
This filter accepts the following options:
- type
- Set what type of despill to use.
- mix
- Set how spillmap will be generated.
- expand
- Set how much to get rid of still remaining spill.
- red
- Controls amount of red in spill area.
- green
- Controls amount of green in spill area. Should be -1 for greenscreen.
- blue
- Controls amount of blue in spill area. Should be -1 for bluescreen.
- brightness
- Controls brightness of spill area, preserving colors.
- alpha
- Modify alpha from generated spillmap.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply an exact inverse of the telecine operation. It requires a predefined
pattern specified using the pattern option which must be the same as that
passed to the telecine filter.
This filter accepts the following options:
- first_field
- top, t
- top field first
- bottom, b
- bottom field first The default value is
"top".
- pattern
- A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply.
The default value is 23.
- start_frame
- A number representing position of the first frame with respect to the
telecine pattern. This is to be used if the stream is cut. The default
value is 0.
Apply dilation effect to the video.
This filter replaces the pixel by the local(3x3) maximum.
It accepts the following options:
- threshold0
- threshold1
- threshold2
- threshold3
- Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535. If 0, plane
will remain unchanged.
- coordinates
- Flag which specifies the pixel to refer to. Default is 255 i.e. all eight
pixels are used.
Flags to local 3x3 coordinates maps like this:
1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Displace pixels as indicated by second and third input stream.
It takes three input streams and outputs one stream, the first
input is the source, and second and third input are displacement maps.
The second input specifies how much to displace pixels along the
x-axis, while the third input specifies how much to displace pixels along
the y-axis. If one of displacement map streams terminates, last frame from
that displacement map will be used.
Note that once generated, displacements maps can be reused over
and over again.
A description of the accepted options follows.
- edge
- Set displace behavior for pixels that are out of range.
Available values are:
- blank
- Missing pixels are replaced by black pixels.
- smear
- Adjacent pixels will spread out to replace missing pixels.
- wrap
- Out of range pixels are wrapped so they point to pixels of other
side.
- mirror
- Out of range pixels will be replaced with mirrored pixels.
Examples
- Add ripple effect to rgb input of video size hd720:
ffmpeg -i INPUT -f lavfi -i nullsrc=s=hd720,lutrgb=128:128:128 -f lavfi -i nullsrc=s=hd720,geq='r=128+30*sin(2*PI*X/400+T):g=128+30*sin(2*PI*X/400+T):b=128+30*sin(2*PI*X/400+T)' -lavfi '[0][1][2]displace' OUTPUT
- Add wave effect to rgb input of video size hd720:
ffmpeg -i INPUT -f lavfi -i nullsrc=hd720,geq='r=128+80*(sin(sqrt((X-W/2)*(X-W/2)+(Y-H/2)*(Y-H/2))/220*2*PI+T)):g=128+80*(sin(sqrt((X-W/2)*(X-W/2)+(Y-H/2)*(Y-H/2))/220*2*PI+T)):b=128+80*(sin(sqrt((X-W/2)*(X-W/2)+(Y-H/2)*(Y-H/2))/220*2*PI+T))' -lavfi '[1]split[x][y],[0][x][y]displace' OUTPUT
Do image processing with deep neural networks. It works together with another
filter which converts the pixel format of the Frame to what the dnn network
requires.
The filter accepts the following options:
- dnn_backend
- Specify which DNN backend to use for model loading and execution. This
option accepts the following values:
- native
- Native implementation of DNN loading and execution.
- tensorflow
- TensorFlow backend. To enable this backend you need to install the
TensorFlow for C library (see
<https://www.tensorflow.org/install/install_c>) and configure
FFmpeg with
"--enable-libtensorflow"
- openvino
- OpenVINO backend. To enable this backend you need to build and install the
OpenVINO for C library (see
<https://github.com/openvinotoolkit/openvino/blob/master/build-instruction.md>)
and configure FFmpeg with
"--enable-libopenvino"
(--extra-cflags=-I... --extra-ldflags=-L... might be needed if the header
files and libraries are not installed into system path)
- model
- Set path to model file specifying network architecture and its parameters.
Note that different backends use different file formats. TensorFlow,
OpenVINO and native backend can load files for only its format.
Native model file (.model) can be generated from TensorFlow
model file (.pb) by using tools/python/convert.py
- input
- Set the input name of the dnn network.
- output
- Set the output name of the dnn network.
- async
- use DNN async execution if set (default: set), roll back to sync execution
if the backend does not support async.
Examples
- Remove rain in rgb24 frame with can.pb (see derain filter):
./ffmpeg -i rain.jpg -vf format=rgb24,dnn_processing=dnn_backend=tensorflow:model=can.pb:input=x:output=y derain.jpg
- Halve the pixel value of the frame with format gray32f:
ffmpeg -i input.jpg -vf format=grayf32,dnn_processing=model=halve_gray_float.model:input=dnn_in:output=dnn_out:dnn_backend=native -y out.native.png
- Handle the Y channel with srcnn.pb (see sr filter) for frame with
yuv420p (planar YUV formats supported):
./ffmpeg -i 480p.jpg -vf format=yuv420p,scale=w=iw*2:h=ih*2,dnn_processing=dnn_backend=tensorflow:model=srcnn.pb:input=x:output=y -y srcnn.jpg
- Handle the Y channel with espcn.pb (see sr filter), which changes
frame size, for format yuv420p (planar YUV formats supported):
./ffmpeg -i 480p.jpg -vf format=yuv420p,dnn_processing=dnn_backend=tensorflow:model=espcn.pb:input=x:output=y -y tmp.espcn.jpg
Draw a colored box on the input image.
It accepts the following parameters:
- x
- y
- The expressions which specify the top left corner coordinates of the box.
It defaults to 0.
- width, w
- height, h
- The expressions which specify the width and height of the box; if 0 they
are interpreted as the input width and height. It defaults to 0.
- color, c
- Specify the color of the box to write. For the general syntax of this
option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. If the special value
"invert" is used, the box edge color is
the same as the video with inverted luma.
- thickness, t
- The expression which sets the thickness of the box edge. A value of
"fill" will create a filled box. Default
value is 3.
See below for the list of accepted constants.
- replace
- Applicable if the input has alpha. With value 1,
the pixels of the painted box will overwrite the video's color and alpha
pixels. Default is 0, which composites the box
onto the input, leaving the video's alpha intact.
The parameters for x, y, w and h and
t are expressions containing the following constants:
- dar
- The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (w / h) *
sar.
- hsub
- vsub
- horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel
format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.
- in_h, ih
- in_w, iw
- The input width and height.
- sar
- The input sample aspect ratio.
- x
- y
- The x and y offset coordinates where the box is drawn.
- w
- h
- The width and height of the drawn box.
- t
- The thickness of the drawn box.
These constants allow the x, y, w,
h and t expressions to refer to each other, so you may for
example specify "y=x/dar" or
"h=w/dar".
Examples
- Draw a black box around the edge of the input image:
drawbox
- Draw a box with color red and an opacity of 50%:
drawbox=10:20:200:60:red@0.5
The previous example can be specified as:
drawbox=x=10:y=20:w=200:h=60:color=red@0.5
- Fill the box with pink color:
drawbox=x=10:y=10:w=100:h=100:color=pink@0.5:t=fill
- Draw a 2-pixel red 2.40:1 mask:
drawbox=x=-t:y=0.5*(ih-iw/2.4)-t:w=iw+t*2:h=iw/2.4+t*2:t=2:c=red
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command accepts
the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Draw a graph using input video metadata.
It accepts the following parameters:
- m1
- Set 1st frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw
a graph.
- fg1
- Set 1st foreground color expression.
- m2
- Set 2nd frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw
a graph.
- fg2
- Set 2nd foreground color expression.
- m3
- Set 3rd frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw
a graph.
- fg3
- Set 3rd foreground color expression.
- m4
- Set 4th frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw
a graph.
- fg4
- Set 4th foreground color expression.
- min
- Set minimal value of metadata value.
- max
- Set maximal value of metadata value.
- bg
- Set graph background color. Default is white.
- mode
- Set graph mode.
Available values for mode is:
- slide
- Set slide mode.
Available values for slide is:
- frame
- Draw new frame when right border is reached.
- replace
- Replace old columns with new ones.
- scroll
- Scroll from right to left.
- rscroll
- Scroll from left to right.
- picture
- Draw single picture.
- size
- Set size of graph video. For the syntax of this option, check the
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The
default value is "900x256".
- rate, r
- Set the output frame rate. Default value is 25.
The foreground color expressions can use the following
variables:
- MIN
- Minimal value of metadata value.
- MAX
- Maximal value of metadata value.
- VAL
- Current metadata key value.
The color is defined as 0xAABBGGRR.
Example using metadata from signalstats filter:
signalstats,drawgraph=lavfi.signalstats.YAVG:min=0:max=255
Example using metadata from ebur128 filter:
ebur128=metadata=1,adrawgraph=lavfi.r128.M:min=-120:max=5
Draw a grid on the input image.
It accepts the following parameters:
- x
- y
- The expressions which specify the coordinates of some point of grid
intersection (meant to configure offset). Both default to 0.
- width, w
- height, h
- The expressions which specify the width and height of the grid cell, if 0
they are interpreted as the input width and height, respectively, minus
"thickness", so image gets framed.
Default to 0.
- color, c
- Specify the color of the grid. For the general syntax of this option,
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If
the special value "invert" is used, the
grid color is the same as the video with inverted luma.
- thickness, t
- The expression which sets the thickness of the grid line. Default value is
1.
See below for the list of accepted constants.
- replace
- Applicable if the input has alpha. With 1 the
pixels of the painted grid will overwrite the video's color and alpha
pixels. Default is 0, which composites the grid
onto the input, leaving the video's alpha intact.
The parameters for x, y, w and h and
t are expressions containing the following constants:
- dar
- The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (w / h) *
sar.
- hsub
- vsub
- horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel
format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.
- in_h, ih
- in_w, iw
- The input grid cell width and height.
- sar
- The input sample aspect ratio.
- x
- y
- The x and y coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to
configure offset).
- w
- h
- The width and height of the drawn cell.
- t
- The thickness of the drawn cell.
These constants allow the x, y, w,
h and t expressions to refer to each other, so you may for
example specify "y=x/dar" or
"h=w/dar".
Examples
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command accepts
the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Draw a text string or text from a specified file on top of a video, using the
libfreetype library.
To enable compilation of this filter, you need to configure FFmpeg
with "--enable-libfreetype". To enable
default font fallback and the font option you need to configure
FFmpeg with "--enable-libfontconfig". To
enable the text_shaping option, you need to configure FFmpeg with
"--enable-libfribidi".
Syntax
It accepts the following parameters:
- box
- Used to draw a box around text using the background color. The value must
be either 1 (enable) or 0 (disable). The default value of box is
0.
- boxborderw
- Set the width of the border to be drawn around the box using
boxcolor. The default value of boxborderw is 0.
- boxcolor
- The color to be used for drawing box around text. For the syntax of this
option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual.
The default value of boxcolor is "white".
- line_spacing
- Set the line spacing in pixels of the border to be drawn around the box
using box. The default value of line_spacing is 0.
- borderw
- Set the width of the border to be drawn around the text using
bordercolor. The default value of borderw is 0.
- bordercolor
- Set the color to be used for drawing border around text. For the syntax of
this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual.
The default value of bordercolor is
"black".
- expansion
- Select how the text is expanded. Can be either
"none",
"strftime" (deprecated) or
"normal" (default). See the
drawtext_expansion, Text expansion section below for details.
- basetime
- Set a start time for the count. Value is in microseconds. Only applied in
the deprecated strftime expansion mode. To emulate in normal expansion
mode use the "pts" function, supplying
the start time (in seconds) as the second argument.
- fix_bounds
- If true, check and fix text coords to avoid clipping.
- fontcolor
- The color to be used for drawing fonts. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
The default value of fontcolor is
"black".
- fontcolor_expr
- String which is expanded the same way as text to obtain dynamic
fontcolor value. By default this option has empty value and is not
processed. When this option is set, it overrides fontcolor
option.
- font
- The font family to be used for drawing text. By default Sans.
- fontfile
- The font file to be used for drawing text. The path must be included. This
parameter is mandatory if the fontconfig support is disabled.
- alpha
- Draw the text applying alpha blending. The value can be a number between
0.0 and 1.0. The expression accepts the same variables x, y as
well. The default value is 1. Please see fontcolor_expr.
- fontsize
- The font size to be used for drawing text. The default value of
fontsize is 16.
- text_shaping
- If set to 1, attempt to shape the text (for example, reverse the order of
right-to-left text and join Arabic characters) before drawing it.
Otherwise, just draw the text exactly as given. By default 1 (if
supported).
- ft_load_flags
- The flags to be used for loading the fonts.
The flags map the corresponding flags supported by
libfreetype, and are a combination of the following values:
- default
- no_scale
- no_hinting
- render
- no_bitmap
- vertical_layout
- force_autohint
- crop_bitmap
- pedantic
- ignore_global_advance_width
- no_recurse
- ignore_transform
- monochrome
- linear_design
- no_autohint
Default value is "default".
For more information consult the documentation for the FT_LOAD_*
libfreetype flags.
- shadowcolor
- The color to be used for drawing a shadow behind the drawn text. For the
syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the
ffmpeg-utils manual.
The default value of shadowcolor is
"black".
- shadowx
- shadowy
- The x and y offsets for the text shadow position with respect to the
position of the text. They can be either positive or negative values. The
default value for both is "0".
- start_number
- The starting frame number for the n/frame_num variable. The default value
is "0".
- tabsize
- The size in number of spaces to use for rendering the tab. Default value
is 4.
- timecode
- Set the initial timecode representation in "hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff"
format. It can be used with or without text parameter.
timecode_rate option must be specified.
- timecode_rate, rate, r
- Set the timecode frame rate (timecode only). Value will be rounded to
nearest integer. Minimum value is "1". Drop-frame timecode is
supported for frame rates 30 & 60.
- tc24hmax
- If set to 1, the output of the timecode option will wrap around at 24
hours. Default is 0 (disabled).
- text
- The text string to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of UTF-8 encoded
characters. This parameter is mandatory if no file is specified with the
parameter textfile.
- textfile
- A text file containing text to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of
UTF-8 encoded characters.
This parameter is mandatory if no text string is specified
with the parameter text.
If both text and textfile are specified, an
error is thrown.
- reload
- If set to 1, the textfile will be reloaded before each frame. Be
sure to update it atomically, or it may be read partially, or even
fail.
- x
- y
- The expressions which specify the offsets where text will be drawn within
the video frame. They are relative to the top/left border of the output
image.
The default value of x and y is
"0".
See below for the list of accepted constants and
functions.
The parameters for x and y are expressions
containing the following constants and functions:
- dar
- input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (w / h) *
sar
- hsub
- vsub
- horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel
format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.
- line_h, lh
- the height of each text line
- main_h, h, H
- the input height
- main_w, w, W
- the input width
- max_glyph_a, ascent
- the maximum distance from the baseline to the highest/upper grid
coordinate used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered
glyphs. It is a positive value, due to the grid's orientation with the Y
axis upwards.
- max_glyph_d, descent
- the maximum distance from the baseline to the lowest grid coordinate used
to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered glyphs. This is a
negative value, due to the grid's orientation, with the Y axis
upwards.
- max_glyph_h
- maximum glyph height, that is the maximum height for all the glyphs
contained in the rendered text, it is equivalent to ascent -
descent.
- max_glyph_w
- maximum glyph width, that is the maximum width for all the glyphs
contained in the rendered text
- n
- the number of input frame, starting from 0
- rand(min, max)
- return a random number included between min and max
- sar
- The input sample aspect ratio.
- t
- timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
- text_h, th
- the height of the rendered text
- text_w, tw
- the width of the rendered text
- x
- y
- the x and y offset coordinates where the text is drawn.
These parameters allow the x and y expressions
to refer to each other, so you can for example specify
"y=x/dar".
- pict_type
- A one character description of the current frame's picture type.
- pkt_pos
- The current packet's position in the input file or stream (in bytes, from
the start of the input). A value of -1 indicates this info is not
available.
- pkt_duration
- The current packet's duration, in seconds.
- pkt_size
- The current packet's size (in bytes).
Text expansion
If expansion is set to
"strftime", the filter recognizes
strftime() sequences in the provided text and expands them
accordingly. Check the documentation of strftime(). This feature is
deprecated.
If expansion is set to
"none", the text is printed verbatim.
If expansion is set to
"normal" (which is the default), the
following expansion mechanism is used.
The backslash character \, followed by any character,
always expands to the second character.
Sequences of the form "%{...}"
are expanded. The text between the braces is a function name, possibly
followed by arguments separated by ':'. If the arguments contain special
characters or delimiters (':' or '}'), they should be escaped.
Note that they probably must also be escaped as the value for the
text option in the filter argument string and as the filter argument
in the filtergraph description, and possibly also for the shell, that makes
up to four levels of escaping; using a text file avoids these problems.
The following functions are available:
- expr, e
- The expression evaluation result.
It must take one argument specifying the expression to be
evaluated, which accepts the same constants and functions as the
x and y values. Note that not all constants should be
used, for example the text size is not known when evaluating the
expression, so the constants text_w and text_h will have
an undefined value.
- expr_int_format, eif
- Evaluate the expression's value and output as formatted integer.
The first argument is the expression to be evaluated, just as
for the expr function. The second argument specifies the output
format. Allowed values are x, X, d and u.
They are treated exactly as in the
"printf" function. The third parameter
is optional and sets the number of positions taken by the output. It can
be used to add padding with zeros from the left.
- gmtime
- The time at which the filter is running, expressed in UTC. It can accept
an argument: a strftime() format string.
- localtime
- The time at which the filter is running, expressed in the local time zone.
It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
- metadata
- Frame metadata. Takes one or two arguments.
The first argument is mandatory and specifies the metadata
key.
The second argument is optional and specifies a default value,
used when the metadata key is not found or empty.
Available metadata can be identified by inspecting entries
starting with TAG included within each frame section printed by running
"ffprobe -show_frames".
String metadata generated in filters leading to the drawtext
filter are also available.
- n, frame_num
- The frame number, starting from 0.
- pict_type
- A one character description of the current picture type.
- pts
- The timestamp of the current frame. It can take up to three arguments.
The first argument is the format of the timestamp; it defaults
to "flt" for seconds as a decimal
number with microsecond accuracy;
"hms" stands for a formatted
[-]HH:MM:SS.mmm timestamp with millisecond accuracy.
"gmtime" stands for the timestamp of
the frame formatted as UTC time;
"localtime" stands for the timestamp
of the frame formatted as local time zone time.
The second argument is an offset added to the timestamp.
If the format is set to
"hms", a third argument
"24HH" may be supplied to present the
hour part of the formatted timestamp in 24h format (00-23).
If the format is set to
"localtime" or
"gmtime", a third argument may be
supplied: a strftime() format string. By default, YYYY-MM-DD
HH:MM:SS format will be used.
Commands
This filter supports altering parameters via commands:
- reinit
- Alter existing filter parameters.
Syntax for the argument is the same as for filter invocation,
e.g.
fontsize=56:fontcolor=green:text='Hello World'
Full filter invocation with sendcmd would look like this:
sendcmd=c='56.0 drawtext reinit fontsize=56\:fontcolor=green\:text=Hello\\ World'
If the entire argument can't be parsed or applied as valid values
then the filter will continue with its existing parameters.
Examples
- Draw "Test Text" with font FreeSerif, using the default values
for the optional parameters.
drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text'"
- Draw 'Test Text' with font FreeSerif of size 24 at position x=100 and y=50
(counting from the top-left corner of the screen), text is yellow with a
red box around it. Both the text and the box have an opacity of 20%.
drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text':\
x=100: y=50: fontsize=24: fontcolor=yellow@0.2: box=1: boxcolor=red@0.2"
Note that the double quotes are not necessary if spaces are
not used within the parameter list.
- Show the text at the center of the video frame:
drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello world':x=(w-text_w)/2:y=(h-text_h)/2"
- Show the text at a random position, switching to a new position every 30
seconds:
drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello world':x=if(eq(mod(t\,30)\,0)\,rand(0\,(w-text_w))\,x):y=if(eq(mod(t\,30)\,0)\,rand(0\,(h-text_h))\,y)"
- Show a text line sliding from right to left in the last row of the video
frame. The file LONG_LINE is assumed to contain a single line with
no newlines.
drawtext="fontsize=15:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=LONG_LINE:y=h-line_h:x=-50*t"
- Show the content of file CREDITS off the bottom of the frame and
scroll up.
drawtext="fontsize=20:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=CREDITS:y=h-20*t"
- Draw a single green letter "g", at the center of the input
video. The glyph baseline is placed at half screen height.
drawtext="fontsize=60:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=green:text=g:x=(w-max_glyph_w)/2:y=h/2-ascent"
- Show text for 1 second every 3 seconds:
drawtext="fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=white:x=100:y=x/dar:enable=lt(mod(t\,3)\,1):text='blink'"
- Use fontconfig to set the font. Note that the colons need to be escaped.
drawtext='fontfile=Linux Libertine O-40\:style=Semibold:text=FFmpeg'
- Draw "Test Text" with font size dependent on height of the
video.
drawtext="text='Test Text': fontsize=h/30: x=(w-text_w)/2: y=(h-text_h*2)"
- Print the date of a real-time encoding (see strftime(3)):
drawtext='fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=%{localtime\:%a %b %d %Y}'
- Show text fading in and out (appearing/disappearing):
#!/bin/sh
DS=1.0 # display start
DE=10.0 # display end
FID=1.5 # fade in duration
FOD=5 # fade out duration
ffplay -f lavfi "color,drawtext=text=TEST:fontsize=50:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor_expr=ff0000%{eif\\\\: clip(255*(1*between(t\\, $DS + $FID\\, $DE - $FOD) + ((t - $DS)/$FID)*between(t\\, $DS\\, $DS + $FID) + (-(t - $DE)/$FOD)*between(t\\, $DE - $FOD\\, $DE) )\\, 0\\, 255) \\\\: x\\\\: 2 }"
- Horizontally align multiple separate texts. Note that max_glyph_a
and the fontsize value are included in the y offset.
drawtext=fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=DOG:fontsize=24:x=10:y=20+24-max_glyph_a,
drawtext=fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=cow:fontsize=24:x=80:y=20+24-max_glyph_a
- Plot special lavf.image2dec.source_basename metadata onto each
frame if such metadata exists. Otherwise, plot the string "NA".
Note that image2 demuxer must have option -export_path_metadata 1
for the special metadata fields to be available for filters.
drawtext="fontsize=20:fontcolor=white:fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text='%{metadata\:lavf.image2dec.source_basename\:NA}':x=10:y=10"
For more information about libfreetype, check:
<http://www.freetype.org/>.
For more information about fontconfig, check:
<http://freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig/fontconfig-user.html>.
For more information about libfribidi, check:
<http://fribidi.org/>.
Detect and draw edges. The filter uses the Canny Edge Detection algorithm.
The filter accepts the following options:
- low
- high
- Set low and high threshold values used by the Canny thresholding
algorithm.
The high threshold selects the "strong" edge pixels,
which are then connected through 8-connectivity with the
"weak" edge pixels selected by the low threshold.
low and high threshold values must be chosen in
the range [0,1], and low should be lesser or equal to
high.
Default value for low is
"20/255", and default value for
high is "50/255".
- mode
- Define the drawing mode.
- wires
- Draw white/gray wires on black background.
- colormix
- Mix the colors to create a paint/cartoon effect.
- canny
- Apply Canny edge detector on all selected planes.
- planes
- Select planes for filtering. By default all available planes are
filtered.
Examples
Apply a posterize effect using the ELBG (Enhanced LBG) algorithm.
For each input image, the filter will compute the optimal mapping
from the input to the output given the codebook length, that is the number
of distinct output colors.
This filter accepts the following options.
- codebook_length, l
- Set codebook length. The value must be a positive integer, and represents
the number of distinct output colors. Default value is 256.
- nb_steps, n
- Set the maximum number of iterations to apply for computing the optimal
mapping. The higher the value the better the result and the higher the
computation time. Default value is 1.
- seed, s
- Set a random seed, must be an integer included between 0 and UINT32_MAX.
If not specified, or if explicitly set to -1, the filter will try to use a
good random seed on a best effort basis.
- pal8
- Set pal8 output pixel format. This option does not work with codebook
length greater than 256.
Measure graylevel entropy in histogram of color channels of video frames.
It accepts the following parameters:
- mode
- Can be either normal or diff. Default is normal.
diff mode measures entropy of histogram delta values,
absolute differences between neighbour histogram values.
Apply the EPX magnification filter which is designed for pixel art.
It accepts the following option:
- n
- Set the scaling dimension: 2 for
"2xEPX", 3 for
"3xEPX". Default is
3.
Set brightness, contrast, saturation and approximate gamma adjustment.
The filter accepts the following options:
- contrast
- Set the contrast expression. The value must be a float value in range
"-1000.0" to
1000.0. The default value is "1".
- brightness
- Set the brightness expression. The value must be a float value in range
"-1.0" to 1.0.
The default value is "0".
- saturation
- Set the saturation expression. The value must be a float in range
0.0 to 3.0. The default
value is "1".
- gamma
- Set the gamma expression. The value must be a float in range
0.1 to 10.0. The default
value is "1".
- gamma_r
- Set the gamma expression for red. The value must be a float in range
0.1 to 10.0. The default
value is "1".
- gamma_g
- Set the gamma expression for green. The value must be a float in range
0.1 to 10.0. The default
value is "1".
- gamma_b
- Set the gamma expression for blue. The value must be a float in range
0.1 to 10.0. The default
value is "1".
- gamma_weight
- Set the gamma weight expression. It can be used to reduce the effect of a
high gamma value on bright image areas, e.g. keep them from getting
overamplified and just plain white. The value must be a float in range
0.0 to 1.0. A value of
0.0 turns the gamma correction all the way down
while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength. Default
is "1".
- eval
- Set when the expressions for brightness, contrast, saturation and gamma
expressions are evaluated.
It accepts the following values:
- init
- only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a
command is processed
- frame
- evaluate expressions for each incoming frame
The expressions accept the following parameters:
- n
- frame count of the input frame starting from 0
- pos
- byte position of the corresponding packet in the input file, NAN if
unspecified
- r
- frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
- t
- timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
Commands
The filter supports the following commands:
- contrast
- Set the contrast expression.
- brightness
- Set the brightness expression.
- saturation
- Set the saturation expression.
- gamma
- Set the gamma expression.
- gamma_r
- Set the gamma_r expression.
- gamma_g
- Set gamma_g expression.
- gamma_b
- Set gamma_b expression.
- gamma_weight
- Set gamma_weight expression.
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding
option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Apply erosion effect to the video.
This filter replaces the pixel by the local(3x3) minimum.
It accepts the following options:
- threshold0
- threshold1
- threshold2
- threshold3
- Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535. If 0, plane
will remain unchanged.
- coordinates
- Flag which specifies the pixel to refer to. Default is 255 i.e. all eight
pixels are used.
Flags to local 3x3 coordinates maps like this:
1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Deinterlace the input video ("estdif" stands for "Edge Slope
Tracing Deinterlacing Filter").
Spatial only filter that uses edge slope tracing algorithm to
interpolate missing lines. It accepts the following parameters:
- mode
- The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following
values:
- frame
- Output one frame for each frame.
- field
- Output one frame for each field.
The default value is
"field".
- parity
- The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It
accepts one of the following values:
- tff
- Assume the top field is first.
- bff
- Assume the bottom field is first.
- auto
- Enable automatic detection of field parity.
The default value is "auto". If
the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not export this information,
top field first will be assumed.
- deint
- Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accepts one of the following
values:
- all
- Deinterlace all frames.
- interlaced
- Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
The default value is "all".
- rslope
- Specify the search radius for edge slope tracing. Default value is 1.
Allowed range is from 1 to 15.
- redge
- Specify the search radius for best edge matching. Default value is 2.
Allowed range is from 0 to 15.
- interp
- Specify the interpolation used. Default is 4-point interpolation. It
accepts one of the following values:
- 2p
- Two-point interpolation.
- 4p
- Four-point interpolation.
- 6p
- Six-point interpolation.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options.
Adjust exposure of the video stream.
The filter accepts the following options:
- exposure
- Set the exposure correction in EV. Allowed range is from -3.0 to 3.0 EV
Default value is 0 EV.
- black
- Set the black level correction. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0. Default
value is 0.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options.
Extract color channel components from input video stream into separate grayscale
video streams.
The filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set plane(s) to extract.
Available values for planes are:
Choosing planes not available in the input will result in an
error. That means you cannot select "r",
"g", "b"
planes with "y",
"u", "v"
planes at same time.
Examples
- •
- Extract luma, u and v color channel component from input video frame into
3 grayscale outputs:
ffmpeg -i video.avi -filter_complex 'extractplanes=y+u+v[y][u][v]' -map '[y]' y.avi -map '[u]' u.avi -map '[v]' v.avi
Apply a fade-in/out effect to the input video.
It accepts the following parameters:
- type, t
- The effect type can be either "in" for a fade-in, or
"out" for a fade-out effect. Default is
"in".
- start_frame, s
- Specify the number of the frame to start applying the fade effect at.
Default is 0.
- nb_frames, n
- The number of frames that the fade effect lasts. At the end of the fade-in
effect, the output video will have the same intensity as the input video.
At the end of the fade-out transition, the output video will be filled
with the selected color. Default is 25.
- alpha
- If set to 1, fade only alpha channel, if one exists on the input. Default
value is 0.
- start_time, st
- Specify the timestamp (in seconds) of the frame to start to apply the fade
effect. If both start_frame and start_time are specified, the fade will
start at whichever comes last. Default is 0.
- duration, d
- The number of seconds for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of
the fade-in effect the output video will have the same intensity as the
input video, at the end of the fade-out transition the output video will
be filled with the selected color. If both duration and nb_frames
are specified, duration is used. Default is 0 (nb_frames is used by
default).
- color, c
- Specify the color of the fade. Default is "black".
Examples
- Fade in the first 30 frames of video:
fade=in:0:30
The command above is equivalent to:
fade=t=in:s=0:n=30
- Fade out the last 45 frames of a 200-frame video:
fade=out:155:45
fade=type=out:start_frame=155:nb_frames=45
- Fade in the first 25 frames and fade out the last 25 frames of a
1000-frame video:
fade=in:0:25, fade=out:975:25
- Make the first 5 frames yellow, then fade in from frame 5-24:
fade=in:5:20:color=yellow
- Fade in alpha over first 25 frames of video:
fade=in:0:25:alpha=1
- Make the first 5.5 seconds black, then fade in for 0.5 seconds:
fade=t=in:st=5.5:d=0.5
Denoise frames using 3D FFT (frequency domain filtering).
The filter accepts the following options:
- sigma
- Set the noise sigma constant. This sets denoising strength. Default value
is 1. Allowed range is from 0 to 30. Using very high sigma with low
overlap may give blocking artifacts.
- amount
- Set amount of denoising. By default all detected noise is reduced. Default
value is 1. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.
- block
- Set size of block, Default is 4, can be 3, 4, 5 or 6. Actual size of block
in pixels is 2 to power of block, so by default block size in
pixels is 2^4 which is 16.
- overlap
- Set block overlap. Default is 0.5. Allowed range is from 0.2 to 0.8.
- prev
- Set number of previous frames to use for denoising. By default is set to
0.
- next
- Set number of next frames to to use for denoising. By default is set to
0.
- planes
- Set planes which will be filtered, by default are all available filtered
except alpha.
Apply arbitrary expressions to samples in frequency domain
- dc_Y
- Adjust the dc value (gain) of the luma plane of the image. The filter
accepts an integer value in range 0 to
1000. The default value is set to
0.
- dc_U
- Adjust the dc value (gain) of the 1st chroma plane of the image. The
filter accepts an integer value in range 0 to
1000. The default value is set to
0.
- dc_V
- Adjust the dc value (gain) of the 2nd chroma plane of the image. The
filter accepts an integer value in range 0 to
1000. The default value is set to
0.
- weight_Y
- Set the frequency domain weight expression for the luma plane.
- weight_U
- Set the frequency domain weight expression for the 1st chroma plane.
- weight_V
- Set the frequency domain weight expression for the 2nd chroma plane.
- eval
- Set when the expressions are evaluated.
It accepts the following values:
- init
- Only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization.
- frame
- Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame.
Default value is init.
The filter accepts the following variables:
- X
- Y
- The coordinates of the current sample.
- W
- H
- The width and height of the image.
- N
- The number of input frame, starting from 0.
Examples
- High-pass:
fftfilt=dc_Y=128:weight_Y='squish(1-(Y+X)/100)'
- Low-pass:
fftfilt=dc_Y=0:weight_Y='squish((Y+X)/100-1)'
- Sharpen:
fftfilt=dc_Y=0:weight_Y='1+squish(1-(Y+X)/100)'
- Blur:
fftfilt=dc_Y=0:weight_Y='exp(-4 * ((Y+X)/(W+H)))'
Extract a single field from an interlaced image using stride arithmetic to avoid
wasting CPU time. The output frames are marked as non-interlaced.
The filter accepts the following options:
- type
- Specify whether to extract the top (if the value is
0 or "top") or
the bottom field (if the value is 1 or
"bottom").
Create new frames by copying the top and bottom fields from surrounding frames
supplied as numbers by the hint file.
- hint
- Set file containing hints: absolute/relative frame numbers.
There must be one line for each frame in a clip. Each line
must contain two numbers separated by the comma, optionally followed by
"-" or
"+". Numbers supplied on each line of
file can not be out of [N-1,N+1] where N is current frame number for
"absolute" mode or out of [-1, 1]
range for "relative" mode. First
number tells from which frame to pick up top field and second number
tells from which frame to pick up bottom field.
If optionally followed by
"+" output frame will be marked as
interlaced, else if followed by "-"
output frame will be marked as progressive, else it will be marked same
as input frame. If optionally followed by
"t" output frame will use only top
field, or in case of "b" it will use
only bottom field. If line starts with
"#" or
";" that line is skipped.
- mode
- Can be item "absolute" or
"relative". Default is
"absolute".
Example of first several lines of
"hint" file for
"relative" mode:
0,0 - # first frame
1,0 - # second frame, use third's frame top field and second's frame bottom field
1,0 - # third frame, use fourth's frame top field and third's frame bottom field
1,0 -
0,0 -
0,0 -
1,0 -
1,0 -
1,0 -
0,0 -
0,0 -
1,0 -
1,0 -
1,0 -
0,0 -
Field matching filter for inverse telecine. It is meant to reconstruct the
progressive frames from a telecined stream. The filter does not drop
duplicated frames, so to achieve a complete inverse telecine
"fieldmatch" needs to be followed by a
decimation filter such as decimate in the filtergraph.
The separation of the field matching and the decimation is notably
motivated by the possibility of inserting a de-interlacing filter fallback
between the two. If the source has mixed telecined and real interlaced
content, "fieldmatch" will not be able to
match fields for the interlaced parts. But these remaining combed frames
will be marked as interlaced, and thus can be de-interlaced by a later
filter such as yadif before decimation.
In addition to the various configuration options,
"fieldmatch" can take an optional second
stream, activated through the ppsrc option. If enabled, the frames
reconstruction will be based on the fields and frames from this second
stream. This allows the first input to be pre-processed in order to help the
various algorithms of the filter, while keeping the output lossless
(assuming the fields are matched properly). Typically, a field-aware
denoiser, or brightness/contrast adjustments can help.
Note that this filter uses the same algorithms as TIVTC/TFM
(AviSynth project) and VIVTC/VFM (VapourSynth project). The later is a light
clone of TFM from which "fieldmatch" is
based on. While the semantic and usage are very close, some behaviour and
options names can differ.
The decimate filter currently only works for constant frame
rate input. If your input has mixed telecined (30fps) and progressive
content with a lower framerate like 24fps use the following filterchain to
produce the necessary cfr stream:
"dejudder,fps=30000/1001,fieldmatch,decimate".
The filter accepts the following options:
- order
- Specify the assumed field order of the input stream. Available values
are:
- auto
- Auto detect parity (use FFmpeg's internal parity value).
- bff
- Assume bottom field first.
- tff
- Assume top field first.
Note that it is sometimes recommended not to trust the parity
announced by the stream.
Default value is auto.
- mode
- Set the matching mode or strategy to use. pc mode is the safest in
the sense that it won't risk creating jerkiness due to duplicate frames
when possible, but if there are bad edits or blended fields it will end up
outputting combed frames when a good match might actually exist. On the
other hand, pcn_ub mode is the most risky in terms of creating
jerkiness, but will almost always find a good frame if there is one. The
other values are all somewhere in between pc and pcn_ub in
terms of risking jerkiness and creating duplicate frames versus finding
good matches in sections with bad edits, orphaned fields, blended fields,
etc.
More details about p/c/n/u/b are available in p/c/n/u/b
meaning section.
Available values are:
- pc
- 2-way matching (p/c)
- pc_n
- 2-way matching, and trying 3rd match if still combed (p/c + n)
- pc_u
- 2-way matching, and trying 3rd match (same order) if still combed (p/c +
u)
- pc_n_ub
- 2-way matching, trying 3rd match if still combed, and trying 4th/5th
matches if still combed (p/c + n + u/b)
- pcn
- 3-way matching (p/c/n)
- pcn_ub
- 3-way matching, and trying 4th/5th matches if all 3 of the original
matches are detected as combed (p/c/n + u/b)
The parenthesis at the end indicate the matches that would be used
for that mode assuming order=tff (and field on
auto or top).
In terms of speed pc mode is by far the fastest and
pcn_ub is the slowest.
Default value is pc_n.
- ppsrc
- Mark the main input stream as a pre-processed input, and enable the
secondary input stream as the clean source to pick the fields from. See
the filter introduction for more details. It is similar to the
clip2 feature from VFM/TFM.
Default value is 0 (disabled).
- field
- Set the field to match from. It is recommended to set this to the same
value as order unless you experience matching failures with that
setting. In certain circumstances changing the field that is used to match
from can have a large impact on matching performance. Available values
are:
- auto
- Automatic (same value as order).
- bottom
- Match from the bottom field.
- top
- Match from the top field.
- mchroma
- Set whether or not chroma is included during the match comparisons. In
most cases it is recommended to leave this enabled. You should set this to
0 only if your clip has bad chroma problems such
as heavy rainbowing or other artifacts. Setting this to
0 could also be used to speed things up at the
cost of some accuracy.
Default value is 1.
- y0
- y1
- These define an exclusion band which excludes the lines between y0
and y1 from being included in the field matching decision. An
exclusion band can be used to ignore subtitles, a logo, or other things
that may interfere with the matching. y0 sets the starting scan
line and y1 sets the ending line; all lines in between y0
and y1 (including y0 and y1) will be ignored. Setting
y0 and y1 to the same value will disable the feature.
y0 and y1 defaults to 0.
- scthresh
- Set the scene change detection threshold as a percentage of maximum change
on the luma plane. Good values are in the "[8.0,
14.0]" range. Scene change detection is only relevant in case
combmatch=sc. The range for scthresh is
"[0.0, 100.0]".
Default value is 12.0.
- combmatch
- When combatch is not none,
"fieldmatch" will take into account the
combed scores of matches when deciding what match to use as the final
match. Available values are:
- none
- No final matching based on combed scores.
- sc
- Combed scores are only used when a scene change is detected.
- full
- Use combed scores all the time.
- combdbg
- Force "fieldmatch" to calculate the
combed metrics for certain matches and print them. This setting is known
as micout in TFM/VFM vocabulary. Available values are:
- none
- No forced calculation.
- pcn
- Force p/c/n calculations.
- pcnub
- Force p/c/n/u/b calculations.
- cthresh
- This is the area combing threshold used for combed frame detection. This
essentially controls how "strong" or "visible" combing
must be to be detected. Larger values mean combing must be more visible
and smaller values mean combing can be less visible or strong and still be
detected. Valid settings are from "-1"
(every pixel will be detected as combed) to 255
(no pixel will be detected as combed). This is basically a pixel
difference value. A good range is "[8,
12]".
Default value is 9.
- chroma
- Sets whether or not chroma is considered in the combed frame decision.
Only disable this if your source has chroma problems (rainbowing, etc.)
that are causing problems for the combed frame detection with chroma
enabled. Actually, using chroma=0 is usually more reliable,
except for the case where there is chroma only combing in the source.
Default value is 0.
- blockx
- blocky
- Respectively set the x-axis and y-axis size of the window used during
combed frame detection. This has to do with the size of the area in which
combpel pixels are required to be detected as combed for a frame to
be declared combed. See the combpel parameter description for more
info. Possible values are any number that is a power of 2 starting at 4
and going up to 512.
Default value is 16.
- combpel
- The number of combed pixels inside any of the blocky by
blockx size blocks on the frame for the frame to be detected as
combed. While cthresh controls how "visible" the combing
must be, this setting controls "how much" combing there must be
in any localized area (a window defined by the blockx and
blocky settings) on the frame. Minimum value is
0 and maximum is "blocky x
blockx" (at which point no frames will ever be detected as
combed). This setting is known as MI in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
Default value is 80.
p/c/n/u/b meaning
p/c/n
We assume the following telecined stream:
Top fields: 1 2 2 3 4
Bottom fields: 1 2 3 4 4
The numbers correspond to the progressive frame the fields relate
to. Here, the first two frames are progressive, the 3rd and 4th are combed,
and so on.
When "fieldmatch" is configured
to run a matching from bottom (field=bottom) this is how this
input stream get transformed:
Input stream:
T 1 2 2 3 4
B 1 2 3 4 4 <-- matching reference
Matches: c c n n c
Output stream:
T 1 2 3 4 4
B 1 2 3 4 4
As a result of the field matching, we can see that some frames get
duplicated. To perform a complete inverse telecine, you need to rely on a
decimation filter after this operation. See for instance the decimate
filter.
The same operation now matching from top fields
(field=top) looks like this:
Input stream:
T 1 2 2 3 4 <-- matching reference
B 1 2 3 4 4
Matches: c c p p c
Output stream:
T 1 2 2 3 4
B 1 2 2 3 4
In these examples, we can see what p, c and n
mean; basically, they refer to the frame and field of the opposite
parity:
- *<p matches the field of the opposite parity in the previous
frame>
- *<c matches the field of the opposite parity in the current
frame>
- *<n matches the field of the opposite parity in the next
frame>
u/b
The u and b matching are a bit special in the sense
that they match from the opposite parity flag. In the following examples, we
assume that we are currently matching the 2nd frame (Top:2, bottom:2).
According to the match, a 'x' is placed above and below each matched
fields.
With bottom matching (field=bottom):
Match: c p n b u
x x x x x
Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
x x x x x
Output frames:
2 1 2 2 2
2 2 2 1 3
With top matching (field=top):
Match: c p n b u
x x x x x
Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
x x x x x
Output frames:
2 2 2 1 2
2 1 3 2 2
Examples
Simple IVTC of a top field first telecined stream:
fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=none, decimate
Advanced IVTC, with fallback on yadif for still combed
frames:
fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=full, yadif=deint=interlaced, decimate
Transform the field order of the input video.
It accepts the following parameters:
- order
- The output field order. Valid values are tff for top field first or
bff for bottom field first.
The default value is tff.
The transformation is done by shifting the picture content up or
down by one line, and filling the remaining line with appropriate picture
content. This method is consistent with most broadcast field order
converters.
If the input video is not flagged as being interlaced, or it is
already flagged as being of the required output field order, then this
filter does not alter the incoming video.
It is very useful when converting to or from PAL DV material,
which is bottom field first.
For example:
ffmpeg -i in.vob -vf "fieldorder=bff" out.dv
Buffer input images and send them when they are requested.
It is mainly useful when auto-inserted by the libavfilter
framework.
It does not take parameters.
Fill borders of the input video, without changing video stream dimensions.
Sometimes video can have garbage at the four edges and you may not want to
crop video input to keep size multiple of some number.
This filter accepts the following options:
- left
- Number of pixels to fill from left border.
- right
- Number of pixels to fill from right border.
- top
- Number of pixels to fill from top border.
- bottom
- Number of pixels to fill from bottom border.
- mode
- Set fill mode.
It accepts the following values:
- smear
- fill pixels using outermost pixels
- mirror
- fill pixels using mirroring (half sample symmetric)
- fixed
- fill pixels with constant value
- reflect
- fill pixels using reflecting (whole sample symmetric)
- wrap
- fill pixels using wrapping
- fade
- fade pixels to constant value
- color
- Set color for pixels in fixed or fade mode. Default is black.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command
accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Find a rectangular object
It accepts the following options:
- object
- Filepath of the object image, needs to be in gray8.
- threshold
- Detection threshold, default is 0.5.
- mipmaps
- Number of mipmaps, default is 3.
- xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax
- Specifies the rectangle in which to search.
Examples
- •
- Cover a rectangular object by the supplied image of a given video using
ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i file.ts -vf find_rect=newref.pgm,cover_rect=cover.jpg:mode=cover new.mkv
Flood area with values of same pixel components with another values.
It accepts the following options:
- x
- Set pixel x coordinate.
- y
- Set pixel y coordinate.
- s0
- Set source #0 component value.
- s1
- Set source #1 component value.
- s2
- Set source #2 component value.
- s3
- Set source #3 component value.
- d0
- Set destination #0 component value.
- d1
- Set destination #1 component value.
- d2
- Set destination #2 component value.
- d3
- Set destination #3 component value.
Convert the input video to one of the specified pixel formats. Libavfilter will
try to pick one that is suitable as input to the next filter.
It accepts the following parameters:
- pix_fmts
- A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, such as
"pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
Examples
- •
- Convert the input video to the yuv420p format
format=pix_fmts=yuv420p
Convert the input video to any of the formats in the list
format=pix_fmts=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p
Convert the video to specified constant frame rate by duplicating or dropping
frames as necessary.
It accepts the following parameters:
- fps
- The desired output frame rate. The default is
25.
- start_time
- Assume the first PTS should be the given value, in seconds. This allows
for padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no assumption is
made about the first frame's expected PTS, so no padding or trimming is
done. For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with
duplicates of the first frame if a video stream starts after the audio
stream or to trim any frames with a negative PTS.
- round
- Timestamp (PTS) rounding method.
Possible values are:
- zero
- round towards 0
- inf
- round away from 0
- down
- round towards -infinity
- up
- round towards +infinity
- near
- round to nearest
- eof_action
- Action performed when reading the last frame.
Possible values are:
- round
- Use same timestamp rounding method as used for other frames.
- pass
- Pass through last frame if input duration has not been reached yet.
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
fps[:start_time[:round]].
See also the setpts filter.
Examples
- A typical usage in order to set the fps to 25:
fps=fps=25
- Sets the fps to 24, using abbreviation and rounding method to round to
nearest:
fps=fps=film:round=near
Pack two different video streams into a stereoscopic video, setting proper
metadata on supported codecs. The two views should have the same size and
framerate and processing will stop when the shorter video ends. Please note
that you may conveniently adjust view properties with the scale and
fps filters.
It accepts the following parameters:
- format
- The desired packing format. Supported values are:
- sbs
- The views are next to each other (default).
- tab
- The views are on top of each other.
- lines
- The views are packed by line.
- columns
- The views are packed by column.
- frameseq
- The views are temporally interleaved.
Some examples:
# Convert left and right views into a frame-sequential video
ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex framepack=frameseq OUTPUT
# Convert views into a side-by-side video with the same output resolution as the input
ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex [0:v]scale=w=iw/2[left],[1:v]scale=w=iw/2[right],[left][right]framepack=sbs OUTPUT
Change the frame rate by interpolating new video output frames from the source
frames.
This filter is not designed to function correctly with interlaced
media. If you wish to change the frame rate of interlaced media then you are
required to deinterlace before this filter and re-interlace after this
filter.
A description of the accepted options follows.
- fps
- Specify the output frames per second. This option can also be specified as
a value alone. The default is 50.
- interp_start
- Specify the start of a range where the output frame will be created as a
linear interpolation of two frames. The range is
[0-255], the default is
15.
- interp_end
- Specify the end of a range where the output frame will be created as a
linear interpolation of two frames. The range is
[0-255], the default is
240.
- scene
- Specify the level at which a scene change is detected as a value between 0
and 100 to indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a low probability
for the current frame to introduce a new scene, while a higher value means
the current frame is more likely to be one. The default is
8.2.
- flags
- Specify flags influencing the filter process.
Available value for flags is:
- scene_change_detect, scd
- Enable scene change detection using the value of the option scene.
This flag is enabled by default.
Select one frame every N-th frame.
This filter accepts the following option:
- step
- Select frame after every "step" frames.
Allowed values are positive integers higher than 0. Default value is
1.
Detect frozen video.
This filter logs a message and sets frame metadata when it detects
that the input video has no significant change in content during a specified
duration. Video freeze detection calculates the mean average absolute
difference of all the components of video frames and compares it to a noise
floor.
The printed times and duration are expressed in seconds. The
"lavfi.freezedetect.freeze_start" metadata
key is set on the first frame whose timestamp equals or exceeds the
detection duration and it contains the timestamp of the first frame of the
freeze. The
"lavfi.freezedetect.freeze_duration" and
"lavfi.freezedetect.freeze_end" metadata
keys are set on the first frame after the freeze.
The filter accepts the following options:
- noise, n
- Set noise tolerance. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is
appended to the specified value) or as a difference ratio between 0 and 1.
Default is -60dB, or 0.001.
- duration, d
- Set freeze duration until notification (default is 2 seconds).
Freeze video frames.
This filter freezes video frames using frame from 2nd input.
The filter accepts the following options:
- first
- Set number of first frame from which to start freeze.
- last
- Set number of last frame from which to end freeze.
- replace
- Set number of frame from 2nd input which will be used instead of replaced
frames.
Apply a frei0r effect to the input video.
To enable the compilation of this filter, you need to install the
frei0r header and configure FFmpeg with
"--enable-frei0r".
It accepts the following parameters:
- filter_name
- The name of the frei0r effect to load. If the environment variable
FREI0R_PATH is defined, the frei0r effect is searched for in each
of the directories specified by the colon-separated list in
FREI0R_PATH. Otherwise, the standard frei0r paths are searched, in
this order: HOME/.frei0r-1/lib/, /usr/local/lib/frei0r-1/,
/usr/lib/frei0r-1/.
- filter_params
- A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r effect.
A frei0r effect parameter can be a boolean (its value is either
"y" or "n"), a double, a color (specified as
R/G/B, where R, G, and B are
floating point numbers between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive) or a color
description as specified in the "Color" section in the
ffmpeg-utils manual, a position (specified as X/Y, where
X and Y are floating point numbers) and/or a string.
The number and types of parameters depend on the loaded effect. If
an effect parameter is not specified, the default value is set.
Examples
- Apply the distort0r effect, setting the first two double parameters:
frei0r=filter_name=distort0r:filter_params=0.5|0.01
- Apply the colordistance effect, taking a color as the first parameter:
frei0r=colordistance:0.2/0.3/0.4
frei0r=colordistance:violet
frei0r=colordistance:0x112233
- Apply the perspective effect, specifying the top left and top right image
positions:
frei0r=perspective:0.2/0.2|0.8/0.2
For more information, see
<http://frei0r.dyne.org>
Commands
This filter supports the filter_params option as
commands.
Apply fast and simple postprocessing. It is a faster version of spp.
It splits (I)DCT into horizontal/vertical passes. Unlike the
simple post- processing filter, one of them is performed once per block, not
per pixel. This allows for much higher speed.
The filter accepts the following options:
- quality
- Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It
accepts an integer in the range 4-5. Default value is
4.
- qp
- Force a constant quantization parameter. It accepts an integer in range
0-63. If not set, the filter will use the QP from the video stream (if
available).
- strength
- Set filter strength. It accepts an integer in range -15 to 32. Lower
values mean more details but also more artifacts, while higher values make
the image smoother but also blurrier. Default value is
0 X PSNR optimal.
- use_bframe_qp
- Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to
1. Using this option may cause flicker since the
B-Frames have often larger QP. Default is 0 (not
enabled).
Apply Gaussian blur filter.
The filter accepts the following options:
- sigma
- Set horizontal sigma, standard deviation of Gaussian blur. Default is
0.5.
- steps
- Set number of steps for Gaussian approximation. Default is
1.
- planes
- Set which planes to filter. By default all planes are filtered.
- sigmaV
- Set vertical sigma, if negative it will be same as
"sigma". Default is
"-1".
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command accepts
the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Apply generic equation to each pixel.
The filter accepts the following options:
- lum_expr, lum
- Set the luminance expression.
- cb_expr, cb
- Set the chrominance blue expression.
- cr_expr, cr
- Set the chrominance red expression.
- alpha_expr, a
- Set the alpha expression.
- red_expr, r
- Set the red expression.
- green_expr, g
- Set the green expression.
- blue_expr, b
- Set the blue expression.
The colorspace is selected according to the specified options. If
one of the lum_expr, cb_expr, or cr_expr options is
specified, the filter will automatically select a YCbCr colorspace. If one
of the red_expr, green_expr, or blue_expr options is
specified, it will select an RGB colorspace.
If one of the chrominance expression is not defined, it falls back
on the other one. If no alpha expression is specified it will evaluate to
opaque value. If none of chrominance expressions are specified, they will
evaluate to the luminance expression.
The expressions can use the following variables and functions:
- N
- The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from
0.
- X
- Y
- The coordinates of the current sample.
- W
- H
- The width and height of the image.
- SW
- SH
- Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is
the ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the
current plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are
"1,1" for the luma plane, and
"0.5,0.5" for chroma planes.
- T
- Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
- p(x, y)
- Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the
current plane.
- lum(x, y)
- Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the
luminance plane.
- cb(x, y)
- Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the
blue-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
- cr(x, y)
- Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the
red-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
- r(x, y)
- g(x, y)
- b(x, y)
- Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the
red/green/blue component. Return 0 if there is no such component.
- alpha(x, y)
- Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the alpha
plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
- psum(x,y), lumsum(x, y), cbsum(x,y), crsum(x,y), rsum(x,y), gsum(x,y),
bsum(x,y), alphasum(x,y)
- Sum of sample values in the rectangle from (0,0) to (x,y), this allows
obtaining sums of samples within a rectangle. See the functions without
the sum postfix.
- interpolation
- Set one of interpolation methods:
For functions, if x and y are outside the area, the
value will be automatically clipped to the closer edge.
Please note that this filter can use multiple threads in which
case each slice will have its own expression state. If you want to use only
a single expression state because your expressions depend on previous state
then you should limit the number of filter threads to 1.
Examples
- Flip the image horizontally:
geq=p(W-X\,Y)
- Generate a bidimensional sine wave, with angle
"PI/3" and a wavelength of 100 pixels:
geq=128 + 100*sin(2*(PI/100)*(cos(PI/3)*(X-50*T) + sin(PI/3)*Y)):128:128
- Generate a fancy enigmatic moving light:
nullsrc=s=256x256,geq=random(1)/hypot(X-cos(N*0.07)*W/2-W/2\,Y-sin(N*0.09)*H/2-H/2)^2*1000000*sin(N*0.02):128:128
- Generate a quick emboss effect:
format=gray,geq=lum_expr='(p(X,Y)+(256-p(X-4,Y-4)))/2'
- Modify RGB components depending on pixel position:
geq=r='X/W*r(X,Y)':g='(1-X/W)*g(X,Y)':b='(H-Y)/H*b(X,Y)'
- Create a radial gradient that is the same size as the input (also see the
vignette filter):
geq=lum=255*gauss((X/W-0.5)*3)*gauss((Y/H-0.5)*3)/gauss(0)/gauss(0),format=gray
Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat regions
by truncation to 8-bit color depth. Interpolate the gradients that should go
where the bands are, and dither them.
It is designed for playback only. Do not use it prior to lossy
compression, because compression tends to lose the dither and bring back the
bands.
It accepts the following parameters:
- strength
- The maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. This is
also the threshold for detecting nearly flat regions. Acceptable values
range from .51 to 64; the default value is 1.2. Out-of-range values will
be clipped to the valid range.
- radius
- The neighborhood to fit the gradient to. A larger radius makes for
smoother gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying the pixels
near detailed regions. Acceptable values are 8-32; the default value is
16. Out-of-range values will be clipped to the valid range.
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
strength[:radius]
Examples
- Apply the filter with a 3.5 strength and radius of
8:
gradfun=3.5:8
- Specify radius, omitting the strength (which will fall-back to the default
value):
gradfun=radius=8
Show various filtergraph stats.
With this filter one can debug complete filtergraph. Especially
issues with links filling with queued frames.
The filter accepts the following options:
- size, s
- Set video output size. Default is hd720.
- opacity, o
- Set video opacity. Default is 0.9. Allowed range is from 0
to 1.
- mode, m
- Set output mode, can be fulll or compact. In compact
mode only filters with some queued frames have displayed stats.
- flags, f
- Set flags which enable which stats are shown in video.
Available values for flags are:
- queue
- Display number of queued frames in each link.
- frame_count_in
- Display number of frames taken from filter.
- frame_count_out
- Display number of frames given out from filter.
- pts
- Display current filtered frame pts.
- time
- Display current filtered frame time.
- timebase
- Display time base for filter link.
- format
- Display used format for filter link.
- size
- Display video size or number of audio channels in case of audio used by
filter link.
- rate
- Display video frame rate or sample rate in case of audio used by filter
link.
- eof
- Display link output status.
- rate, r
- Set upper limit for video rate of output stream, Default value is
25. This guarantee that output video frame rate will not be higher
than this value.
A color constancy variation filter which estimates scene illumination via grey
edge algorithm and corrects the scene colors accordingly.
See:
<https://staff.science.uva.nl/th.gevers/pub/GeversTIP07.pdf>
The filter accepts the following options:
- difford
- The order of differentiation to be applied on the scene. Must be chosen in
the range [0,2] and default value is 1.
- minknorm
- The Minkowski parameter to be used for calculating the Minkowski distance.
Must be chosen in the range [0,20] and default value is 1. Set to 0 for
getting max value instead of calculating Minkowski distance.
- sigma
- The standard deviation of Gaussian blur to be applied on the scene. Must
be chosen in the range [0,1024.0] and default value = 1. floor(
sigma * break_off_sigma(3) ) can't be equal to 0 if
difford is greater than 0.
Examples
Apply a Hald CLUT to a video stream.
First input is the video stream to process, and second one is the
Hald CLUT. The Hald CLUT input can be a simple picture or a complete video
stream.
The filter accepts the following options:
- shortest
- Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is
0.
- repeatlast
- Continue applying the last CLUT after the end of the stream. A value of
0 disable the filter after the last frame of the
CLUT is reached. Default is 1.
"haldclut" also has the same
interpolation options as lut3d (both filters share the same
internals).
This filter also supports the framesync options.
More information about the Hald CLUT can be found on Eskil
Steenberg's website (Hald CLUT author) at
<http://www.quelsolaar.com/technology/clut.html>.
Commands
This filter supports the
"interp" option as commands.
Workflow examples
Hald CLUT video stream
Generate an identity Hald CLUT stream altered with various
effects:
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i B<haldclutsrc>=8 -vf "hue=H=2*PI*t:s=sin(2*PI*t)+1, curves=cross_process" -t 10 -c:v ffv1 clut.nut
Note: make sure you use a lossless codec.
Then use it with "haldclut" to
apply it on some random stream:
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i mandelbrot -i clut.nut -filter_complex '[0][1] haldclut' -t 20 mandelclut.mkv
The Hald CLUT will be applied to the 10 first seconds (duration of
clut.nut), then the latest picture of that CLUT stream will be
applied to the remaining frames of the
"mandelbrot" stream.
Hald CLUT with preview
A Hald CLUT is supposed to be a squared image of
"Level*Level*Level" by
"Level*Level*Level" pixels. For a given
Hald CLUT, FFmpeg will select the biggest possible square starting at the
top left of the picture. The remaining padding pixels (bottom or right) will
be ignored. This area can be used to add a preview of the Hald CLUT.
Typically, the following generated Hald CLUT will be supported by
the "haldclut" filter:
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i B<haldclutsrc>=8 -vf "
pad=iw+320 [padded_clut];
smptebars=s=320x256, split [a][b];
[padded_clut][a] overlay=W-320:h, curves=color_negative [main];
[main][b] overlay=W-320" -frames:v 1 clut.png
It contains the original and a preview of the effect of the CLUT:
SMPTE color bars are displayed on the right-top, and below the same color
bars processed by the color changes.
Then, the effect of this Hald CLUT can be visualized with:
ffplay input.mkv -vf "movie=clut.png, [in] haldclut"
Flip the input video horizontally.
For example, to horizontally flip the input video with
ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "hflip" out.avi
This filter applies a global color histogram equalization on a per-frame basis.
It can be used to correct video that has a compressed range of
pixel intensities. The filter redistributes the pixel intensities to
equalize their distribution across the intensity range. It may be viewed as
an "automatically adjusting contrast filter". This filter is
useful only for correcting degraded or poorly captured source video.
The filter accepts the following options:
- strength
- Determine the amount of equalization to be applied. As the strength is
reduced, the distribution of pixel intensities more-and-more approaches
that of the input frame. The value must be a float number in the range
[0,1] and defaults to 0.200.
- intensity
- Set the maximum intensity that can generated and scale the output values
appropriately. The strength should be set as desired and then the
intensity can be limited if needed to avoid washing-out. The value must be
a float number in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.210.
- antibanding
- Set the antibanding level. If enabled the filter will randomly vary the
luminance of output pixels by a small amount to avoid banding of the
histogram. Possible values are "none",
"weak" or
"strong". It defaults to
"none".
Compute and draw a color distribution histogram for the input video.
The computed histogram is a representation of the color component
distribution in an image.
Standard histogram displays the color components distribution in
an image. Displays color graph for each color component. Shows distribution
of the Y, U, V, A or R, G, B components, depending on input format, in the
current frame. Below each graph a color component scale meter is shown.
The filter accepts the following options:
- level_height
- Set height of level. Default value is 200. Allowed
range is [50, 2048].
- scale_height
- Set height of color scale. Default value is 12.
Allowed range is [0, 40].
- display_mode
- Set display mode. It accepts the following values:
- stack
- Per color component graphs are placed below each other.
- parade
- Per color component graphs are placed side by side.
- overlay
- Presents information identical to that in the
"parade", except that the graphs
representing color components are superimposed directly over one
another.
- levels_mode
- Set mode. Can be either "linear", or
"logarithmic". Default is
"linear".
- components
- Set what color components to display. Default is
7.
- fgopacity
- Set foreground opacity. Default is 0.7.
- bgopacity
- Set background opacity. Default is 0.5.
Examples
- •
- Calculate and draw histogram:
ffplay -i input -vf histogram
This is a high precision/quality 3d denoise filter. It aims to reduce image
noise, producing smooth images and making still images really still. It should
enhance compressibility.
It accepts the following optional parameters:
- luma_spatial
- A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial luma
strength. It defaults to 4.0.
- chroma_spatial
- A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial chroma
strength. It defaults to 3.0*luma_spatial/4.0.
- luma_tmp
- A floating point number which specifies luma temporal strength. It
defaults to 6.0*luma_spatial/4.0.
- chroma_tmp
- A floating point number which specifies chroma temporal strength. It
defaults to
luma_tmp*chroma_spatial/luma_spatial.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command
accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Download hardware frames to system memory.
The input must be in hardware frames, and the output a
non-hardware format. Not all formats will be supported on the output - it
may be necessary to insert an additional format filter immediately
following in the graph to get the output in a supported format.
Map hardware frames to system memory or to another device.
This filter has several different modes of operation; which one is
used depends on the input and output formats:
- Hardware frame input, normal frame output
Map the input frames to system memory and pass them to the
output. If the original hardware frame is later required (for example,
after overlaying something else on part of it), the hwmap filter
can be used again in the next mode to retrieve it.
- Normal frame input, hardware frame output
If the input is actually a software-mapped hardware frame,
then unmap it - that is, return the original hardware frame.
Otherwise, a device must be provided. Create new hardware
surfaces on that device for the output, then map them back to the
software format at the input and give those frames to the preceding
filter. This will then act like the hwupload filter, but may be
able to avoid an additional copy when the input is already in a
compatible format.
- Hardware frame input and output
A device must be supplied for the output, either directly or
with the derive_device option. The input and output devices must
be of different types and compatible - the exact meaning of this is
system-dependent, but typically it means that they must refer to the
same underlying hardware context (for example, refer to the same
graphics card).
If the input frames were originally created on the output
device, then unmap to retrieve the original frames.
Otherwise, map the frames to the output device - create new
hardware frames on the output corresponding to the frames on the
input.
The following additional parameters are accepted:
- mode
- Set the frame mapping mode. Some combination of:
- read
- The mapped frame should be readable.
- write
- The mapped frame should be writeable.
- overwrite
- The mapping will always overwrite the entire frame.
This may improve performance in some cases, as the original
contents of the frame need not be loaded.
- direct
- The mapping must not involve any copying.
Indirect mappings to copies of frames are created in some
cases where either direct mapping is not possible or it would have
unexpected properties. Setting this flag ensures that the mapping is
direct and will fail if that is not possible.
Defaults to read+write if not specified.
- derive_device type
- Rather than using the device supplied at initialisation, instead derive a
new device of type type from the device the input frames exist
on.
- reverse
- In a hardware to hardware mapping, map in reverse - create frames in the
sink and map them back to the source. This may be necessary in some cases
where a mapping in one direction is required but only the opposite
direction is supported by the devices being used.
This option is dangerous - it may break the preceding filter
in undefined ways if there are any additional constraints on that
filter's output. Do not use it without fully understanding the
implications of its use.
Upload system memory frames to hardware surfaces.
The device to upload to must be supplied when the filter is
initialised. If using ffmpeg, select the appropriate device with the
-filter_hw_device option or with the derive_device option. The
input and output devices must be of different types and compatible - the
exact meaning of this is system-dependent, but typically it means that they
must refer to the same underlying hardware context (for example, refer to
the same graphics card).
The following additional parameters are accepted:
- derive_device type
- Rather than using the device supplied at initialisation, instead derive a
new device of type type from the device the input frames exist
on.
Upload system memory frames to a CUDA device.
It accepts the following optional parameters:
- device
- The number of the CUDA device to use
Apply a high-quality magnification filter designed for pixel art. This filter
was originally created by Maxim Stepin.
It accepts the following option:
- n
- Set the scaling dimension: 2 for
"hq2x", 3 for
"hq3x" and 4 for
"hq4x". Default is
3.
Stack input videos horizontally.
All streams must be of same pixel format and of same height.
Note that this filter is faster than using overlay and
pad filter to create same output.
The filter accepts the following option:
- inputs
- Set number of input streams. Default is 2.
- shortest
- If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input
terminates. Default value is 0.
Modify the hue and/or the saturation of the input.
It accepts the following parameters:
- h
- Specify the hue angle as a number of degrees. It accepts an expression,
and defaults to "0".
- s
- Specify the saturation in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and
defaults to "1".
- H
- Specify the hue angle as a number of radians. It accepts an expression,
and defaults to "0".
- b
- Specify the brightness in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and
defaults to "0".
h and H are mutually exclusive, and can't be
specified at the same time.
The b, h, H and s option values are
expressions containing the following constants:
- n
- frame count of the input frame starting from 0
- pts
- presentation timestamp of the input frame expressed in time base
units
- r
- frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
- t
- timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
- tb
- time base of the input video
Examples
- Set the hue to 90 degrees and the saturation to 1.0:
hue=h=90:s=1
- Same command but expressing the hue in radians:
hue=H=PI/2:s=1
- Rotate hue and make the saturation swing between 0 and 2 over a period of
1 second:
hue="H=2*PI*t: s=sin(2*PI*t)+1"
- Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-in effect starting at 0:
hue="s=min(t/3\,1)"
The general fade-in expression can be written as:
hue="s=min(0\, max((t-START)/DURATION\, 1))"
- Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-out effect starting at 5 seconds:
hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (8-t)/3))"
The general fade-out expression can be written as:
hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (START+DURATION-t)/DURATION))"
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- b
- s
- h
- H
- Modify the hue and/or the saturation and/or brightness of the input video.
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Grow first stream into second stream by connecting components. This makes it
possible to build more robust edge masks.
This filter accepts the following options:
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be
copied from first stream. By default value 0xf, all planes will be
processed.
- threshold
- Set threshold which is used in filtering. If pixel component value is
higher than this value filter algorithm for connecting components is
activated. By default value is 0.
The "hysteresis" filter also
supports the framesync options.
Obtain the identity score between two input videos.
This filter takes two input videos.
Both input videos must have the same resolution and pixel format
for this filter to work correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs have the
same number of frames, which are compared one by one.
The obtained per component, average, min and max identity score is
printed through the logging system.
The filter stores the calculated identity scores of each frame in
frame metadata.
In the below example the input file main.mpg being
processed is compared with the reference file ref.mpg.
ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mpg -lavfi identity -f null -
Detect video interlacing type.
This filter tries to detect if the input frames are interlaced,
progressive, top or bottom field first. It will also try to detect fields
that are repeated between adjacent frames (a sign of telecine).
Single frame detection considers only immediately adjacent frames
when classifying each frame. Multiple frame detection incorporates the
classification history of previous frames.
The filter will log these metadata values:
- single.current_frame
- Detected type of current frame using single-frame detection. One of:
``tff'' (top field first), ``bff'' (bottom field first), ``progressive'',
or ``undetermined''
- single.tff
- Cumulative number of frames detected as top field first using single-frame
detection.
- multiple.tff
- Cumulative number of frames detected as top field first using
multiple-frame detection.
- single.bff
- Cumulative number of frames detected as bottom field first using
single-frame detection.
- multiple.current_frame
- Detected type of current frame using multiple-frame detection. One of:
``tff'' (top field first), ``bff'' (bottom field first), ``progressive'',
or ``undetermined''
- multiple.bff
- Cumulative number of frames detected as bottom field first using
multiple-frame detection.
- single.progressive
- Cumulative number of frames detected as progressive using single-frame
detection.
- multiple.progressive
- Cumulative number of frames detected as progressive using multiple-frame
detection.
- single.undetermined
- Cumulative number of frames that could not be classified using
single-frame detection.
- multiple.undetermined
- Cumulative number of frames that could not be classified using
multiple-frame detection.
- repeated.current_frame
- Which field in the current frame is repeated from the last. One of
``neither'', ``top'', or ``bottom''.
- repeated.neither
- Cumulative number of frames with no repeated field.
- repeated.top
- Cumulative number of frames with the top field repeated from the previous
frame's top field.
- repeated.bottom
- Cumulative number of frames with the bottom field repeated from the
previous frame's bottom field.
The filter accepts the following options:
- intl_thres
- Set interlacing threshold.
- prog_thres
- Set progressive threshold.
- rep_thres
- Threshold for repeated field detection.
- half_life
- Number of frames after which a given frame's contribution to the
statistics is halved (i.e., it contributes only 0.5 to its
classification). The default of 0 means that all frames seen are given
full weight of 1.0 forever.
- analyze_interlaced_flag
- When this is not 0 then idet will use the specified number of frames to
determine if the interlaced flag is accurate, it will not count
undetermined frames. If the flag is found to be accurate it will be used
without any further computations, if it is found to be inaccurate it will
be cleared without any further computations. This allows inserting the
idet filter as a low computational method to clean up the interlaced
flag
Deinterleave or interleave fields.
This filter allows one to process interlaced images fields without
deinterlacing them. Deinterleaving splits the input frame into 2 fields (so
called half pictures). Odd lines are moved to the top half of the output
image, even lines to the bottom half. You can process (filter) them
independently and then re-interleave them.
The filter accepts the following options:
- luma_mode, l
- chroma_mode, c
- alpha_mode, a
- Available values for luma_mode, chroma_mode and
alpha_mode are:
- none
- Do nothing.
- deinterleave, d
- Deinterleave fields, placing one above the other.
- interleave, i
- Interleave fields. Reverse the effect of deinterleaving.
- luma_swap, ls
- chroma_swap, cs
- alpha_swap, as
- Swap luma/chroma/alpha fields. Exchange even & odd lines. Default
value is 0.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply inflate effect to the video.
This filter replaces the pixel by the local(3x3) average by taking
into account only values higher than the pixel.
It accepts the following options:
- threshold0
- threshold1
- threshold2
- threshold3
- Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535. If 0, plane
will remain unchanged.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Simple interlacing filter from progressive contents. This interleaves upper (or
lower) lines from odd frames with lower (or upper) lines from even frames,
halving the frame rate and preserving image height.
Original Original New Frame
Frame 'j' Frame 'j+1' (tff)
========== =========== ==================
Line 0 --------------------> Frame 'j' Line 0
Line 1 Line 1 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 1
Line 2 ---------------------> Frame 'j' Line 2
Line 3 Line 3 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 3
... ... ...
New Frame + 1 will be generated by Frame 'j+2' and Frame 'j+3' and so on
It accepts the following optional parameters:
- scan
- This determines whether the interlaced frame is taken from the even (tff -
default) or odd (bff) lines of the progressive frame.
- lowpass
- Vertical lowpass filter to avoid twitter interlacing and reduce moire
patterns.
- 0, off
- Disable vertical lowpass filter
- 1, linear
- Enable linear filter (default)
- 2, complex
- Enable complex filter. This will slightly less reduce twitter and moire
but better retain detail and subjective sharpness impression.
Deinterlace input video by applying Donald Graft's adaptive kernel deinterling.
Work on interlaced parts of a video to produce progressive frames.
The description of the accepted parameters follows.
- thresh
- Set the threshold which affects the filter's tolerance when determining if
a pixel line must be processed. It must be an integer in the range [0,255]
and defaults to 10. A value of 0 will result in applying the process on
every pixels.
- map
- Paint pixels exceeding the threshold value to white if set to 1. Default
is 0.
- order
- Set the fields order. Swap fields if set to 1, leave fields alone if 0.
Default is 0.
- sharp
- Enable additional sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
- twoway
- Enable twoway sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
Examples
Apply kirsch operator to input video stream.
The filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied. By
default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.
- scale
- Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.
- delta
- Set value which will be added to filtered result.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Slowly update darker pixels.
This filter makes short flashes of light appear longer. This
filter accepts the following options:
- decay
- Set factor for decaying. Default is .95. Allowed range is from 0 to
1.
- planes
- Set which planes to filter. Default is all. Allowed range is from 0 to
15.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Correct radial lens distortion
This filter can be used to correct for radial distortion as can
result from the use of wide angle lenses, and thereby re-rectify the image.
To find the right parameters one can use tools available for example as part
of opencv or simply trial-and-error. To use opencv use the calibration
sample (under samples/cpp) from the opencv sources and extract the k1 and k2
coefficients from the resulting matrix.
Note that effectively the same filter is available in the
open-source tools Krita and Digikam from the KDE project.
In contrast to the vignette filter, which can also be used
to compensate lens errors, this filter corrects the distortion of the image,
whereas vignette corrects the brightness distribution, so you may
want to use both filters together in certain cases, though you will have to
take care of ordering, i.e. whether vignetting should be applied before or
after lens correction.
Options
The filter accepts the following options:
- cx
- Relative x-coordinate of the focal point of the image, and thereby the
center of the distortion. This value has a range [0,1] and is expressed as
fractions of the image width. Default is 0.5.
- cy
- Relative y-coordinate of the focal point of the image, and thereby the
center of the distortion. This value has a range [0,1] and is expressed as
fractions of the image height. Default is 0.5.
- k1
- Coefficient of the quadratic correction term. This value has a range
[-1,1]. 0 means no correction. Default is 0.
- k2
- Coefficient of the double quadratic correction term. This value has a
range [-1,1]. 0 means no correction. Default is 0.
- i
- Set interpolation type. Can be "nearest"
or "bilinear". Default is
"nearest".
- fc
- Specify the color of the unmapped pixels. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default color is
"black@0".
The formula that generates the correction is:
r_src = r_tgt * (1 + k1 * (r_tgt /
r_0)^2 + k2 * (r_tgt / r_0)^4)
where r_0 is halve of the image diagonal and r_src
and r_tgt are the distances from the focal point in the source and
target images, respectively.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply lens correction via the lensfun library
(<http://lensfun.sourceforge.net/>).
The "lensfun" filter requires
the camera make, camera model, and lens model to apply the lens correction.
The filter will load the lensfun database and query it to find the
corresponding camera and lens entries in the database. As long as these
entries can be found with the given options, the filter can perform
corrections on frames. Note that incomplete strings will result in the
filter choosing the best match with the given options, and the filter will
output the chosen camera and lens models (logged with level
"info"). You must provide the make, camera model, and lens model
as they are required.
The filter accepts the following options:
- make
- The make of the camera (for example, "Canon"). This option is
required.
- model
- The model of the camera (for example, "Canon EOS 100D"). This
option is required.
- lens_model
- The model of the lens (for example, "Canon EF-S 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6 IS
STM"). This option is required.
- mode
- The type of correction to apply. The following values are valid
options:
- vignetting
- Enables fixing lens vignetting.
- geometry
- Enables fixing lens geometry. This is the default.
- subpixel
- Enables fixing chromatic aberrations.
- vig_geo
- Enables fixing lens vignetting and lens geometry.
- vig_subpixel
- Enables fixing lens vignetting and chromatic aberrations.
- distortion
- Enables fixing both lens geometry and chromatic aberrations.
- all
- Enables all possible corrections.
- focal_length
- The focal length of the image/video (zoom; expected constant for video).
For example, a 18--55mm lens has focal length range of [18--55], so a
value in that range should be chosen when using that lens. Default
18.
- aperture
- The aperture of the image/video (expected constant for video). Note that
aperture is only used for vignetting correction. Default 3.5.
- focus_distance
- The focus distance of the image/video (expected constant for video). Note
that focus distance is only used for vignetting and only slightly affects
the vignetting correction process. If unknown, leave it at the default
value (which is 1000).
- scale
- The scale factor which is applied after transformation. After correction
the video is no longer necessarily rectangular. This parameter controls
how much of the resulting image is visible. The value 0 means that a value
will be chosen automatically such that there is little or no unmapped area
in the output image. 1.0 means that no additional scaling is done. Lower
values may result in more of the corrected image being visible, while
higher values may avoid unmapped areas in the output.
- target_geometry
- The target geometry of the output image/video. The following values are
valid options:
- rectilinear (default)
- fisheye
- panoramic
- equirectangular
- fisheye_orthographic
- fisheye_stereographic
- fisheye_equisolid
- fisheye_thoby
- reverse
- Apply the reverse of image correction (instead of correcting distortion,
apply it).
- interpolation
- The type of interpolation used when correcting distortion. The following
values are valid options:
- nearest
- linear (default)
- lanczos
Examples
- Apply lens correction with make "Canon", camera model
"Canon EOS 100D", and lens model "Canon EF-S 18-55mm
f/3.5-5.6 IS STM" with focal length of "18" and aperture of
"8.0".
ffmpeg -i input.mov -vf lensfun=make=Canon:model="Canon EOS 100D":lens_model="Canon EF-S 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6 IS STM":focal_length=18:aperture=8 -c:v h264 -b:v 8000k output.mov
- Apply the same as before, but only for the first 5 seconds of video.
ffmpeg -i input.mov -vf lensfun=make=Canon:model="Canon EOS 100D":lens_model="Canon EF-S 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6 IS STM":focal_length=18:aperture=8:enable='lte(t\,5)' -c:v h264 -b:v 8000k output.mov
Calulate the VMAF (Video Multi-Method Assessment Fusion) score for a
reference/distorted pair of input videos.
The obtained VMAF score is printed through the logging system.
It requires Netflix's vmaf library (libvmaf) as a pre-requisite.
After installing the library it can be enabled using:
"./configure --enable-libvmaf".
The filter has following options:
- model
- A `|` delimited list of vmaf models. Each model can be configured with a
number of parameters. Default value:
"version=vmaf_v0.6.1"
- model_path
- Deprecated, use model='path=...'.
- enable_transform
- Deprecated, use model='enable_transform=true'.
- phone_model
- Deprecated, use model='enable_transform=true'.
- enable_conf_interval
- Deprecated, use model='enable_conf_interval=true'.
- feature
- A `|` delimited list of features. Each feature can be configured with a
number of parameters.
- psnr
- Deprecated, use feature='name=psnr'.
- ssim
- Deprecated, use feature='name=ssim'.
- ms_ssim
- Deprecated, use feature='name=ms_ssim'.
- log_path
- Set the file path to be used to store log files.
- log_fmt
- Set the format of the log file (xml, json, csv, or sub).
- n_threads
- Set number of threads to be used when initializing libvmaf. Default value:
0, no threads.
- n_subsample
- Set frame subsampling interval to be used.
This filter also supports the framesync options.
Examples
- In the examples below, a distorted video distorted.mpg is compared
with a reference file reference.mpg.
- Basic usage:
ffmpeg -i distorted.mpg -i reference.mpg -lavfi libvmaf=log_path=output.xml -f null -
- Example with multiple models:
ffmpeg -i distorted.mpg -i reference.mpg -lavfi libvmaf='model=version=vmaf_v0.6.1\\:name=vmaf|version=vmaf_v0.6.1neg\\:name=vmaf_neg' -f null -
- Example with multiple addtional features:
ffmpeg -i distorted.mpg -i reference.mpg -lavfi libvmaf='feature=name=psnr|name=ciede' -f null -
- Example with options and different containers:
ffmpeg -i distorted.mpg -i reference.mkv -lavfi "[0:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[main];[1:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[ref];[main][ref]libvmaf=log_fmt=json:log_path=output.json" -f null -
Limits the pixel components values to the specified range [min, max].
The filter accepts the following options:
- min
- Lower bound. Defaults to the lowest allowed value for the input.
- max
- Upper bound. Defaults to the highest allowed value for the input.
- planes
- Specify which planes will be processed. Defaults to all available.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Loop video frames.
The filter accepts the following options:
- loop
- Set the number of loops. Setting this value to -1 will result in infinite
loops. Default is 0.
- size
- Set maximal size in number of frames. Default is 0.
- start
- Set first frame of loop. Default is 0.
Examples
- Loop single first frame infinitely:
loop=loop=-1:size=1:start=0
- Loop single first frame 10 times:
loop=loop=10:size=1:start=0
- Loop 10 first frames 5 times:
loop=loop=5:size=10:start=0
Apply a 1D LUT to an input video.
The filter accepts the following options:
- file
- Set the 1D LUT file name.
Currently supported formats:
- cube
- Iridas
- csp
- cineSpace
- interp
- Select interpolation mode.
Available values are:
- nearest
- Use values from the nearest defined point.
- linear
- Interpolate values using the linear interpolation.
- cosine
- Interpolate values using the cosine interpolation.
- cubic
- Interpolate values using the cubic interpolation.
- spline
- Interpolate values using the spline interpolation.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply a 3D LUT to an input video.
The filter accepts the following options:
- file
- Set the 3D LUT file name.
Currently supported formats:
- 3dl
- AfterEffects
- cube
- Iridas
- dat
- DaVinci
- m3d
- Pandora
- csp
- cineSpace
- interp
- Select interpolation mode.
Available values are:
- nearest
- Use values from the nearest defined point.
- trilinear
- Interpolate values using the 8 points defining a cube.
- tetrahedral
- Interpolate values using a tetrahedron.
- pyramid
- Interpolate values using a pyramid.
- prism
- Interpolate values using a prism.
Commands
This filter supports the
"interp" option as commands.
Turn certain luma values into transparency.
The filter accepts the following options:
- threshold
- Set the luma which will be used as base for transparency. Default value is
0.
- tolerance
- Set the range of luma values to be keyed out. Default value is
0.01.
- softness
- Set the range of softness. Default value is 0. Use
this to control gradual transition from zero to full transparency.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command
accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Compute a look-up table for binding each pixel component input value to an
output value, and apply it to the input video.
lutyuv applies a lookup table to a YUV input video,
lutrgb to an RGB input video.
These filters accept the following parameters:
- c0
- set first pixel component expression
- c1
- set second pixel component expression
- c2
- set third pixel component expression
- c3
- set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha
component
- r
- set red component expression
- g
- set green component expression
- b
- set blue component expression
- a
- alpha component expression
- y
- set Y/luminance component expression
- u
- set U/Cb component expression
- v
- set V/Cr component expression
Each of them specifies the expression to use for computing the
lookup table for the corresponding pixel component values.
The exact component associated to each of the c* options
depends on the format in input.
The lut filter requires either YUV or RGB pixel formats in
input, lutrgb requires RGB pixel formats in input, and lutyuv
requires YUV.
The expressions can contain the following constants and
functions:
- w
- h
- The input width and height.
- val
- The input value for the pixel component.
- clipval
- The input value, clipped to the minval-maxval range.
- maxval
- The maximum value for the pixel component.
- minval
- The minimum value for the pixel component.
- negval
- The negated value for the pixel component value, clipped to the
minval-maxval range; it corresponds to the expression
"maxval-clipval+minval".
- clip(val)
- The computed value in val, clipped to the
minval-maxval range.
- gammaval(gamma)
- The computed gamma correction value of the pixel component value, clipped
to the minval-maxval range. It corresponds to the expression
"pow((clipval-minval)/(maxval-minval)\,gamma)*(maxval-minval)+minval"
All expressions default to "val".
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options.
Examples
- Negate input video:
lutrgb="r=maxval+minval-val:g=maxval+minval-val:b=maxval+minval-val"
lutyuv="y=maxval+minval-val:u=maxval+minval-val:v=maxval+minval-val"
The above is the same as:
lutrgb="r=negval:g=negval:b=negval"
lutyuv="y=negval:u=negval:v=negval"
- Negate luminance:
lutyuv=y=negval
- Remove chroma components, turning the video into a graytone image:
lutyuv="u=128:v=128"
- Apply a luma burning effect:
lutyuv="y=2*val"
- Remove green and blue components:
lutrgb="g=0:b=0"
- Set a constant alpha channel value on input:
format=rgba,lutrgb=a="maxval-minval/2"
- Correct luminance gamma by a factor of 0.5:
lutyuv=y=gammaval(0.5)
- Discard least significant bits of luma:
lutyuv=y='bitand(val, 128+64+32)'
- Technicolor like effect:
lutyuv=u='(val-maxval/2)*2+maxval/2':v='(val-maxval/2)*2+maxval/2'
The "lut2" filter takes two input streams and
outputs one stream.
The "tlut2" (time lut2) filter
takes two consecutive frames from one single stream.
This filter accepts the following parameters:
- c0
- set first pixel component expression
- c1
- set second pixel component expression
- c2
- set third pixel component expression
- c3
- set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha
component
- d
- set output bit depth, only available for
"lut2" filter. By default is 0, which
means bit depth is automatically picked from first input format.
The "lut2" filter also supports
the framesync options.
Each of them specifies the expression to use for computing the
lookup table for the corresponding pixel component values.
The exact component associated to each of the c* options
depends on the format in inputs.
The expressions can contain the following constants:
- w
- h
- The input width and height.
- x
- The first input value for the pixel component.
- y
- The second input value for the pixel component.
- bdx
- The first input video bit depth.
- bdy
- The second input video bit depth.
All expressions default to "x".
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands
except option "d".
Examples
- Highlight differences between two RGB video streams:
lut2='ifnot(x-y,0,pow(2,bdx)-1):ifnot(x-y,0,pow(2,bdx)-1):ifnot(x-y,0,pow(2,bdx)-1)'
- Highlight differences between two YUV video streams:
lut2='ifnot(x-y,0,pow(2,bdx)-1):ifnot(x-y,pow(2,bdx-1),pow(2,bdx)-1):ifnot(x-y,pow(2,bdx-1),pow(2,bdx)-1)'
- Show max difference between two video streams:
lut2='if(lt(x,y),0,if(gt(x,y),pow(2,bdx)-1,pow(2,bdx-1))):if(lt(x,y),0,if(gt(x,y),pow(2,bdx)-1,pow(2,bdx-1))):if(lt(x,y),0,if(gt(x,y),pow(2,bdx)-1,pow(2,bdx-1)))'
Clamp the first input stream with the second input and third input stream.
Returns the value of first stream to be between second input
stream - "undershoot" and third input
stream + "overshoot".
This filter accepts the following options:
- undershoot
- Default value is 0.
- overshoot
- Default value is 0.
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be
copied from first stream. By default value 0xf, all planes will be
processed.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Merge the second and third input stream into output stream using absolute
differences between second input stream and first input stream and absolute
difference between third input stream and first input stream. The picked value
will be from second input stream if second absolute difference is greater than
first one or from third input stream otherwise.
This filter accepts the following options:
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be
copied from first stream. By default value 0xf, all planes will be
processed.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Merge the first input stream with the second input stream using per pixel
weights in the third input stream.
A value of 0 in the third stream pixel component means that pixel
component from first stream is returned unchanged, while maximum value (eg.
255 for 8-bit videos) means that pixel component from second stream is
returned unchanged. Intermediate values define the amount of merging between
both input stream's pixel components.
This filter accepts the following options:
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be
copied from first stream. By default value 0xf, all planes will be
processed.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Merge the second and third input stream into output stream using absolute
differences between second input stream and first input stream and absolute
difference between third input stream and first input stream. The picked value
will be from second input stream if second absolute difference is less than
first one or from third input stream otherwise.
This filter accepts the following options:
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be
copied from first stream. By default value 0xf, all planes will be
processed.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Pick pixels comparing absolute difference of two video streams with fixed
threshold.
If absolute difference between pixel component of first and second
video stream is equal or lower than user supplied threshold than pixel
component from first video stream is picked, otherwise pixel component from
second video stream is picked.
This filter accepts the following options:
- threshold
- Set threshold used when picking pixels from absolute difference from two
input video streams.
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be
copied from second stream. By default value 0xf, all planes will be
processed.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Create mask from input video.
For example it is useful to create motion masks after
"tblend" filter.
This filter accepts the following options:
- low
- Set low threshold. Any pixel component lower or exact than this value will
be set to 0.
- high
- Set high threshold. Any pixel component higher than this value will be set
to max value allowed for current pixel format.
- planes
- Set planes to filter, by default all available planes are filtered.
- fill
- Fill all frame pixels with this value.
- sum
- Set max average pixel value for frame. If sum of all pixel components is
higher that this average, output frame will be completely filled with
value set by fill option. Typically useful for scene changes when
used in combination with "tblend"
filter.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply motion-compensation deinterlacing.
It needs one field per frame as input and must thus be used
together with yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
This filter accepts the following options:
- mode
- Set the deinterlacing mode.
It accepts one of the following values:
- fast
- medium
- slow
- use iterative motion estimation
- extra_slow
- like slow, but use multiple reference frames.
- parity
- Set the picture field parity assumed for the input video. It must be one
of the following values:
- 0, tff
- assume top field first
- 1, bff
- assume bottom field first
- qp
- Set per-block quantization parameter (QP) used by the internal encoder.
Higher values should result in a smoother motion vector field
but less optimal individual vectors. Default value is 1.
Pick median pixel from certain rectangle defined by radius.
This filter accepts the following options:
- radius
- Set horizontal radius size. Default value is 1.
Allowed range is integer from 1 to 127.
- planes
- Set which planes to process. Default is 15, which
is all available planes.
- radiusV
- Set vertical radius size. Default value is 0.
Allowed range is integer from 0 to 127. If it is 0, value will be picked
from horizontal "radius" option.
- percentile
- Set median percentile. Default value is 0.5.
Default value of 0.5 will pick always median
values, while 0 will pick minimum values, and
1 maximum values.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command
accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Merge color channel components from several video streams.
The filter accepts up to 4 input streams, and merge selected input
planes to the output video.
This filter accepts the following options:
- mapping
- Set input to output plane mapping. Default is 0.
The mappings is specified as a bitmap. It should be specified
as a hexadecimal number in the form 0xAa[Bb[Cc[Dd]]]. 'Aa' describes the
mapping for the first plane of the output stream. 'A' sets the number of
the input stream to use (from 0 to 3), and 'a' the plane number of the
corresponding input to use (from 0 to 3). The rest of the mappings is
similar, 'Bb' describes the mapping for the output stream second plane,
'Cc' describes the mapping for the output stream third plane and 'Dd'
describes the mapping for the output stream fourth plane.
- format
- Set output pixel format. Default is
"yuva444p".
Examples
- Merge three gray video streams of same width and height into single video
stream:
[a0][a1][a2]mergeplanes=0x001020:yuv444p
- Merge 1st yuv444p stream and 2nd gray video stream into yuva444p video
stream:
[a0][a1]mergeplanes=0x00010210:yuva444p
- Swap Y and A plane in yuva444p stream:
format=yuva444p,mergeplanes=0x03010200:yuva444p
- Swap U and V plane in yuv420p stream:
format=yuv420p,mergeplanes=0x000201:yuv420p
- Cast a rgb24 clip to yuv444p:
format=rgb24,mergeplanes=0x000102:yuv444p
Estimate and export motion vectors using block matching algorithms. Motion
vectors are stored in frame side data to be used by other filters.
This filter accepts the following options:
- method
- Specify the motion estimation method. Accepts one of the following
values:
- esa
- Exhaustive search algorithm.
- tss
- Three step search algorithm.
- tdls
- Two dimensional logarithmic search algorithm.
- ntss
- New three step search algorithm.
- fss
- Four step search algorithm.
- ds
- Diamond search algorithm.
- hexbs
- Hexagon-based search algorithm.
- epzs
- Enhanced predictive zonal search algorithm.
- umh
- Uneven multi-hexagon search algorithm.
- mb_size
- Macroblock size. Default 16.
- search_param
- Search parameter. Default 7.
Apply Midway Image Equalization effect using two video streams.
Midway Image Equalization adjusts a pair of images to have the
same histogram, while maintaining their dynamics as much as possible. It's
useful for e.g. matching exposures from a pair of stereo cameras.
This filter has two inputs and one output, which must be of same
pixel format, but may be of different sizes. The output of filter is first
input adjusted with midway histogram of both inputs.
This filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set which planes to process. Default is 15, which
is all available planes.
Convert the video to specified frame rate using motion interpolation.
This filter accepts the following options:
- fps
- Specify the output frame rate. This can be rational e.g.
"60000/1001". Frames are dropped if
fps is lower than source fps. Default
60.
- mi_mode
- Motion interpolation mode. Following values are accepted:
- dup
- Duplicate previous or next frame for interpolating new ones.
- blend
- Blend source frames. Interpolated frame is mean of previous and next
frames.
- mci
- Motion compensated interpolation. Following options are effective when
this mode is selected:
- mc_mode
- Motion compensation mode. Following values are accepted:
- obmc
- Overlapped block motion compensation.
- aobmc
- Adaptive overlapped block motion compensation. Window weighting
coefficients are controlled adaptively according to the reliabilities of
the neighboring motion vectors to reduce oversmoothing.
- me_mode
- Motion estimation mode. Following values are accepted:
- bidir
- Bidirectional motion estimation. Motion vectors are estimated for each
source frame in both forward and backward directions.
- bilat
- Bilateral motion estimation. Motion vectors are estimated directly for
interpolated frame.
- me
- The algorithm to be used for motion estimation. Following values are
accepted:
- esa
- Exhaustive search algorithm.
- tss
- Three step search algorithm.
- tdls
- Two dimensional logarithmic search algorithm.
- ntss
- New three step search algorithm.
- fss
- Four step search algorithm.
- ds
- Diamond search algorithm.
- hexbs
- Hexagon-based search algorithm.
- epzs
- Enhanced predictive zonal search algorithm.
- umh
- Uneven multi-hexagon search algorithm.
Default algorithm is epzs.
- mb_size
- Macroblock size. Default 16.
- search_param
- Motion estimation search parameter. Default
32.
- vsbmc
- Enable variable-size block motion compensation. Motion estimation is
applied with smaller block sizes at object boundaries in order to make the
them less blur. Default is 0 (disabled).
- scd
- Scene change detection method. Scene change leads motion vectors to be in
random direction. Scene change detection replace interpolated frames by
duplicate ones. May not be needed for other modes. Following values are
accepted:
- none
- Disable scene change detection.
- fdiff
- Frame difference. Corresponding pixel values are compared and if it
satisfies scd_threshold scene change is detected.
- scd_threshold
- Scene change detection threshold. Default is
10..
Mix several video input streams into one video stream.
A description of the accepted options follows.
- nb_inputs
- The number of inputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2.
- weights
- Specify weight of each input video stream as sequence. Each weight is
separated by space. If number of weights is smaller than number of
frames last specified weight will be used for all remaining unset
weights.
- scale
- Specify scale, if it is set it will be multiplied with sum of each weight
multiplied with pixel values to give final destination pixel value. By
default scale is auto scaled to sum of weights.
- duration
- Specify how end of stream is determined.
- longest
- The duration of the longest input. (default)
- shortest
- The duration of the shortest input.
- first
- The duration of the first input.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- weights
- scale
- Syntax is same as option with same name.
Convert video to gray using custom color filter.
A description of the accepted options follows.
- cb
- Set the chroma blue spot. Allowed range is from -1 to 1. Default value is
0.
- cr
- Set the chroma red spot. Allowed range is from -1 to 1. Default value is
0.
- size
- Set the color filter size. Allowed range is from .1 to 10. Default value
is 1.
- high
- Set the highlights strength. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default value
is 0.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Drop frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in order to
reduce frame rate.
The main use of this filter is for very-low-bitrate encoding (e.g.
streaming over dialup modem), but it could in theory be used for fixing
movies that were inverse-telecined incorrectly.
A description of the accepted options follows.
- max
- Set the maximum number of consecutive frames which can be dropped (if
positive), or the minimum interval between dropped frames (if negative).
If the value is 0, the frame is dropped disregarding the number of
previous sequentially dropped frames.
Default value is 0.
- hi
- lo
- frac
- Set the dropping threshold values.
Values for hi and lo are for 8x8 pixel blocks
and represent actual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64
corresponds to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or the same spread
out differently over the block.
A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 blocks differ by
more than a threshold of hi, and if no more than frac
blocks (1 meaning the whole image) differ by more than a threshold of
lo.
Default value for hi is 64*12, default value for
lo is 64*5, and default value for frac is 0.33.
Obtain the MSAD (Mean Sum of Absolute Differences) between two input videos.
This filter takes two input videos.
Both input videos must have the same resolution and pixel format
for this filter to work correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs have the
same number of frames, which are compared one by one.
The obtained per component, average, min and max MSAD is printed
through the logging system.
The filter stores the calculated MSAD of each frame in frame
metadata.
In the below example the input file main.mpg being
processed is compared with the reference file ref.mpg.
ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mpg -lavfi msad -f null -
Negate (invert) the input video.
It accepts the following option:
- negate_alpha
- With value 1, it negates the alpha component, if present. Default value is
0.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options.
Denoise frames using Non-Local Means algorithm.
Each pixel is adjusted by looking for other pixels with similar
contexts. This context similarity is defined by comparing their surrounding
patches of size pxp. Patches are searched in an area of
rxr around the pixel.
Note that the research area defines centers for patches, which
means some patches will be made of pixels outside that research area.
The filter accepts the following options.
- s
- Set denoising strength. Default is 1.0. Must be in range [1.0, 30.0].
- p
- Set patch size. Default is 7. Must be odd number in range [0, 99].
- pc
- Same as p but for chroma planes.
The default value is 0 and means automatic.
- r
- Set research size. Default is 15. Must be odd number in range [0,
99].
- rc
- Same as r but for chroma planes.
The default value is 0 and means automatic.
Deinterlace video using neural network edge directed interpolation.
This filter accepts the following options:
- weights
- Mandatory option, without binary file filter can not work. Currently file
can be found here:
https://github.com/dubhater/vapoursynth-nnedi3/blob/master/src/nnedi3_weights.bin
- deint
- Set which frames to deinterlace, by default it is
"all". Can be
"all" or
"interlaced".
- field
- Set mode of operation.
Can be one of the following:
- af
- Use frame flags, both fields.
- a
- Use frame flags, single field.
- t
- Use top field only.
- b
- Use bottom field only.
- tf
- Use both fields, top first.
- bf
- Use both fields, bottom first.
- planes
- Set which planes to process, by default filter process all frames.
- nsize
- Set size of local neighborhood around each pixel, used by the predictor
neural network.
Can be one of the following:
- s8x6
- s16x6
- s32x6
- s48x6
- s8x4
- s16x4
- s32x4
- nns
- Set the number of neurons in predictor neural network. Can be one of the
following:
- qual
- Controls the number of different neural network predictions that are
blended together to compute the final output value. Can be
"fast", default or
"slow".
- etype
- Set which set of weights to use in the predictor. Can be one of the
following:
- a, abs
- weights trained to minimize absolute error
- s, mse
- weights trained to minimize squared error
- pscrn
- Controls whether or not the prescreener neural network is used to decide
which pixels should be processed by the predictor neural network and which
can be handled by simple cubic interpolation. The prescreener is trained
to know whether cubic interpolation will be sufficient for a pixel or
whether it should be predicted by the predictor nn. The computational
complexity of the prescreener nn is much less than that of the predictor
nn. Since most pixels can be handled by cubic interpolation, using the
prescreener generally results in much faster processing. The prescreener
is pretty accurate, so the difference between using it and not using it is
almost always unnoticeable.
Can be one of the following:
- none
- original
- new
- new2
- new3
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options, excluding
weights option.
Force libavfilter not to use any of the specified pixel formats for the input to
the next filter.
It accepts the following parameters:
- pix_fmts
- A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, such as
pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
Examples
Add noise on video input frame.
The filter accepts the following options:
- all_seed
- c0_seed
- c1_seed
- c2_seed
- c3_seed
- Set noise seed for specific pixel component or all pixel components in
case of all_seed. Default value is
123457.
- all_strength, alls
- c0_strength, c0s
- c1_strength, c1s
- c2_strength, c2s
- c3_strength, c3s
- Set noise strength for specific pixel component or all pixel components in
case all_strength. Default value is 0.
Allowed range is [0, 100].
- all_flags, allf
- c0_flags, c0f
- c1_flags, c1f
- c2_flags, c2f
- c3_flags, c3f
- Set pixel component flags or set flags for all components if
all_flags. Available values for component flags are:
- a
- averaged temporal noise (smoother)
- p
- mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern
- t
- temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
- u
- uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
Examples
Add temporal and uniform noise to input video:
noise=alls=20:allf=t+u
Normalize RGB video (aka histogram stretching, contrast stretching). See:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normalization_(image_processing)
For each channel of each frame, the filter computes the input
range and maps it linearly to the user-specified output range. The output
range defaults to the full dynamic range from pure black to pure white.
Temporal smoothing can be used on the input range to reduce
flickering (rapid changes in brightness) caused when small dark or bright
objects enter or leave the scene. This is similar to the auto-exposure
(automatic gain control) on a video camera, and, like a video camera, it may
cause a period of over- or under-exposure of the video.
The R,G,B channels can be normalized independently, which may
cause some color shifting, or linked together as a single channel, which
prevents color shifting. Linked normalization preserves hue. Independent
normalization does not, so it can be used to remove some color casts.
Independent and linked normalization can be combined in any ratio.
The normalize filter accepts the following options:
- blackpt
- whitept
- Colors which define the output range. The minimum input value is mapped to
the blackpt. The maximum input value is mapped to the
whitept. The defaults are black and white respectively. Specifying
white for blackpt and black for whitept will give
color-inverted, normalized video. Shades of grey can be used to reduce the
dynamic range (contrast). Specifying saturated colors here can create some
interesting effects.
- smoothing
- The number of previous frames to use for temporal smoothing. The input
range of each channel is smoothed using a rolling average over the current
frame and the smoothing previous frames. The default is 0 (no
temporal smoothing).
- independence
- Controls the ratio of independent (color shifting) channel normalization
to linked (color preserving) normalization. 0.0 is fully linked, 1.0 is
fully independent. Defaults to 1.0 (fully independent).
- strength
- Overall strength of the filter. 1.0 is full strength. 0.0 is a rather
expensive no-op. Defaults to 1.0 (full strength).
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options, excluding
smoothing option. The command accepts the same syntax of the
corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Examples
Stretch video contrast to use the full dynamic range, with no
temporal smoothing; may flicker depending on the source content:
normalize=blackpt=black:whitept=white:smoothing=0
As above, but with 50 frames of temporal smoothing; flicker should
be reduced, depending on the source content:
normalize=blackpt=black:whitept=white:smoothing=50
As above, but with hue-preserving linked channel
normalization:
normalize=blackpt=black:whitept=white:smoothing=50:independence=0
As above, but with half strength:
normalize=blackpt=black:whitept=white:smoothing=50:independence=0:strength=0.5
Map the darkest input color to red, the brightest input color to
cyan:
normalize=blackpt=red:whitept=cyan
Pass the video source unchanged to the output.
Optical Character Recognition
This filter uses Tesseract for optical character recognition. To
enable compilation of this filter, you need to configure FFmpeg with
"--enable-libtesseract".
It accepts the following options:
- datapath
- Set datapath to tesseract data. Default is to use whatever was set at
installation.
- language
- Set language, default is "eng".
- whitelist
- Set character whitelist.
- blacklist
- Set character blacklist.
The filter exports recognized text as the frame metadata
"lavfi.ocr.text". The filter exports
confidence of recognized words as the frame metadata
"lavfi.ocr.confidence".
Apply a video transform using libopencv.
To enable this filter, install the libopencv library and headers
and configure FFmpeg with
"--enable-libopencv".
It accepts the following parameters:
- filter_name
- The name of the libopencv filter to apply.
- filter_params
- The parameters to pass to the libopencv filter. If not specified, the
default values are assumed.
Refer to the official libopencv documentation for more precise
information:
<http://docs.opencv.org/master/modules/imgproc/doc/filtering.html>
Several libopencv filters are supported; see the following
subsections.
dilate
Dilate an image by using a specific structuring element. It
corresponds to the libopencv function
"cvDilate".
It accepts the parameters:
struct_el|nb_iterations.
struct_el represents a structuring element, and has the
syntax:
colsxrows+anchor_xxanchor_y/shape
cols and rows represent the number of columns and
rows of the structuring element, anchor_x and anchor_y the
anchor point, and shape the shape for the structuring element.
shape must be "rect", "cross",
"ellipse", or "custom".
If the value for shape is "custom", it must be
followed by a string of the form "=filename". The file with
name filename is assumed to represent a binary image, with each
printable character corresponding to a bright pixel. When a custom
shape is used, cols and rows are ignored, the number or
columns and rows of the read file are assumed instead.
The default value for struct_el is
"3x3+0x0/rect".
nb_iterations specifies the number of times the transform
is applied to the image, and defaults to 1.
Some examples:
# Use the default values
ocv=dilate
# Dilate using a structuring element with a 5x5 cross, iterating two times
ocv=filter_name=dilate:filter_params=5x5+2x2/cross|2
# Read the shape from the file diamond.shape, iterating two times.
# The file diamond.shape may contain a pattern of characters like this
# *
# ***
# *****
# ***
# *
# The specified columns and rows are ignored
# but the anchor point coordinates are not
ocv=dilate:0x0+2x2/custom=diamond.shape|2
erode
Erode an image by using a specific structuring element. It
corresponds to the libopencv function
"cvErode".
It accepts the parameters: struct_el:nb_iterations,
with the same syntax and semantics as the dilate filter.
smooth
Smooth the input video.
The filter takes the following parameters:
type|param1|param2|param3|param4.
type is the type of smooth filter to apply, and must be one
of the following values: "blur", "blur_no_scale",
"median", "gaussian", or "bilateral". The
default value is "gaussian".
The meaning of param1, param2, param3, and
param4 depends on the smooth type. param1 and param2
accept integer positive values or 0. param3 and param4 accept
floating point values.
The default value for param1 is 3. The default value for
the other parameters is 0.
These parameters correspond to the parameters assigned to the
libopencv function "cvSmooth".
2D Video Oscilloscope.
Useful to measure spatial impulse, step responses, chroma delays,
etc.
It accepts the following parameters:
- x
- Set scope center x position.
- y
- Set scope center y position.
- s
- Set scope size, relative to frame diagonal.
- t
- Set scope tilt/rotation.
- o
- Set trace opacity.
- tx
- Set trace center x position.
- ty
- Set trace center y position.
- tw
- Set trace width, relative to width of frame.
- th
- Set trace height, relative to height of frame.
- c
- Set which components to trace. By default it traces first three
components.
- g
- Draw trace grid. By default is enabled.
- st
- Draw some statistics. By default is enabled.
- sc
- Draw scope. By default is enabled.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options. The command
accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Examples
- Inspect full first row of video frame.
oscilloscope=x=0.5:y=0:s=1
- Inspect full last row of video frame.
oscilloscope=x=0.5:y=1:s=1
- Inspect full 5th line of video frame of height 1080.
oscilloscope=x=0.5:y=5/1080:s=1
- Inspect full last column of video frame.
oscilloscope=x=1:y=0.5:s=1:t=1
Overlay one video on top of another.
It takes two inputs and has one output. The first input is the
"main" video on which the second input is overlaid.
It accepts the following parameters:
A description of the accepted options follows.
- x
- y
- Set the expression for the x and y coordinates of the overlaid video on
the main video. Default value is "0" for both expressions. In
case the expression is invalid, it is set to a huge value (meaning that
the overlay will not be displayed within the output visible area).
- eof_action
- See framesync.
- eval
- Set when the expressions for x, and y are evaluated.
It accepts the following values:
- init
- only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a
command is processed
- frame
- evaluate expressions for each incoming frame
- shortest
- See framesync.
- format
- Set the format for the output video.
It accepts the following values:
- yuv420
- force YUV420 output
- yuv420p10
- force YUV420p10 output
- yuv422
- force YUV422 output
- yuv422p10
- force YUV422p10 output
- yuv444
- force YUV444 output
- rgb
- force packed RGB output
- gbrp
- force planar RGB output
- auto
- automatically pick format
- repeatlast
- See framesync.
- alpha
- Set format of alpha of the overlaid video, it can be straight or
premultiplied. Default is straight.
The x, and y expressions can contain the following
parameters.
- main_w, W
- main_h, H
- The main input width and height.
- overlay_w, w
- overlay_h, h
- The overlay input width and height.
- x
- y
- The computed values for x and y. They are evaluated for each
new frame.
- hsub
- vsub
- horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values of the output format. For
example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and
vsub is 1.
- n
- the number of input frame, starting from 0
- pos
- the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
- t
- The timestamp, expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is
unknown.
This filter also supports the framesync options.
Note that the n, pos, t variables are
available only when evaluation is done per frame, and will evaluate
to NAN when eval is set to init.
Be aware that frames are taken from each input video in timestamp
order, hence, if their initial timestamps differ, it is a good idea to pass
the two inputs through a setpts=PTS-STARTPTS filter to have them
begin in the same zero timestamp, as the example for the movie filter
does.
You can chain together more overlays but you should test the
efficiency of such approach.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- x
- y
- Modify the x and y of the overlay input. The command accepts the same
syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Examples
- Draw the overlay at 10 pixels from the bottom right corner of the main
video:
overlay=main_w-overlay_w-10:main_h-overlay_h-10
Using named options the example above becomes:
overlay=x=main_w-overlay_w-10:y=main_h-overlay_h-10
- Insert a transparent PNG logo in the bottom left corner of the input,
using the ffmpeg tool with the
"-filter_complex" option:
ffmpeg -i input -i logo -filter_complex 'overlay=10:main_h-overlay_h-10' output
- Insert 2 different transparent PNG logos (second logo on bottom right
corner) using the ffmpeg tool:
ffmpeg -i input -i logo1 -i logo2 -filter_complex 'overlay=x=10:y=H-h-10,overlay=x=W-w-10:y=H-h-10' output
- Add a transparent color layer on top of the main video;
"WxH" must specify the size of the main
input to the overlay filter:
color=color=red@.3:size=WxH [over]; [in][over] overlay [out]
- Play an original video and a filtered version (here with the deshake
filter) side by side using the ffplay tool:
ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[a][b]; [a]pad=iw*2:ih[src]; [b]deshake[filt]; [src][filt]overlay=w'
The above command is the same as:
ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[b], pad=iw*2[src], [b]deshake, [src]overlay=w'
- Make a sliding overlay appearing from the left to the right top part of
the screen starting since time 2:
overlay=x='if(gte(t,2), -w+(t-2)*20, NAN)':y=0
- Compose output by putting two input videos side to side:
ffmpeg -i left.avi -i right.avi -filter_complex "
nullsrc=size=200x100 [background];
[0:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [left];
[1:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [right];
[background][left] overlay=shortest=1 [background+left];
[background+left][right] overlay=shortest=1:x=100 [left+right]
"
- Mask 10-20 seconds of a video by applying the delogo filter to a section
ffmpeg -i test.avi -codec:v:0 wmv2 -ar 11025 -b:v 9000k
-vf '[in]split[split_main][split_delogo];[split_delogo]trim=start=360:end=371,delogo=0:0:640:480[delogoed];[split_main][delogoed]overlay=eof_action=pass[out]'
masked.avi
- Chain several overlays in cascade:
nullsrc=s=200x200 [bg];
testsrc=s=100x100, split=4 [in0][in1][in2][in3];
[in0] lutrgb=r=0, [bg] overlay=0:0 [mid0];
[in1] lutrgb=g=0, [mid0] overlay=100:0 [mid1];
[in2] lutrgb=b=0, [mid1] overlay=0:100 [mid2];
[in3] null, [mid2] overlay=100:100 [out0]
Overlay one video on top of another.
This is the CUDA variant of the overlay filter. It only
accepts CUDA frames. The underlying input pixel formats have to match.
It takes two inputs and has one output. The first input is the
"main" video on which the second input is overlaid.
It accepts the following parameters:
- x
- y
- Set the x and y coordinates of the overlaid video on the main video.
Default value is "0" for both expressions.
- eof_action
- See framesync.
- shortest
- See framesync.
- repeatlast
- See framesync.
This filter also supports the framesync options.
Apply Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
The filter accepts the following options:
- depth
- Set depth.
Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency components
more, but slow down filtering.
Must be an int in the range 8-16, default is
8.
- luma_strength, ls
- Set luma strength.
Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is
1.0.
- chroma_strength, cs
- Set chroma strength.
Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is
1.0.
Add paddings to the input image, and place the original input at the provided
x, y coordinates.
It accepts the following parameters:
- width, w
- height, h
- Specify an expression for the size of the output image with the paddings
added. If the value for width or height is 0, the
corresponding input size is used for the output.
The width expression can reference the value set by the
height expression, and vice versa.
The default value of width and height is 0.
- x
- y
- Specify the offsets to place the input image at within the padded area,
with respect to the top/left border of the output image.
The x expression can reference the value set by the
y expression, and vice versa.
The default value of x and y is 0.
If x or y evaluate to a negative number, they'll
be changed so the input image is centered on the padded area.
- color
- Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option, check
the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
The default value of color is "black".
- eval
- Specify when to evaluate width, height, x and
y expression.
It accepts the following values:
- init
- Only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a
command is processed.
- frame
- Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame.
- aspect
- Pad to aspect instead to a resolution.
The value for the width, height, x, and
y options are expressions containing the following constants:
- in_w
- in_h
- The input video width and height.
- iw
- ih
- These are the same as in_w and in_h.
- out_w
- out_h
- The output width and height (the size of the padded area), as specified by
the width and height expressions.
- ow
- oh
- These are the same as out_w and out_h.
- x
- y
- The x and y offsets as specified by the x and y expressions,
or NAN if not yet specified.
- a
- same as iw / ih
- sar
- input sample aspect ratio
- dar
- input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (iw / ih) *
sar
- hsub
- vsub
- The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is
1.
Examples
- Add paddings with the color "violet" to the input video. The
output video size is 640x480, and the top-left corner of the input video
is placed at column 0, row 40
pad=640:480:0:40:violet
The example above is equivalent to the following command:
pad=width=640:height=480:x=0:y=40:color=violet
- Pad the input to get an output with dimensions increased by 3/2, and put
the input video at the center of the padded area:
pad="3/2*iw:3/2*ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
- Pad the input to get a squared output with size equal to the maximum value
between the input width and height, and put the input video at the center
of the padded area:
pad="max(iw\,ih):ow:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
- Pad the input to get a final w/h ratio of 16:9:
pad="ih*16/9:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
- In case of anamorphic video, in order to set the output display aspect
correctly, it is necessary to use sar in the expression, according
to the relation:
(ih * X / ih) * sar = output_dar
X = output_dar / sar
Thus the previous example needs to be modified to:
pad="ih*16/9/sar:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
- Double the output size and put the input video in the bottom-right corner
of the output padded area:
pad="2*iw:2*ih:ow-iw:oh-ih"
Generate one palette for a whole video stream.
It accepts the following options:
- max_colors
- Set the maximum number of colors to quantize in the palette. Note: the
palette will still contain 256 colors; the unused palette entries will be
black.
- reserve_transparent
- Create a palette of 255 colors maximum and reserve the last one for
transparency. Reserving the transparency color is useful for GIF
optimization. If not set, the maximum of colors in the palette will be
256. You probably want to disable this option for a standalone image. Set
by default.
- transparency_color
- Set the color that will be used as background for transparency.
- stats_mode
- Set statistics mode.
It accepts the following values:
- full
- Compute full frame histograms.
- diff
- Compute histograms only for the part that differs from previous frame.
This might be relevant to give more importance to the moving part of your
input if the background is static.
- single
- Compute new histogram for each frame.
The filter also exports the frame metadata
"lavfi.color_quant_ratio"
("nb_color_in / nb_color_out") which you
can use to evaluate the degree of color quantization of the palette. This
information is also visible at info logging level.
Examples
- •
- Generate a representative palette of a given video using ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i input.mkv -vf palettegen palette.png
Use a palette to downsample an input video stream.
The filter takes two inputs: one video stream and a palette. The
palette must be a 256 pixels image.
It accepts the following options:
- dither
- Select dithering mode. Available algorithms are:
- bayer
- Ordered 8x8 bayer dithering (deterministic)
- heckbert
- Dithering as defined by Paul Heckbert in 1982 (simple error diffusion).
Note: this dithering is sometimes considered "wrong" and is
included as a reference.
- floyd_steinberg
- Floyd and Steingberg dithering (error diffusion)
- sierra2
- Frankie Sierra dithering v2 (error diffusion)
- sierra2_4a
- Frankie Sierra dithering v2 "Lite" (error diffusion)
- bayer_scale
- When bayer dithering is selected, this option defines the scale of
the pattern (how much the crosshatch pattern is visible). A low value
means more visible pattern for less banding, and higher value means less
visible pattern at the cost of more banding.
The option must be an integer value in the range [0,5].
Default is 2.
- diff_mode
- If set, define the zone to process
- rectangle
- Only the changing rectangle will be reprocessed. This is similar to GIF
cropping/offsetting compression mechanism. This option can be useful for
speed if only a part of the image is changing, and has use cases such as
limiting the scope of the error diffusal dither to the rectangle
that bounds the moving scene (it leads to more deterministic output if the
scene doesn't change much, and as a result less moving noise and better
GIF compression).
- new
- Take new palette for each output frame.
- alpha_threshold
- Sets the alpha threshold for transparency. Alpha values above this
threshold will be treated as completely opaque, and values below this
threshold will be treated as completely transparent.
The option must be an integer value in the range [0,255].
Default is 128.
Examples
- •
- Use a palette (generated for example with palettegen) to encode a
GIF using ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i input.mkv -i palette.png -lavfi paletteuse output.gif
Correct perspective of video not recorded perpendicular to the screen.
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
- x0
- y0
- x1
- y1
- x2
- y2
- x3
- y3
- Set coordinates expression for top left, top right, bottom left and bottom
right corners. Default values are
"0:0:W:0:0:H:W:H" with which perspective
will remain unchanged. If the "sense"
option is set to "source", then the
specified points will be sent to the corners of the destination. If the
"sense" option is set to
"destination", then the corners of the
source will be sent to the specified coordinates.
The expressions can use the following variables:
- W
- H
- the width and height of video frame.
- in
- Input frame count.
- on
- Output frame count.
- interpolation
- Set interpolation for perspective correction.
It accepts the following values:
- sense
- Set interpretation of coordinate options.
It accepts the following values:
- 0, source
- Send point in the source specified by the given coordinates to the corners
of the destination.
- 1, destination
- Send the corners of the source to the point in the destination specified
by the given coordinates.
Default value is source.
- eval
- Set when the expressions for coordinates x0,y0,...x3,y3 are
evaluated.
It accepts the following values:
- init
- only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a
command is processed
- frame
- evaluate expressions for each incoming frame
Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order changes.
The intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been captured with
the opposite field order to the film-to-video transfer.
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
- mode
- Set phase mode.
It accepts the following values:
- t
- Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first. Filter will delay
the bottom field.
- b
- Capture field order bottom-first, transfer top-first. Filter will delay
the top field.
- p
- Capture and transfer with the same field order. This mode only exists for
the documentation of the other options to refer to, but if you actually
select it, the filter will faithfully do nothing.
- a
- Capture field order determined automatically by field flags, transfer
opposite. Filter selects among t and b modes on a frame by
frame basis using field flags. If no field information is available, then
this works just like u.
- u
- Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite. Filter selects among
t and b on a frame by frame basis by analyzing the images
and selecting the alternative that produces best match between the
fields.
- T
- Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects among
t and p using image analysis.
- B
- Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects among
b and p using image analysis.
- A
- Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying. Filter
selects among t, b and p using field flags and image
analysis. If no field information is available, then this works just like
U. This is the default mode.
- U
- Both capture and transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects among
t, b and p using image analysis only.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Reduce various flashes in video, so to help users with epilepsy.
It accepts the following options:
- frames, f
- Set how many frames to use when filtering. Default is 30.
- threshold, t
- Set detection threshold factor. Default is 1. Lower is stricter.
- skip
- Set how many pixels to skip when sampling frames. Default is 1. Allowed
range is from 1 to 1024.
- bypass
- Leave frames unchanged. Default is disabled.
Pixel format descriptor test filter, mainly useful for internal testing. The
output video should be equal to the input video.
For example:
format=monow, pixdesctest
can be used to test the monowhite pixel format descriptor
definition.
Display sample values of color channels. Mainly useful for checking color and
levels. Minimum supported resolution is 640x480.
The filters accept the following options:
- x
- Set scope X position, relative offset on X axis.
- y
- Set scope Y position, relative offset on Y axis.
- w
- Set scope width.
- h
- Set scope height.
- o
- Set window opacity. This window also holds statistics about pixel
area.
- wx
- Set window X position, relative offset on X axis.
- wy
- Set window Y position, relative offset on Y axis.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options.
Enable the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters using libpostproc. This
library should be automatically selected with a GPL build
("--enable-gpl"). Subfilters must be
separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepending a '-'. Each subfilter and
some options have a short and a long name that can be used interchangeably,
i.e. dr/dering are the same.
The filters accept the following options:
- subfilters
- Set postprocessing subfilters string.
All subfilters share common options to determine their scope:
- a/autoq
- Honor the quality commands for this subfilter.
- c/chrom
- Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
- y/nochrom
- Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
- n/noluma
- Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).
These options can be appended after the subfilter name, separated
by a '|'.
Available subfilters are:
- hb/hdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
- Horizontal deblocking filter
- difference
- Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default:
32).
- flatness
- Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default:
39).
- vb/vdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
- Vertical deblocking filter
- difference
- Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default:
32).
- flatness
- Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default:
39).
- ha/hadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
- Accurate horizontal deblocking filter
- difference
- Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default:
32).
- flatness
- Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default:
39).
- va/vadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
- Accurate vertical deblocking filter
- difference
- Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default:
32).
- flatness
- Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default:
39).
The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the
difference and flatness values so you cannot set different horizontal and
vertical thresholds.
- h1/x1hdeblock
- Experimental horizontal deblocking filter
- v1/x1vdeblock
- Experimental vertical deblocking filter
- dr/dering
- Deringing filter
- tn/tmpnoise[|threshold1[|threshold2[|threshold3]]], temporal noise
reducer
- threshold1
- larger -> stronger filtering
- threshold2
- larger -> stronger filtering
- threshold3
- larger -> stronger filtering
- al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange], automatic brightness / contrast
correction
- f/fullyrange
- Stretch luminance to "0-255".
- lb/linblenddeint
- Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
filtering all lines with a "(1 2 1)"
filter.
- li/linipoldeint
- Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
block by linearly interpolating every second line.
- ci/cubicipoldeint
- Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block by
cubically interpolating every second line.
- md/mediandeint
- Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by applying
a median filter to every second line.
- fd/ffmpegdeint
- FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering
every second line with a "(-1 4 2 4 -1)"
filter.
- l5/lowpass5
- Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the
given block by filtering all lines with a "(-1 2 6 2
-1)" filter.
- fq/forceQuant[|quantizer]
- Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant quantizer
you specify.
- quantizer
- Quantizer to use
- de/default
- Default pp filter combination
("hb|a,vb|a,dr|a")
- fa/fast
- Fast pp filter combination
("h1|a,v1|a,dr|a")
- ac
- High quality pp filter combination
("ha|a|128|7,va|a,dr|a")
Examples
Apply Postprocessing filter 7. It is variant of the spp filter, similar
to spp = 6 with 7 point DCT, where only the center sample is used after IDCT.
The filter accepts the following options:
- qp
- Force a constant quantization parameter. It accepts an integer in range 0
to 63. If not set, the filter will use the QP from the video stream (if
available).
- mode
- Set thresholding mode. Available modes are:
- hard
- Set hard thresholding.
- soft
- Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely
blurrier).
- medium
- Set medium thresholding (good results, default).
Apply alpha premultiply effect to input video stream using first plane of second
stream as alpha.
Both streams must have same dimensions and same pixel format.
The filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied. By
default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.
- inplace
- Do not require 2nd input for processing, instead use alpha plane from
input stream.
Apply prewitt operator to input video stream.
The filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied. By
default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.
- scale
- Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.
- delta
- Set value which will be added to filtered result.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Alter frame colors in video with pseudocolors.
This filter accepts the following options:
- c0
- set pixel first component expression
- c1
- set pixel second component expression
- c2
- set pixel third component expression
- c3
- set pixel fourth component expression, corresponds to the alpha
component
- index, i
- set component to use as base for altering colors
- preset, p
- Pick one of built-in LUTs. By default is set to none.
Available LUTs:
- magma
- inferno
- plasma
- viridis
- turbo
- cividis
- range1
- range2
- shadows
- highlights
- opacity
- Set opacity of output colors. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default value
is set to 1.
Each of the expression options specifies the expression to use for
computing the lookup table for the corresponding pixel component values.
The expressions can contain the following constants and
functions:
- w
- h
- The input width and height.
- val
- The input value for the pixel component.
- ymin, umin, vmin, amin
- The minimum allowed component value.
- ymax, umax, vmax, amax
- The maximum allowed component value.
All expressions default to "val".
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Examples
- •
- Change too high luma values to gradient:
pseudocolor="'if(between(val,ymax,amax),lerp(ymin,ymax,(val-ymax)/(amax-ymax)),-1):if(between(val,ymax,amax),lerp(umax,umin,(val-ymax)/(amax-ymax)),-1):if(between(val,ymax,amax),lerp(vmin,vmax,(val-ymax)/(amax-ymax)),-1):-1'"
Obtain the average, maximum and minimum PSNR (Peak Signal to Noise Ratio)
between two input videos.
This filter takes in input two input videos, the first input is
considered the "main" source and is passed unchanged to the
output. The second input is used as a "reference" video for
computing the PSNR.
Both video inputs must have the same resolution and pixel format
for this filter to work correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs have the
same number of frames, which are compared one by one.
The obtained average PSNR is printed through the logging
system.
The filter stores the accumulated MSE (mean squared error) of each
frame, and at the end of the processing it is averaged across all frames
equally, and the following formula is applied to obtain the PSNR:
PSNR = 10*log10(MAX^2/MSE)
Where MAX is the average of the maximum values of each component
of the image.
The description of the accepted parameters follows.
- stats_file, f
- If specified the filter will use the named file to save the PSNR of each
individual frame. When filename equals "-" the data is sent to
standard output.
- stats_version
- Specifies which version of the stats file format to use. Details of each
format are written below. Default value is 1.
- stats_add_max
- Determines whether the max value is output to the stats log. Default value
is 0. Requires stats_version >= 2. If this is set and stats_version
< 2, the filter will return an error.
This filter also supports the framesync options.
The file printed if stats_file is selected, contains a
sequence of key/value pairs of the form key:value for each
compared couple of frames.
If a stats_version greater than 1 is specified, a header
line precedes the list of per-frame-pair stats, with key value pairs
following the frame format with the following parameters:
- psnr_log_version
- The version of the log file format. Will match stats_version.
- fields
- A comma separated list of the per-frame-pair parameters included in the
log.
A description of each shown per-frame-pair parameter follows:
- n
- sequential number of the input frame, starting from 1
- mse_avg
- Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared
frames, averaged over all the image components.
- mse_y, mse_u, mse_v, mse_r, mse_g, mse_b, mse_a
- Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared frames
for the component specified by the suffix.
- psnr_y, psnr_u, psnr_v, psnr_r, psnr_g, psnr_b, psnr_a
- Peak Signal to Noise ratio of the compared frames for the component
specified by the suffix.
- max_avg, max_y, max_u, max_v
- Maximum allowed value for each channel, and average over all
channels.
Examples
- For example:
movie=ref_movie.mpg, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
[main][ref] psnr="stats_file=stats.log" [out]
On this example the input file being processed is compared
with the reference file ref_movie.mpg. The PSNR of each
individual frame is stored in stats.log.
- Another example with different containers:
ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mkv -lavfi "[0:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[main];[1:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[ref];[main][ref]psnr" -f null -
Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed
hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive
content.
The pullup filter is designed to take advantage of future context
in making its decisions. This filter is stateless in the sense that it does
not lock onto a pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to the
following fields in order to identify matches and rebuild progressive
frames.
To produce content with an even framerate, insert the fps filter
after pullup, use "fps=24000/1001" if the
input frame rate is 29.97fps, "fps=24" for
30fps and the (rare) telecined 25fps input.
The filter accepts the following options:
- jl
- jr
- jt
- jb
- These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left,
right, top, and bottom of the image, respectively. Left and right are in
units of 8 pixels, while top and bottom are in units of 2 lines. The
default is 8 pixels on each side.
- sb
- Set the strict breaks. Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of
filter generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an
excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.
Conversely, setting it to -1 will make filter match fields more easily.
This may help processing of video where there is slight blurring between
the fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced frames in the
output. Default value is 0.
- mp
- Set the metric plane to use. It accepts the following values:
- l
- Use luma plane.
- u
- Use chroma blue plane.
- v
- Use chroma red plane.
This option may be set to use chroma plane instead of the default
luma plane for doing filter's computations. This may improve accuracy on
very clean source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy,
especially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale video.
The main purpose of setting mp to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU
load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.
For best results (without duplicated frames in the output file) it
is necessary to change the output frame rate. For example, to inverse
telecine NTSC input:
ffmpeg -i input -vf pullup -r 24000/1001 ...
Change video quantization parameters (QP).
The filter accepts the following option:
- qp
- Set expression for quantization parameter.
The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain,
among others, the following constants:
- known
- 1 if index is not 129, 0 otherwise.
- qp
- Sequential index starting from -129 to 128.
Examples
- •
- Some equation like:
qp=2+2*sin(PI*qp)
Flush video frames from internal cache of frames into a random order. No frame
is discarded. Inspired by frei0r nervous filter.
- frames
- Set size in number of frames of internal cache, in range from
2 to 512. Default is
30.
- seed
- Set seed for random number generator, must be an integer included between
0 and
"UINT32_MAX". If not specified, or if
explicitly set to less than 0, the filter will try
to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.
Read closed captioning (EIA-608) information from the top lines of a video
frame.
This filter adds frame metadata for
"lavfi.readeia608.X.cc" and
"lavfi.readeia608.X.line", where
"X" is the number of the identified line
with EIA-608 data (starting from 0). A description of each metadata value
follows:
- lavfi.readeia608.X.cc
- The two bytes stored as EIA-608 data (printed in hexadecimal).
- lavfi.readeia608.X.line
- The number of the line on which the EIA-608 data was identified and
read.
This filter accepts the following options:
- scan_min
- Set the line to start scanning for EIA-608 data. Default is
0.
- scan_max
- Set the line to end scanning for EIA-608 data. Default is
29.
- spw
- Set the ratio of width reserved for sync code detection. Default is
0.27. Allowed range is "[0.1
- 0.7]".
- chp
- Enable checking the parity bit. In the event of a parity error, the filter
will output 0x00 for that character. Default is
false.
- lp
- Lowpass lines prior to further processing. Default is enabled.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Examples
- •
- Output a csv with presentation time and the first two lines of identified
EIA-608 captioning data.
ffprobe -f lavfi -i movie=captioned_video.mov,readeia608 -show_entries frame=pkt_pts_time:frame_tags=lavfi.readeia608.0.cc,lavfi.readeia608.1.cc -of csv
Read vertical interval timecode (VITC) information from the top lines of a video
frame.
The filter adds frame metadata key
"lavfi.readvitc.tc_str" with the timecode
value, if a valid timecode has been detected. Further metadata key
"lavfi.readvitc.found" is set to 0/1
depending on whether timecode data has been found or not.
This filter accepts the following options:
- scan_max
- Set the maximum number of lines to scan for VITC data. If the value is set
to "-1" the full video frame is scanned.
Default is 45.
- thr_b
- Set the luma threshold for black. Accepts float numbers in the range
[0.0,1.0], default value is 0.2. The value must be
equal or less than "thr_w".
- thr_w
- Set the luma threshold for white. Accepts float numbers in the range
[0.0,1.0], default value is 0.6. The value must be
equal or greater than "thr_b".
Examples
- •
- Detect and draw VITC data onto the video frame; if no valid VITC is
detected, draw "--:--:--:--" as a
placeholder:
ffmpeg -i input.avi -filter:v 'readvitc,drawtext=fontfile=FreeMono.ttf:text=%{metadata\\:lavfi.readvitc.tc_str\\:--\\\\\\:--\\\\\\:--\\\\\\:--}:x=(w-tw)/2:y=400-ascent'
Remap pixels using 2nd: Xmap and 3rd: Ymap input video stream.
Destination pixel at position (X, Y) will be picked from source
(x, y) position where x = Xmap(X, Y) and y = Ymap(X, Y). If mapping values
are out of range, zero value for pixel will be used for destination
pixel.
Xmap and Ymap input video streams must be of same dimensions.
Output video stream will have Xmap/Ymap video stream dimensions. Xmap and
Ymap input video streams are 16bit depth, single channel.
- format
- Specify pixel format of output from this filter. Can be
"color" or
"gray". Default is
"color".
- fill
- Specify the color of the unmapped pixels. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default color is
"black".
The removegrain filter is a spatial denoiser for progressive video.
- m0
- Set mode for the first plane.
- m1
- Set mode for the second plane.
- m2
- Set mode for the third plane.
- m3
- Set mode for the fourth plane.
Range of mode is from 0 to 24. Description of each mode
follows:
- 0
- Leave input plane unchanged. Default.
- 1
- Clips the pixel with the minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour
pixels.
- 2
- Clips the pixel with the second minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour
pixels.
- 3
- Clips the pixel with the third minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour
pixels.
- 4
- Clips the pixel with the fourth minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour
pixels. This is equivalent to a median filter.
- 5
- Line-sensitive clipping giving the minimal change.
- 6
- Line-sensitive clipping, intermediate.
- 7
- Line-sensitive clipping, intermediate.
- 8
- Line-sensitive clipping, intermediate.
- 9
- Line-sensitive clipping on a line where the neighbours pixels are the
closest.
- 10
- Replaces the target pixel with the closest neighbour.
- 11
- [1 2 1] horizontal and vertical kernel blur.
- 12
- Same as mode 11.
- 13
- Bob mode, interpolates top field from the line where the neighbours pixels
are the closest.
- 14
- Bob mode, interpolates bottom field from the line where the neighbours
pixels are the closest.
- 15
- Bob mode, interpolates top field. Same as 13 but with a more complicated
interpolation formula.
- 16
- Bob mode, interpolates bottom field. Same as 14 but with a more
complicated interpolation formula.
- 17
- Clips the pixel with the minimum and maximum of respectively the maximum
and minimum of each pair of opposite neighbour pixels.
- 18
- Line-sensitive clipping using opposite neighbours whose greatest distance
from the current pixel is minimal.
- 19
- Replaces the pixel with the average of its 8 neighbours.
- 20
- Averages the 9 pixels ([1 1 1] horizontal and vertical blur).
- 21
- Clips pixels using the averages of opposite neighbour.
- 22
- Same as mode 21 but simpler and faster.
- 23
- Small edge and halo removal, but reputed useless.
- 24
- Similar as 23.
Suppress a TV station logo, using an image file to determine which pixels
comprise the logo. It works by filling in the pixels that comprise the logo
with neighboring pixels.
The filter accepts the following options:
- filename, f
- Set the filter bitmap file, which can be any image format supported by
libavformat. The width and height of the image file must match those of
the video stream being processed.
Pixels in the provided bitmap image with a value of zero are not
considered part of the logo, non-zero pixels are considered part of the
logo. If you use white (255) for the logo and black (0) for the rest, you
will be safe. For making the filter bitmap, it is recommended to take a
screen capture of a black frame with the logo visible, and then using a
threshold filter followed by the erode filter once or twice.
If needed, little splotches can be fixed manually. Remember that
if logo pixels are not covered, the filter quality will be much reduced.
Marking too many pixels as part of the logo does not hurt as much, but it
will increase the amount of blurring needed to cover over the image and will
destroy more information than necessary, and extra pixels will slow things
down on a large logo.
This filter uses the repeat_field flag from the Video ES headers and hard
repeats fields based on its value.
Reverse a video clip.
Warning: This filter requires memory to buffer the entire clip, so
trimming is suggested.
Examples
- •
- Take the first 5 seconds of a clip, and reverse it.
trim=end=5,reverse
Shift R/G/B/A pixels horizontally and/or vertically.
The filter accepts the following options:
- rh
- Set amount to shift red horizontally.
- rv
- Set amount to shift red vertically.
- gh
- Set amount to shift green horizontally.
- gv
- Set amount to shift green vertically.
- bh
- Set amount to shift blue horizontally.
- bv
- Set amount to shift blue vertically.
- ah
- Set amount to shift alpha horizontally.
- av
- Set amount to shift alpha vertically.
- edge
- Set edge mode, can be smear, default, or warp.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply roberts cross operator to input video stream.
The filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied. By
default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.
- scale
- Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.
- delta
- Set value which will be added to filtered result.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Rotate video by an arbitrary angle expressed in radians.
The filter accepts the following options:
A description of the optional parameters follows.
- angle, a
- Set an expression for the angle by which to rotate the input video
clockwise, expressed as a number of radians. A negative value will result
in a counter-clockwise rotation. By default it is set to "0".
This expression is evaluated for each frame.
- out_w, ow
- Set the output width expression, default value is "iw". This
expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
- out_h, oh
- Set the output height expression, default value is "ih". This
expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
- bilinear
- Enable bilinear interpolation if set to 1, a value of 0 disables it.
Default value is 1.
- fillcolor, c
- Set the color used to fill the output area not covered by the rotated
image. For the general syntax of this option, check the
"Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the
special value "none" is selected then no background is printed
(useful for example if the background is never shown).
Default value is "black".
The expressions for the angle and the output size can contain the
following constants and functions:
- n
- sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0. It is always NAN
before the first frame is filtered.
- t
- time in seconds of the input frame, it is set to 0 when the filter is
configured. It is always NAN before the first frame is filtered.
- hsub
- vsub
- horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel
format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.
- in_w, iw
- in_h, ih
- the input video width and height
- out_w, ow
- out_h, oh
- the output width and height, that is the size of the padded area as
specified by the width and height expressions
- rotw(a)
- roth(a)
- the minimal width/height required for completely containing the input
video rotated by a radians.
These are only available when computing the out_w and
out_h expressions.
Examples
- Rotate the input by PI/6 radians clockwise:
rotate=PI/6
- Rotate the input by PI/6 radians counter-clockwise:
rotate=-PI/6
- Rotate the input by 45 degrees clockwise:
rotate=45*PI/180
- Apply a constant rotation with period T, starting from an angle of PI/3:
rotate=PI/3+2*PI*t/T
- Make the input video rotation oscillating with a period of T seconds and
an amplitude of A radians:
rotate=A*sin(2*PI/T*t)
- Rotate the video, output size is chosen so that the whole rotating input
video is always completely contained in the output:
rotate='2*PI*t:ow=hypot(iw,ih):oh=ow'
- Rotate the video, reduce the output size so that no background is ever
shown:
rotate=2*PI*t:ow='min(iw,ih)/sqrt(2)':oh=ow:c=none
Commands
The filter supports the following commands:
- a, angle
- Set the angle expression. The command accepts the same syntax of the
corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Apply Shape Adaptive Blur.
The filter accepts the following options:
- luma_radius, lr
- Set luma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0, default
value is 1.0. A greater value will result in a more blurred image, and in
slower processing.
- luma_pre_filter_radius, lpfr
- Set luma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range, default
value is 1.0.
- luma_strength, ls
- Set luma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, must be
a value in the 0.1-100.0 range, default value is 1.0.
- chroma_radius, cr
- Set chroma blur filter strength, must be a value in range -0.9-4.0. A
greater value will result in a more blurred image, and in slower
processing.
- chroma_pre_filter_radius, cpfr
- Set chroma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the -0.9-2.0 range.
- chroma_strength, cs
- Set chroma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, must
be a value in the -0.9-100.0 range.
Each chroma option value, if not explicitly specified, is set to
the corresponding luma option value.
Scale (resize) the input video, using the libswscale library.
The scale filter forces the output display aspect ratio to be the
same of the input, by changing the output sample aspect ratio.
If the input image format is different from the format requested
by the next filter, the scale filter will convert the input to the requested
format.
Options
The filter accepts the following options, or any of the options
supported by the libswscale scaler.
See the ffmpeg-scaler manual for the complete list of
scaler options.
- width, w
- height, h
- Set the output video dimension expression. Default value is the input
dimension.
If the width or w value is 0, the input width is
used for the output. If the height or h value is 0, the
input height is used for the output.
If one and only one of the values is -n with n >= 1, the
scale filter will use a value that maintains the aspect ratio of the
input image, calculated from the other specified dimension. After that
it will, however, make sure that the calculated dimension is divisible
by n and adjust the value if necessary.
If both values are -n with n >= 1, the behavior will be
identical to both values being set to 0 as previously detailed.
See below for the list of accepted constants for use in the
dimension expression.
- eval
- Specify when to evaluate width and height expression. It
accepts the following values:
- init
- Only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a
command is processed.
- frame
- Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame.
- interl
- Set the interlacing mode. It accepts the following values:
- 1
- Force interlaced aware scaling.
- 0
- Do not apply interlaced scaling.
- -1
- Select interlaced aware scaling depending on whether the source frames are
flagged as interlaced or not.
- flags
- Set libswscale scaling flags. See the ffmpeg-scaler manual for the
complete list of values. If not explicitly specified the filter applies
the default flags.
- param0, param1
- Set libswscale input parameters for scaling algorithms that need them. See
the ffmpeg-scaler manual for the complete documentation. If not
explicitly specified the filter applies empty parameters.
- size, s
- Set the video size. For the syntax of this option, check the
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
- in_color_matrix
- out_color_matrix
- Set in/output YCbCr color space type.
This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as
allows forcing a specific value used for the output and encoder.
If not specified, the color space type depends on the pixel
format.
Possible values:
- auto
- Choose automatically.
- bt709
- Format conforming to International Telecommunication Union (ITU)
Recommendation BT.709.
- fcc
- Set color space conforming to the United States Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47 (2003) 73.682
(a).
- bt601
- bt470
- smpte170m
- Set color space conforming to:
- ITU Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R) Recommendation BT.601
- ITU-R Rec. BT.470-6 (1998) Systems B, B1, and G
- Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE) ST
170:2004
- smpte240m
- Set color space conforming to SMPTE ST 240:1999.
- bt2020
- Set color space conforming to ITU-R BT.2020 non-constant luminance
system.
- in_range
- out_range
- Set in/output YCbCr sample range.
This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as
allows forcing a specific value used for the output and encoder. If not
specified, the range depends on the pixel format. Possible values:
- auto/unknown
- Choose automatically.
- jpeg/full/pc
- Set full range (0-255 in case of 8-bit luma).
- mpeg/limited/tv
- Set "MPEG" range (16-235 in case of 8-bit luma).
- force_original_aspect_ratio
- Enable decreasing or increasing output video width or height if necessary
to keep the original aspect ratio. Possible values:
- disable
- Scale the video as specified and disable this feature.
- decrease
- The output video dimensions will automatically be decreased if
needed.
- increase
- The output video dimensions will automatically be increased if
needed.
One useful instance of this option is that when you know a
specific device's maximum allowed resolution, you can use this to limit the
output video to that, while retaining the aspect ratio. For example, device
A allows 1280x720 playback, and your video is 1920x800. Using this option
(set it to decrease) and specifying 1280x720 to the command line makes the
output 1280x533.
Please note that this is a different thing than specifying -1 for
w or h, you still need to specify the output resolution for
this option to work.
- force_divisible_by
- Ensures that both the output dimensions, width and height, are divisible
by the given integer when used together with
force_original_aspect_ratio. This works similar to using
"-n" in the w and h
options.
This option respects the value set for
force_original_aspect_ratio, increasing or decreasing the
resolution accordingly. The video's aspect ratio may be slightly
modified.
This option can be handy if you need to have a video fit
within or exceed a defined resolution using
force_original_aspect_ratio but also have encoder restrictions on
width or height divisibility.
The values of the w and h options are expressions
containing the following constants:
- in_w
- in_h
- The input width and height
- iw
- ih
- These are the same as in_w and in_h.
- out_w
- out_h
- The output (scaled) width and height
- ow
- oh
- These are the same as out_w and out_h
- a
- The same as iw / ih
- sar
- input sample aspect ratio
- dar
- The input display aspect ratio. Calculated from "(iw
/ ih) * sar".
- hsub
- vsub
- horizontal and vertical input chroma subsample values. For example for the
pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is
1.
- ohsub
- ovsub
- horizontal and vertical output chroma subsample values. For example for
the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is
1.
- n
- The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0. Only
available with "eval=frame".
- t
- The presentation timestamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
seconds. Only available with
"eval=frame".
- pos
- The position (byte offset) of the frame in the input stream, or NaN if
this information is unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of
synthetic video). Only available with
"eval=frame".
Examples
- Scale the input video to a size of 200x100
scale=w=200:h=100
This is equivalent to:
scale=200:100
or:
scale=200x100
- Specify a size abbreviation for the output size:
scale=qcif
which can also be written as:
scale=size=qcif
- Scale the input to 2x:
scale=w=2*iw:h=2*ih
- The above is the same as:
scale=2*in_w:2*in_h
- Scale the input to 2x with forced interlaced scaling:
scale=2*iw:2*ih:interl=1
- Scale the input to half size:
scale=w=iw/2:h=ih/2
- Increase the width, and set the height to the same size:
scale=3/2*iw:ow
- Seek Greek harmony:
scale=iw:1/PHI*iw
scale=ih*PHI:ih
- Increase the height, and set the width to 3/2 of the height:
scale=w=3/2*oh:h=3/5*ih
- Increase the size, making the size a multiple of the chroma subsample
values:
scale="trunc(3/2*iw/hsub)*hsub:trunc(3/2*ih/vsub)*vsub"
- Increase the width to a maximum of 500 pixels, keeping the same aspect
ratio as the input:
scale=w='min(500\, iw*3/2):h=-1'
- Make pixels square by combining scale and setsar:
scale='trunc(ih*dar):ih',setsar=1/1
- Make pixels square by combining scale and setsar, making sure the
resulting resolution is even (required by some codecs):
scale='trunc(ih*dar/2)*2:trunc(ih/2)*2',setsar=1/1
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- width, w
- height, h
- Set the output video dimension expression. The command accepts the same
syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Use the NVIDIA Performance Primitives (libnpp) to perform scaling and/or pixel
format conversion on CUDA video frames. Setting the output width and height
works in the same way as for the scale filter.
The following additional options are accepted:
- format
- The pixel format of the output CUDA frames. If set to the string
"same" (the default), the input format will be kept. Note that
automatic format negotiation and conversion is not yet supported for
hardware frames
- interp_algo
- The interpolation algorithm used for resizing. One of the following:
- nn
- Nearest neighbour.
- linear
- cubic
- cubic2p_bspline
- 2-parameter cubic (B=1, C=0)
- cubic2p_catmullrom
- 2-parameter cubic (B=0, C=1/2)
- cubic2p_b05c03
- 2-parameter cubic (B=1/2, C=3/10)
- super
- Supersampling
- lanczos
- force_original_aspect_ratio
- Enable decreasing or increasing output video width or height if necessary
to keep the original aspect ratio. Possible values:
- disable
- Scale the video as specified and disable this feature.
- decrease
- The output video dimensions will automatically be decreased if
needed.
- increase
- The output video dimensions will automatically be increased if
needed.
One useful instance of this option is that when you know a
specific device's maximum allowed resolution, you can use this to limit the
output video to that, while retaining the aspect ratio. For example, device
A allows 1280x720 playback, and your video is 1920x800. Using this option
(set it to decrease) and specifying 1280x720 to the command line makes the
output 1280x533.
Please note that this is a different thing than specifying -1 for
w or h, you still need to specify the output resolution for
this option to work.
- force_divisible_by
- Ensures that both the output dimensions, width and height, are divisible
by the given integer when used together with
force_original_aspect_ratio. This works similar to using
"-n" in the w and h
options.
This option respects the value set for
force_original_aspect_ratio, increasing or decreasing the
resolution accordingly. The video's aspect ratio may be slightly
modified.
This option can be handy if you need to have a video fit
within or exceed a defined resolution using
force_original_aspect_ratio but also have encoder restrictions on
width or height divisibility.
Scale (resize) the input video, based on a reference video.
See the scale filter for available options, scale2ref supports the
same but uses the reference video instead of the main input as basis.
scale2ref also supports the following additional constants for the w
and h options:
- main_w
- main_h
- The main input video's width and height
- main_a
- The same as main_w / main_h
- main_sar
- The main input video's sample aspect ratio
- main_dar, mdar
- The main input video's display aspect ratio. Calculated from
"(main_w / main_h) * main_sar".
- main_hsub
- main_vsub
- The main input video's horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values.
For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and
vsub is 1.
- main_n
- The (sequential) number of the main input frame, starting from 0. Only
available with "eval=frame".
- main_t
- The presentation timestamp of the main input frame, expressed as a number
of seconds. Only available with
"eval=frame".
- main_pos
- The position (byte offset) of the frame in the main input stream, or NaN
if this information is unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case
of synthetic video). Only available with
"eval=frame".
Examples
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- width, w
- height, h
- Set the output video dimension expression. The command accepts the same
syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Scroll input video horizontally and/or vertically by constant speed.
The filter accepts the following options:
- horizontal, h
- Set the horizontal scrolling speed. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1
to 1. Negative values changes scrolling direction.
- vertical, v
- Set the vertical scrolling speed. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1
to 1. Negative values changes scrolling direction.
- hpos
- Set the initial horizontal scrolling position. Default is 0. Allowed range
is from 0 to 1.
- vpos
- Set the initial vertical scrolling position. Default is 0. Allowed range
is from 0 to 1.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- horizontal, h
- Set the horizontal scrolling speed.
- vertical, v
- Set the vertical scrolling speed.
Detect video scene change.
This filter sets frame metadata with mafd between frame, the scene
score, and forward the frame to the next filter, so they can use these
metadata to detect scene change or others.
In addition, this filter logs a message and sets frame metadata
when it detects a scene change by threshold.
"lavfi.scd.mafd" metadata keys
are set with mafd for every frame.
"lavfi.scd.score" metadata keys
are set with scene change score for every frame to detect scene change.
"lavfi.scd.time" metadata keys
are set with current filtered frame time which detect scene change with
threshold.
The filter accepts the following options:
- threshold, t
- Set the scene change detection threshold as a percentage of maximum
change. Good values are in the "[8.0,
14.0]" range. The range for threshold is
"[0., 100.]".
Default value is 10..
- sc_pass, s
- Set the flag to pass scene change frames to the next filter. Default value
is 0 You can enable it if you want to get snapshot
of scene change frames only.
Adjust cyan, magenta, yellow and black (CMYK) to certain ranges of colors (such
as "reds", "yellows", "greens",
"cyans", ...). The adjustment range is defined by the
"purity" of the color (that is, how saturated it already is).
This filter is similar to the Adobe Photoshop Selective Color
tool.
The filter accepts the following options:
- correction_method
- Select color correction method.
Available values are:
- absolute
- Specified adjustments are applied "as-is" (added/subtracted to
original pixel component value).
- relative
- Specified adjustments are relative to the original component value.
- reds
- Adjustments for red pixels (pixels where the red component is the
maximum)
- yellows
- Adjustments for yellow pixels (pixels where the blue component is the
minimum)
- greens
- Adjustments for green pixels (pixels where the green component is the
maximum)
- cyans
- Adjustments for cyan pixels (pixels where the red component is the
minimum)
- blues
- Adjustments for blue pixels (pixels where the blue component is the
maximum)
- magentas
- Adjustments for magenta pixels (pixels where the green component is the
minimum)
- whites
- Adjustments for white pixels (pixels where all components are greater than
128)
- neutrals
- Adjustments for all pixels except pure black and pure white
- blacks
- Adjustments for black pixels (pixels where all components are lesser than
128)
- psfile
- Specify a Photoshop selective color file
(".asv") to import the settings
from.
All the adjustment settings (reds, yellows, ...)
accept up to 4 space separated floating point adjustment values in the
[-1,1] range, respectively to adjust the amount of cyan, magenta, yellow and
black for the pixels of its range.
Examples
The "separatefields" takes a frame-based video
input and splits each frame into its components fields, producing a new half
height clip with twice the frame rate and twice the frame count.
This filter use field-dominance information in frame to decide
which of each pair of fields to place first in the output. If it gets it
wrong use setfield filter before
"separatefields" filter.
The "setdar" filter sets the Display Aspect
Ratio for the filter output video.
This is done by changing the specified Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect
Ratio, according to the following equation:
<DAR> = <HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION> / <VERTICAL_RESOLUTION> * <SAR>
Keep in mind that the "setdar"
filter does not modify the pixel dimensions of the video frame. Also, the
display aspect ratio set by this filter may be changed by later filters in
the filterchain, e.g. in case of scaling or if another "setdar" or
a "setsar" filter is applied.
The "setsar" filter sets the
Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect Ratio for the filter output video.
Note that as a consequence of the application of this filter, the
output display aspect ratio will change according to the equation above.
Keep in mind that the sample aspect ratio set by the
"setsar" filter may be changed by later
filters in the filterchain, e.g. if another "setsar" or a
"setdar" filter is applied.
It accepts the following parameters:
- r, ratio, dar ("setdar" only), sar
("setsar" only)
- Set the aspect ratio used by the filter.
The parameter can be a floating point number string, an
expression, or a string of the form num:den, where
num and den are the numerator and denominator of the
aspect ratio. If the parameter is not specified, it is assumed the value
"0". In case the form "num:den" is
used, the ":" character should be
escaped.
- max
- Set the maximum integer value to use for expressing numerator and
denominator when reducing the expressed aspect ratio to a rational.
Default value is 100.
The parameter sar is an expression containing the following
constants:
- E, PI, PHI
- These are approximated values for the mathematical constants e (Euler's
number), pi (Greek pi), and phi (the golden ratio).
- w, h
- The input width and height.
- a
- These are the same as w / h.
- sar
- The input sample aspect ratio.
- dar
- The input display aspect ratio. It is the same as (w / h) *
sar.
- hsub, vsub
- Horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the
pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is
1.
Examples
Force field for the output video frame.
The "setfield" filter marks the
interlace type field for the output frames. It does not change the input
frame, but only sets the corresponding property, which affects how the frame
is treated by following filters (e.g.
"fieldorder" or
"yadif").
The filter accepts the following options:
- mode
- Available values are:
- auto
- Keep the same field property.
- bff
- Mark the frame as bottom-field-first.
- tff
- Mark the frame as top-field-first.
- prog
- Mark the frame as progressive.
Force frame parameter for the output video frame.
The "setparams" filter marks
interlace and color range for the output frames. It does not change the
input frame, but only sets the corresponding property, which affects how the
frame is treated by filters/encoders.
- field_mode
- Available values are:
- auto
- Keep the same field property (default).
- bff
- Mark the frame as bottom-field-first.
- tff
- Mark the frame as top-field-first.
- prog
- Mark the frame as progressive.
- range
- Available values are:
- auto
- Keep the same color range property (default).
- unspecified, unknown
- Mark the frame as unspecified color range.
- limited, tv, mpeg
- Mark the frame as limited range.
- full, pc, jpeg
- Mark the frame as full range.
- color_primaries
- Set the color primaries. Available values are:
- auto
- Keep the same color primaries property (default).
- bt709
- unknown
- bt470m
- bt470bg
- smpte170m
- smpte240m
- film
- bt2020
- smpte428
- smpte431
- smpte432
- jedec-p22
- color_trc
- Set the color transfer. Available values are:
- auto
- Keep the same color trc property (default).
- bt709
- unknown
- bt470m
- bt470bg
- smpte170m
- smpte240m
- linear
- log100
- log316
- iec61966-2-4
- bt1361e
- iec61966-2-1
- bt2020-10
- bt2020-12
- smpte2084
- smpte428
- arib-std-b67
- colorspace
- Set the colorspace. Available values are:
- auto
- Keep the same colorspace property (default).
- gbr
- bt709
- unknown
- fcc
- bt470bg
- smpte170m
- smpte240m
- ycgco
- bt2020nc
- bt2020c
- smpte2085
- chroma-derived-nc
- chroma-derived-c
- ictcp
Apply shear transform to input video.
This filter supports the following options:
- shx
- Shear factor in X-direction. Default value is 0. Allowed range is from -2
to 2.
- shy
- Shear factor in Y-direction. Default value is 0. Allowed range is from -2
to 2.
- fillcolor, c
- Set the color used to fill the output area not covered by the transformed
video. For the general syntax of this option, check the
"Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the
special value "none" is selected then no background is printed
(useful for example if the background is never shown).
Default value is "black".
- interp
- Set interpolation type. Can be
"bilinear" or
"nearest". Default is
"bilinear".
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Show a line containing various information for each input video frame. The input
video is not modified.
This filter supports the following options:
- checksum
- Calculate checksums of each plane. By default enabled.
The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
key:value.
The following values are shown in the output:
- n
- The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.
- pts
- The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
time base units. The time base unit depends on the filter input pad.
- pts_time
- The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
seconds.
- pos
- The position of the frame in the input stream, or -1 if this information
is unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic
video).
- fmt
- The pixel format name.
- sar
- The sample aspect ratio of the input frame, expressed in the form
num/den.
- s
- The size of the input frame. For the syntax of this option, check the
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
- i
- The type of interlaced mode ("P" for "progressive",
"T" for top field first, "B" for bottom field
first).
- iskey
- This is 1 if the frame is a key frame, 0 otherwise.
- type
- The picture type of the input frame ("I" for an I-frame,
"P" for a P-frame, "B" for a B-frame, or "?"
for an unknown type). Also refer to the documentation of the
"AVPictureType" enum and of the
"av_get_picture_type_char" function
defined in libavutil/avutil.h.
- checksum
- The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of all the planes of the
input frame.
- plane_checksum
- The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of each plane of the input
frame, expressed in the form "[c0 c1 c2
c3]".
- mean
- The mean value of pixels in each plane of the input frame, expressed in
the form "[mean0 mean1 mean2
mean3]".
- stdev
- The standard deviation of pixel values in each plane of the input frame,
expressed in the form "[stdev0 stdev1 stdev2
stdev3]".
Displays the 256 colors palette of each frame. This filter is only relevant for
pal8 pixel format frames.
It accepts the following option:
- s
- Set the size of the box used to represent one palette color entry. Default
is 30 (for a
"30x30" pixel box).
Reorder and/or duplicate and/or drop video frames.
It accepts the following parameters:
- mapping
- Set the destination indexes of input frames. This is space or '|'
separated list of indexes that maps input frames to output frames. Number
of indexes also sets maximal value that each index may have. '-1' index
have special meaning and that is to drop frame.
The first frame has the index 0. The default is to keep the input
unchanged.
Examples
Reorder pixels in video frames.
This filter accepts the following options:
- direction, d
- Set shuffle direction. Can be forward or inverse direction. Default
direction is forward.
- mode, m
- Set shuffle mode. Can be horizontal, vertical or block mode.
- width, w
- height, h
- Set shuffle block_size. In case of horizontal shuffle mode only width part
of size is used, and in case of vertical shuffle mode only height part of
size is used.
- seed, s
- Set random seed used with shuffling pixels. Mainly useful to set to be
able to reverse filtering process to get original input. For example, to
reverse forward shuffle you need to use same parameters and exact same
seed and to set direction to inverse.
Reorder and/or duplicate video planes.
It accepts the following parameters:
- map0
- The index of the input plane to be used as the first output plane.
- map1
- The index of the input plane to be used as the second output plane.
- map2
- The index of the input plane to be used as the third output plane.
- map3
- The index of the input plane to be used as the fourth output plane.
The first plane has the index 0. The default is to keep the input
unchanged.
Examples
- •
- Swap the second and third planes of the input:
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf shuffleplanes=0:2:1:3 OUTPUT
Evaluate various visual metrics that assist in determining issues associated
with the digitization of analog video media.
By default the filter will log these metadata values:
- YMIN
- Display the minimal Y value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
range of [0-255].
- YLOW
- Display the Y value at the 10% percentile within the input frame.
Expressed in range of [0-255].
- YAVG
- Display the average Y value within the input frame. Expressed in range of
[0-255].
- YHIGH
- Display the Y value at the 90% percentile within the input frame.
Expressed in range of [0-255].
- YMAX
- Display the maximum Y value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
range of [0-255].
- UMIN
- Display the minimal U value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
range of [0-255].
- ULOW
- Display the U value at the 10% percentile within the input frame.
Expressed in range of [0-255].
- UAVG
- Display the average U value within the input frame. Expressed in range of
[0-255].
- UHIGH
- Display the U value at the 90% percentile within the input frame.
Expressed in range of [0-255].
- UMAX
- Display the maximum U value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
range of [0-255].
- VMIN
- Display the minimal V value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
range of [0-255].
- VLOW
- Display the V value at the 10% percentile within the input frame.
Expressed in range of [0-255].
- VAVG
- Display the average V value within the input frame. Expressed in range of
[0-255].
- VHIGH
- Display the V value at the 90% percentile within the input frame.
Expressed in range of [0-255].
- VMAX
- Display the maximum V value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
range of [0-255].
- SATMIN
- Display the minimal saturation value contained within the input frame.
Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
- SATLOW
- Display the saturation value at the 10% percentile within the input frame.
Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
- SATAVG
- Display the average saturation value within the input frame. Expressed in
range of [0-~181.02].
- SATHIGH
- Display the saturation value at the 90% percentile within the input frame.
Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
- SATMAX
- Display the maximum saturation value contained within the input frame.
Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
- HUEMED
- Display the median value for hue within the input frame. Expressed in
range of [0-360].
- HUEAVG
- Display the average value for hue within the input frame. Expressed in
range of [0-360].
- YDIF
- Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the Y
plane in the current frame and corresponding values of the previous input
frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
- UDIF
- Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the U
plane in the current frame and corresponding values of the previous input
frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
- VDIF
- Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the V
plane in the current frame and corresponding values of the previous input
frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
- YBITDEPTH
- Display bit depth of Y plane in current frame. Expressed in range of
[0-16].
- UBITDEPTH
- Display bit depth of U plane in current frame. Expressed in range of
[0-16].
- VBITDEPTH
- Display bit depth of V plane in current frame. Expressed in range of
[0-16].
The filter accepts the following options:
- stat
- out
- stat specify an additional form of image analysis. out
output video with the specified type of pixel highlighted.
Both options accept the following values:
- tout
- Identify temporal outliers pixels. A temporal outlier is a
pixel unlike the neighboring pixels of the same field. Examples of
temporal outliers include the results of video dropouts, head clogs, or
tape tracking issues.
- vrep
- Identify vertical line repetition. Vertical line repetition
includes similar rows of pixels within a frame. In born-digital video
vertical line repetition is common, but this pattern is uncommon in video
digitized from an analog source. When it occurs in video that results from
the digitization of an analog source it can indicate concealment from a
dropout compensator.
- brng
- Identify pixels that fall outside of legal broadcast range.
- color, c
- Set the highlight color for the out option. The default color is
yellow.
Examples
- Output data of various video metrics:
ffprobe -f lavfi movie=example.mov,signalstats="stat=tout+vrep+brng" -show_frames
- Output specific data about the minimum and maximum values of the Y plane
per frame:
ffprobe -f lavfi movie=example.mov,signalstats -show_entries frame_tags=lavfi.signalstats.YMAX,lavfi.signalstats.YMIN
- Playback video while highlighting pixels that are outside of broadcast
range in red.
ffplay example.mov -vf signalstats="out=brng:color=red"
- Playback video with signalstats metadata drawn over the frame.
ffplay example.mov -vf signalstats=stat=brng+vrep+tout,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=signalstat_drawtext.txt
The contents of signalstat_drawtext.txt used in the command
are:
time %{pts:hms}
Y (%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.YMIN}-%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.YMAX})
U (%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.UMIN}-%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.UMAX})
V (%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.VMIN}-%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.VMAX})
saturation maximum: %{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.SATMAX}
Calculates the MPEG-7 Video Signature. The filter can handle more than one
input. In this case the matching between the inputs can be calculated
additionally. The filter always passes through the first input. The signature
of each stream can be written into a file.
It accepts the following options:
- detectmode
- Enable or disable the matching process.
Available values are:
- off
- Disable the calculation of a matching (default).
- full
- Calculate the matching for the whole video and output whether the whole
video matches or only parts.
- fast
- Calculate only until a matching is found or the video ends. Should be
faster in some cases.
- nb_inputs
- Set the number of inputs. The option value must be a non negative integer.
Default value is 1.
- filename
- Set the path to which the output is written. If there is more than one
input, the path must be a prototype, i.e. must contain
%d or %0nd (where n is a
positive integer), that will be replaced with the input number. If no
filename is specified, no output will be written. This is the
default.
- format
- Choose the output format.
Available values are:
- binary
- Use the specified binary representation (default).
- xml
- Use the specified xml representation.
- th_d
- Set threshold to detect one word as similar. The option value must be an
integer greater than zero. The default value is 9000.
- th_dc
- Set threshold to detect all words as similar. The option value must be an
integer greater than zero. The default value is 60000.
- th_xh
- Set threshold to detect frames as similar. The option value must be an
integer greater than zero. The default value is 116.
- th_di
- Set the minimum length of a sequence in frames to recognize it as matching
sequence. The option value must be a non negative integer value. The
default value is 0.
- th_it
- Set the minimum relation, that matching frames to all frames must have.
The option value must be a double value between 0 and 1. The default value
is 0.5.
Examples
- To calculate the signature of an input video and store it in
signature.bin:
ffmpeg -i input.mkv -vf signature=filename=signature.bin -map 0:v -f null -
- To detect whether two videos match and store the signatures in XML format
in signature0.xml and signature1.xml:
ffmpeg -i input1.mkv -i input2.mkv -filter_complex "[0:v][1:v] signature=nb_inputs=2:detectmode=full:format=xml:filename=signature%d.xml" -map :v -f null -
Blur the input video without impacting the outlines.
It accepts the following options:
- luma_radius, lr
- Set the luma radius. The option value must be a float number in the range
[0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter used to blur
the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
- luma_strength, ls
- Set the luma strength. The option value must be a float number in the
range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included in
[0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in [-1.0,0.0] will
sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
- luma_threshold, lt
- Set the luma threshold used as a coefficient to determine whether a pixel
should be blurred or not. The option value must be an integer in the range
[-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image, a value included in
[0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included in [-30,0] will filter
edges. Default value is 0.
- chroma_radius, cr
- Set the chroma radius. The option value must be a float number in the
range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter used to
blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is
luma_radius.
- chroma_strength, cs
- Set the chroma strength. The option value must be a float number in the
range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included in
[0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in [-1.0,0.0] will
sharpen the image. Default value is luma_strength.
- chroma_threshold, ct
- Set the chroma threshold used as a coefficient to determine whether a
pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an integer in the
range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image, a value included
in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included in [-30,0] will
filter edges. Default value is luma_threshold.
If a chroma option is not explicitly set, the corresponding luma
value is set.
Apply sobel operator to input video stream.
The filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied. By
default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.
- scale
- Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.
- delta
- Set value which will be added to filtered result.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Apply a simple postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses the image
at several (or - in the case of quality level 6
- all) shifts and average the results.
The filter accepts the following options:
- quality
- Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It
accepts an integer in the range 0-6. If set to 0,
the filter will have no effect. A value of 6 means
the higher quality. For each increment of that value the speed drops by a
factor of approximately 2. Default value is
3.
- qp
- Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use
the QP from the video stream (if available).
- mode
- Set thresholding mode. Available modes are:
- hard
- Set hard thresholding (default).
- soft
- Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely
blurrier).
- use_bframe_qp
- Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to
1. Using this option may cause flicker since the
B-Frames have often larger QP. Default is 0 (not
enabled).
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- quality, level
- Set quality level. The value "max" can
be used to set the maximum level, currently
6.
Scale the input by applying one of the super-resolution methods based on
convolutional neural networks. Supported models:
- Super-Resolution Convolutional Neural Network model (SRCNN). See
<https://arxiv.org/abs/1501.00092>.
- Efficient Sub-Pixel Convolutional Neural Network model (ESPCN). See
<https://arxiv.org/abs/1609.05158>.
Training scripts as well as scripts for model file (.pb) saving
can be found at
<https://github.com/XueweiMeng/sr/tree/sr_dnn_native>. Original
repository is at
<https://github.com/HighVoltageRocknRoll/sr.git>.
Native model files (.model) can be generated from TensorFlow model
files (.pb) by using tools/python/convert.py
The filter accepts the following options:
- dnn_backend
- Specify which DNN backend to use for model loading and execution. This
option accepts the following values:
- native
- Native implementation of DNN loading and execution.
- tensorflow
- TensorFlow backend. To enable this backend you need to install the
TensorFlow for C library (see
<https://www.tensorflow.org/install/install_c>) and configure
FFmpeg with
"--enable-libtensorflow"
- model
- Set path to model file specifying network architecture and its parameters.
Note that different backends use different file formats. TensorFlow
backend can load files for both formats, while native backend can load
files for only its format.
- scale_factor
- Set scale factor for SRCNN model. Allowed values are
2, 3 and
4. Default value is 2.
Scale factor is necessary for SRCNN model, because it accepts input
upscaled using bicubic upscaling with proper scale factor.
This feature can also be finished with dnn_processing
filter.
Obtain the SSIM (Structural SImilarity Metric) between two input videos.
This filter takes in input two input videos, the first input is
considered the "main" source and is passed unchanged to the
output. The second input is used as a "reference" video for
computing the SSIM.
Both video inputs must have the same resolution and pixel format
for this filter to work correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs have the
same number of frames, which are compared one by one.
The filter stores the calculated SSIM of each frame.
The description of the accepted parameters follows.
- stats_file, f
- If specified the filter will use the named file to save the SSIM of each
individual frame. When filename equals "-" the data is sent to
standard output.
The file printed if stats_file is selected, contains a
sequence of key/value pairs of the form key:value for each
compared couple of frames.
A description of each shown parameter follows:
- n
- sequential number of the input frame, starting from 1
- Y, U, V, R, G, B
- SSIM of the compared frames for the component specified by the
suffix.
- All
- SSIM of the compared frames for the whole frame.
- dB
- Same as above but in dB representation.
This filter also supports the framesync options.
Examples
- For example:
movie=ref_movie.mpg, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
[main][ref] ssim="stats_file=stats.log" [out]
On this example the input file being processed is compared
with the reference file ref_movie.mpg. The SSIM of each
individual frame is stored in stats.log.
- Another example with both psnr and ssim at same time:
ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mpg -lavfi "ssim;[0:v][1:v]psnr" -f null -
- Another example with different containers:
ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mkv -lavfi "[0:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[main];[1:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[ref];[main][ref]ssim" -f null -
Convert between different stereoscopic image formats.
The filters accept the following options:
- in
- Set stereoscopic image format of input.
Available values for input image formats are:
- sbsl
- side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
- sbsr
- side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
- sbs2l
- side by side parallel with half width resolution (left eye left, right eye
right)
- sbs2r
- side by side crosseye with half width resolution (right eye left, left eye
right)
- abl
- tbl
- above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
- abr
- tbr
- above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
- ab2l
- tb2l
- above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye
below)
- ab2r
- tb2r
- above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye
below)
- al
- alternating frames (left eye first, right eye second)
- ar
- alternating frames (right eye first, left eye second)
- irl
- interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)
- irr
- interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)
- icl
- interleaved columns, left eye first
- icr
- interleaved columns, right eye first
Default value is sbsl.
- out
- Set stereoscopic image format of output.
- sbsl
- side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
- sbsr
- side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
- sbs2l
- side by side parallel with half width resolution (left eye left, right eye
right)
- sbs2r
- side by side crosseye with half width resolution (right eye left, left eye
right)
- abl
- tbl
- above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
- abr
- tbr
- above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
- ab2l
- tb2l
- above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye
below)
- ab2r
- tb2r
- above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye
below)
- al
- alternating frames (left eye first, right eye second)
- ar
- alternating frames (right eye first, left eye second)
- irl
- interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)
- irr
- interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)
- arbg
- anaglyph red/blue gray (red filter on left eye, blue filter on right
eye)
- argg
- anaglyph red/green gray (red filter on left eye, green filter on right
eye)
- arcg
- anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right
eye)
- arch
- anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on
right eye)
- arcc
- anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right
eye)
- arcd
- anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least squares projection of
dubois (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
- agmg
- anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on
right eye)
- agmh
- anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green filter on left eye, magenta
filter on right eye)
- agmc
- anaglyph green/magenta colored (green filter on left eye, magenta filter
on right eye)
- agmd
- anaglyph green/magenta color optimized with the least squares projection
of dubois (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
- aybg
- anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right
eye)
- aybh
- anaglyph yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter
on right eye)
- aybc
- anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on
right eye)
- aybd
- anaglyph yellow/blue color optimized with the least squares projection of
dubois (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
- ml
- mono output (left eye only)
- mr
- mono output (right eye only)
- chl
- checkerboard, left eye first
- chr
- checkerboard, right eye first
- icl
- interleaved columns, left eye first
- icr
- interleaved columns, right eye first
- hdmi
- HDMI frame pack
Examples
- Convert input video from side by side parallel to anaglyph yellow/blue
dubois:
stereo3d=sbsl:aybd
- Convert input video from above below (left eye above, right eye below) to
side by side crosseye.
stereo3d=abl:sbsr
Select video or audio streams.
The filter accepts the following options:
- inputs
- Set number of inputs. Default is 2.
- map
- Set input indexes to remap to outputs.
Commands
The "streamselect" and
"astreamselect" filter supports the
following commands:
- map
- Set input indexes to remap to outputs.
Examples
- Select first 5 seconds 1st stream and rest of time 2nd stream:
sendcmd='5.0 streamselect map 1',streamselect=inputs=2:map=0
- Same as above, but for audio:
asendcmd='5.0 astreamselect map 1',astreamselect=inputs=2:map=0
Draw subtitles on top of input video using the libass library.
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg
with "--enable-libass". This filter also
requires a build with libavcodec and libavformat to convert the passed
subtitles file to ASS (Advanced Substation Alpha) subtitles format.
The filter accepts the following options:
- filename, f
- Set the filename of the subtitle file to read. It must be specified.
- original_size
- Specify the size of the original video, the video for which the ASS file
was composed. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video
size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Due to a misdesign in
ASS aspect ratio arithmetic, this is necessary to correctly scale the
fonts if the aspect ratio has been changed.
- fontsdir
- Set a directory path containing fonts that can be used by the filter.
These fonts will be used in addition to whatever the font provider
uses.
- alpha
- Process alpha channel, by default alpha channel is untouched.
- charenc
- Set subtitles input character encoding.
"subtitles" filter only. Only useful if
not UTF-8.
- stream_index, si
- Set subtitles stream index. "subtitles"
filter only.
- force_style
- Override default style or script info parameters of the subtitles. It
accepts a string containing ASS style format
"KEY=VALUE" couples separated by
",".
If the first key is not specified, it is assumed that the first
value specifies the filename.
For example, to render the file sub.srt on top of the input
video, use the command:
subtitles=sub.srt
which is equivalent to:
subtitles=filename=sub.srt
To render the default subtitles stream from file video.mkv,
use:
subtitles=video.mkv
To render the second subtitles stream from that file, use:
subtitles=video.mkv:si=1
To make the subtitles stream from sub.srt appear in 80%
transparent blue "DejaVu Serif", use:
subtitles=sub.srt:force_style='Fontname=DejaVu Serif,PrimaryColour=&HCCFF0000'
Scale the input by 2x and smooth using the Super2xSaI (Scale and Interpolate)
pixel art scaling algorithm.
Useful for enlarging pixel art images without reducing
sharpness.
Swap two rectangular objects in video.
This filter accepts the following options:
- w
- Set object width.
- h
- Set object height.
- x1
- Set 1st rect x coordinate.
- y1
- Set 1st rect y coordinate.
- x2
- Set 2nd rect x coordinate.
- y2
- Set 2nd rect y coordinate.
All expressions are evaluated once for each frame.
The all options are expressions containing the following
constants:
- w
- h
- The input width and height.
- a
- same as w / h
- sar
- input sample aspect ratio
- dar
- input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (w / h) *
sar
- n
- The number of the input frame, starting from 0.
- t
- The timestamp expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is
unknown.
- pos
- the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Blend successive video frames.
See blend
Apply telecine process to the video.
This filter accepts the following options:
- first_field
- top, t
- top field first
- bottom, b
- bottom field first The default value is
"top".
- pattern
- A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply.
The default value is 23.
Some typical patterns:
NTSC output (30i):
27.5p: 32222
24p: 23 (classic)
24p: 2332 (preferred)
20p: 33
18p: 334
16p: 3444
PAL output (25i):
27.5p: 12222
24p: 222222222223 ("Euro pulldown")
16.67p: 33
16p: 33333334
Compute and draw a color distribution histogram for the input video across time.
Unlike histogram video filter which only shows histogram of
single input frame at certain time, this filter shows also past histograms
of number of frames defined by "width"
option.
The computed histogram is a representation of the color component
distribution in an image.
The filter accepts the following options:
- width, w
- Set width of single color component output. Default value is
0. Value of 0 means width
will be picked from input video. This also set number of passed histograms
to keep. Allowed range is [0, 8192].
- display_mode, d
- Set display mode. It accepts the following values:
- stack
- Per color component graphs are placed below each other.
- parade
- Per color component graphs are placed side by side.
- overlay
- Presents information identical to that in the
"parade", except that the graphs
representing color components are superimposed directly over one
another.
- levels_mode, m
- Set mode. Can be either "linear", or
"logarithmic". Default is
"linear".
- components, c
- Set what color components to display. Default is
7.
- bgopacity, b
- Set background opacity. Default is 0.9.
- envelope, e
- Show envelope. Default is disabled.
- ecolor, ec
- Set envelope color. Default is
"gold".
- slide
- Set slide mode.
Available values for slide is:
- frame
- Draw new frame when right border is reached.
- replace
- Replace old columns with new ones.
- scroll
- Scroll from right to left.
- rscroll
- Scroll from left to right.
- picture
- Draw single picture.
Apply threshold effect to video stream.
This filter needs four video streams to perform thresholding.
First stream is stream we are filtering. Second stream is holding threshold
values, third stream is holding min values, and last, fourth stream is
holding max values.
The filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied. By
default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.
For example if first stream pixel's component value is less then
threshold value of pixel component from 2nd threshold stream, third stream
value will picked, otherwise fourth stream pixel component value will be
picked.
Using color source filter one can perform various types of
thresholding:
Examples
- Binary threshold, using gray color as threshold:
ffmpeg -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -f lavfi -i color=black -f lavfi -i color=white -lavfi threshold output.avi
- Inverted binary threshold, using gray color as threshold:
ffmpeg -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -f lavfi -i color=white -f lavfi -i color=black -lavfi threshold output.avi
- Truncate binary threshold, using gray color as threshold:
ffmpeg -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -lavfi threshold output.avi
- Threshold to zero, using gray color as threshold:
ffmpeg -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -f lavfi -i color=white -i 320x240.avi -lavfi threshold output.avi
- Inverted threshold to zero, using gray color as threshold:
ffmpeg -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=white -lavfi threshold output.avi
Select the most representative frame in a given sequence of consecutive frames.
The filter accepts the following options:
- n
- Set the frames batch size to analyze; in a set of n frames, the
filter will pick one of them, and then handle the next batch of n
frames until the end. Default is 100.
Since the filter keeps track of the whole frames sequence, a
bigger n value will result in a higher memory usage, so a high value
is not recommended.
Examples
Tile several successive frames together.
The untile filter can do the reverse.
The filter accepts the following options:
- layout
- Set the grid size (i.e. the number of lines and columns). For the syntax
of this option, check the "Video size" section in the
ffmpeg-utils manual.
- nb_frames
- Set the maximum number of frames to render in the given area. It must be
less than or equal to wxh. The default value is
0, meaning all the area will be used.
- margin
- Set the outer border margin in pixels.
- padding
- Set the inner border thickness (i.e. the number of pixels between frames).
For more advanced padding options (such as having different values for the
edges), refer to the pad video filter.
- color
- Specify the color of the unused area. For the syntax of this option, check
the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The
default value of color is "black".
- overlap
- Set the number of frames to overlap when tiling several successive frames
together. The value must be between 0 and
nb_frames - 1.
- init_padding
- Set the number of frames to initially be empty before displaying first
output frame. This controls how soon will one get first output frame. The
value must be between 0 and nb_frames -
1.
Examples
- Produce 8x8 PNG tiles of all keyframes (-skip_frame nokey) in a
movie:
ffmpeg -skip_frame nokey -i file.avi -vf 'scale=128:72,tile=8x8' -an -vsync 0 keyframes%03d.png
The -vsync 0 is necessary to prevent ffmpeg from
duplicating each output frame to accommodate the originally detected
frame rate.
- Display 5 pictures in an area of
"3x2" frames, with
7 pixels between them, and
2 pixels of initial margin, using mixed flat and
named options:
tile=3x2:nb_frames=5:padding=7:margin=2
Perform various types of temporal field interlacing.
Frames are counted starting from 1, so the first input frame is
considered odd.
The filter accepts the following options:
- mode
- Specify the mode of the interlacing. This option can also be specified as
a value alone. See below for a list of values for this option.
Available values are:
- merge, 0
- Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field,
generating a double height frame at half frame rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
Output:
11111 33333
22222 44444
11111 33333
22222 44444
11111 33333
22222 44444
11111 33333
22222 44444
- drop_even, 1
- Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped, generating a frame with
unchanged height at half frame rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
Output:
11111 33333
11111 33333
11111 33333
11111 33333
- drop_odd, 2
- Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped, generating a frame with
unchanged height at half frame rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
Output:
22222 44444
22222 44444
22222 44444
22222 44444
- pad, 3
- Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate lines with black,
generating a frame with double height at the same input frame rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
Output:
11111 ..... 33333 .....
..... 22222 ..... 44444
11111 ..... 33333 .....
..... 22222 ..... 44444
11111 ..... 33333 .....
..... 22222 ..... 44444
11111 ..... 33333 .....
..... 22222 ..... 44444
- interleave_top, 4
- Interleave the upper field from odd frames with the lower field from even
frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
11111<- 22222 33333<- 44444
11111 22222<- 33333 44444<-
11111<- 22222 33333<- 44444
11111 22222<- 33333 44444<-
Output:
11111 33333
22222 44444
11111 33333
22222 44444
- interleave_bottom, 5
- Interleave the lower field from odd frames with the upper field from even
frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
11111 22222<- 33333 44444<-
11111<- 22222 33333<- 44444
11111 22222<- 33333 44444<-
11111<- 22222 33333<- 44444
Output:
22222 44444
11111 33333
22222 44444
11111 33333
- interlacex2, 6
- Double frame rate with unchanged height. Frames are inserted each
containing the second temporal field from the previous input frame and the
first temporal field from the next input frame. This mode relies on the
top_field_first flag. Useful for interlaced video displays with no field
synchronisation.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
Output:
11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444 44444
11111 11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444
11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444 44444
11111 11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444
- mergex2, 7
- Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field,
generating a double height frame at same frame rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
11111 22222 33333 44444
Output:
11111 33333 33333 55555
22222 22222 44444 44444
11111 33333 33333 55555
22222 22222 44444 44444
11111 33333 33333 55555
22222 22222 44444 44444
11111 33333 33333 55555
22222 22222 44444 44444
Numeric values are deprecated but are accepted for backward
compatibility reasons.
Default mode is "merge".
- flags
- Specify flags influencing the filter process.
Available value for flags is:
- low_pass_filter, vlpf
- Enable linear vertical low-pass filtering in the filter. Vertical low-pass
filtering is required when creating an interlaced destination from a
progressive source which contains high-frequency vertical detail.
Filtering will reduce interlace 'twitter' and Moire patterning.
- complex_filter, cvlpf
- Enable complex vertical low-pass filtering. This will slightly less reduce
interlace 'twitter' and Moire patterning but better retain detail and
subjective sharpness impression.
- bypass_il
- Bypass already interlaced frames, only adjust the frame rate.
Vertical low-pass filtering and bypassing already interlaced
frames can only be enabled for mode interleave_top and
interleave_bottom.
Pick median pixels from several successive input video frames.
The filter accepts the following options:
- radius
- Set radius of median filter. Default is 1. Allowed range is from 1 to
127.
- planes
- Set which planes to filter. Default value is 15,
by which all planes are processed.
- percentile
- Set median percentile. Default value is 0.5.
Default value of 0.5 will pick always median
values, while 0 will pick minimum values, and
1 maximum values.
Commands
This filter supports all above options as commands,
excluding option "radius".
Apply Temporal Midway Video Equalization effect.
Midway Video Equalization adjusts a sequence of video frames to
have the same histograms, while maintaining their dynamics as much as
possible. It's useful for e.g. matching exposures from a video frames
sequence.
This filter accepts the following option:
- radius
- Set filtering radius. Default is 5. Allowed range
is from 1 to 127.
- sigma
- Set filtering sigma. Default is 0.5. This controls
strength of filtering. Setting this option to 0 effectively does
nothing.
- planes
- Set which planes to process. Default is 15, which
is all available planes.
Mix successive video frames.
A description of the accepted options follows.
- frames
- The number of successive frames to mix. If unspecified, it defaults to
3.
- weights
- Specify weight of each input video frame. Each weight is separated by
space. If number of weights is smaller than number of frames last
specified weight will be used for all remaining unset weights.
- scale
- Specify scale, if it is set it will be multiplied with sum of each weight
multiplied with pixel values to give final destination pixel value. By
default scale is auto scaled to sum of weights.
Examples
- Average 7 successive frames:
tmix=frames=7:weights="1 1 1 1 1 1 1"
- Apply simple temporal convolution:
tmix=frames=3:weights="-1 3 -1"
- Similar as above but only showing temporal differences:
tmix=frames=3:weights="-1 2 -1":scale=1
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- weights
- scale
- Syntax is same as option with same name.
Tone map colors from different dynamic ranges.
This filter expects data in single precision floating point, as it
needs to operate on (and can output) out-of-range values. Another filter,
such as zscale, is needed to convert the resulting frame to a usable
format.
The tonemapping algorithms implemented only work on linear light,
so input data should be linearized beforehand (and possibly correctly
tagged).
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf zscale=transfer=linear,tonemap=clip,zscale=transfer=bt709,format=yuv420p OUTPUT
Options
The filter accepts the following options.
- tonemap
- Set the tone map algorithm to use.
Possible values are:
- none
- Do not apply any tone map, only desaturate overbright pixels.
- clip
- Hard-clip any out-of-range values. Use it for perfect color accuracy for
in-range values, while distorting out-of-range values.
- linear
- Stretch the entire reference gamut to a linear multiple of the
display.
- gamma
- Fit a logarithmic transfer between the tone curves.
- reinhard
- Preserve overall image brightness with a simple curve, using nonlinear
contrast, which results in flattening details and degrading color
accuracy.
- hable
- Preserve both dark and bright details better than reinhard, at the
cost of slightly darkening everything. Use it when detail preservation is
more important than color and brightness accuracy.
- mobius
- Smoothly map out-of-range values, while retaining contrast and colors for
in-range material as much as possible. Use it when color accuracy is more
important than detail preservation.
- param
- Tune the tone mapping algorithm.
This affects the following algorithms:
- none
- Ignored.
- linear
- Specifies the scale factor to use while stretching. Default to 1.0.
- gamma
- Specifies the exponent of the function. Default to 1.8.
- clip
- Specify an extra linear coefficient to multiply into the signal before
clipping. Default to 1.0.
- reinhard
- Specify the local contrast coefficient at the display peak. Default to
0.5, which means that in-gamut values will be about half as bright as when
clipping.
- hable
- Ignored.
- mobius
- Specify the transition point from linear to mobius transform. Every value
below this point is guaranteed to be mapped 1:1. The higher the value, the
more accurate the result will be, at the cost of losing bright details.
Default to 0.3, which due to the steep initial slope still preserves
in-range colors fairly accurately.
- desat
- Apply desaturation for highlights that exceed this level of brightness.
The higher the parameter, the more color information will be preserved.
This setting helps prevent unnaturally blown-out colors for
super-highlights, by (smoothly) turning into white instead. This makes
images feel more natural, at the cost of reducing information about
out-of-range colors.
The default of 2.0 is somewhat conservative and will mostly
just apply to skies or directly sunlit surfaces. A setting of 0.0
disables this option.
This option works only if the input frame has a supported
color tag.
- peak
- Override signal/nominal/reference peak with this value. Useful when the
embedded peak information in display metadata is not reliable or when tone
mapping from a lower range to a higher range.
Temporarily pad video frames.
The filter accepts the following options:
- start
- Specify number of delay frames before input video stream. Default is
0.
- stop
- Specify number of padding frames after input video stream. Set to -1 to
pad indefinitely. Default is 0.
- start_mode
- Set kind of frames added to beginning of stream. Can be either add
or clone. With add frames of solid-color are added. With
clone frames are clones of first frame. Default is add.
- stop_mode
- Set kind of frames added to end of stream. Can be either add or
clone. With add frames of solid-color are added. With
clone frames are clones of last frame. Default is add.
- start_duration, stop_duration
- Specify the duration of the start/stop delay. See the Time duration
section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted
syntax. These options override start and stop. Default is
0.
- color
- Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option, check
the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
The default value of color is "black".
Transpose rows with columns in the input video and optionally flip it.
It accepts the following parameters:
- dir
- Specify the transposition direction.
Can assume the following values:
- 0, 4, cclock_flip
- Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and vertically flip (default), that
is:
L.R L.l
. . -> . .
l.r R.r
- 1, 5, clock
- Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise, that is:
L.R l.L
. . -> . .
l.r r.R
- 2, 6, cclock
- Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise, that is:
L.R R.r
. . -> . .
l.r L.l
- 3, 7, clock_flip
- Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and vertically flip, that is:
L.R r.R
. . -> . .
l.r l.L
For values between 4-7, the transposition is only done if the
input video geometry is portrait and not landscape. These values are
deprecated, the "passthrough" option
should be used instead.
Numerical values are deprecated, and should be dropped in favor of
symbolic constants.
- passthrough
- Do not apply the transposition if the input geometry matches the one
specified by the specified value. It accepts the following values:
- none
- Always apply transposition.
- portrait
- Preserve portrait geometry (when height >= width).
- landscape
- Preserve landscape geometry (when width >= height).
For example to rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and preserve
portrait layout:
transpose=dir=1:passthrough=portrait
The command above can also be specified as:
transpose=1:portrait
Transpose rows with columns in the input video and optionally flip it. For more
in depth examples see the transpose video filter, which shares mostly
the same options.
It accepts the following parameters:
- dir
- Specify the transposition direction.
Can assume the following values:
- cclock_flip
- Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and vertically flip. (default)
- clock
- Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.
- cclock
- Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.
- clock_flip
- Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and vertically flip.
- passthrough
- Do not apply the transposition if the input geometry matches the one
specified by the specified value. It accepts the following values:
- none
- Always apply transposition. (default)
- portrait
- Preserve portrait geometry (when height >= width).
- landscape
- Preserve landscape geometry (when width >= height).
Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.
It accepts the following parameters:
- start
- Specify the time of the start of the kept section, i.e. the frame with the
timestamp start will be the first frame in the output.
- end
- Specify the time of the first frame that will be dropped, i.e. the frame
immediately preceding the one with the timestamp end will be the
last frame in the output.
- start_pts
- This is the same as start, except this option sets the start
timestamp in timebase units instead of seconds.
- end_pts
- This is the same as end, except this option sets the end timestamp
in timebase units instead of seconds.
- duration
- The maximum duration of the output in seconds.
- start_frame
- The number of the first frame that should be passed to the output.
- end_frame
- The number of the first frame that should be dropped.
start, end, and duration are expressed as
time duration specifications; see the Time duration section in the
ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted syntax.
Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the
duration option look at the frame timestamp, while the _frame
variants simply count the frames that pass through the filter. Also note
that this filter does not modify the timestamps. If you wish for the output
timestamps to start at zero, insert a setpts filter after the trim
filter.
If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be
greedy and keep all the frames that match at least one of the specified
constraints. To keep only the part that matches all the constraints at once,
chain multiple trim filters.
The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is
possible to set e.g. just the end values to keep everything before the
specified time.
Examples:
Apply alpha unpremultiply effect to input video stream using first plane of
second stream as alpha.
Both streams must have same dimensions and same pixel format.
The filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied. By
default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.
If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is bit 0. If
the format has 3 or 4 components: for RGB formats bit 0 is green, bit 1
is blue and bit 2 is red; for YUV formats bit 0 is luma, bit 1 is
chroma-U and bit 2 is chroma-V. If present, the alpha channel is always
the last bit.
- inplace
- Do not require 2nd input for processing, instead use alpha plane from
input stream.
Sharpen or blur the input video.
It accepts the following parameters:
- luma_msize_x, lx
- Set the luma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer between 3
and 23. The default value is 5.
- luma_msize_y, ly
- Set the luma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer between 3 and
23. The default value is 5.
- luma_amount, la
- Set the luma effect strength. It must be a floating point number,
reasonable values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive
values will sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
Default value is 1.0.
- chroma_msize_x, cx
- Set the chroma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer between 3
and 23. The default value is 5.
- chroma_msize_y, cy
- Set the chroma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer between 3
and 23. The default value is 5.
- chroma_amount, ca
- Set the chroma effect strength. It must be a floating point number,
reasonable values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive
values will sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
Default value is 0.0.
All parameters are optional and default to the equivalent of the
string '5:5:1.0:5:5:0.0'.
Examples
Decompose a video made of tiled images into the individual images.
The frame rate of the output video is the frame rate of the input
video multiplied by the number of tiles.
This filter does the reverse of tile.
The filter accepts the following options:
- layout
- Set the grid size (i.e. the number of lines and columns). For the syntax
of this option, check the "Video size" section in the
ffmpeg-utils manual.
Examples
- •
- Produce a 1-second video from a still image file made of 25 frames stacked
vertically, like an analogic film reel:
ffmpeg -r 1 -i image.jpg -vf untile=1x25 movie.mkv
Apply ultra slow/simple postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses
the image at several (or - in the case of quality level
8 - all) shifts and average the results.
The way this differs from the behavior of spp is that uspp
actually encodes & decodes each case with libavcodec Snow, whereas spp
uses a simplified intra only 8x8 DCT similar to MJPEG.
The filter accepts the following options:
- quality
- Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It
accepts an integer in the range 0-8. If set to 0,
the filter will have no effect. A value of 8 means
the higher quality. For each increment of that value the speed drops by a
factor of approximately 2. Default value is
3.
- qp
- Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use
the QP from the video stream (if available).
Convert 360 videos between various formats.
The filter accepts the following options:
- input
- output
- Set format of the input/output video.
Available formats:
- e
- equirect
- Equirectangular projection.
- c3x2
- c6x1
- c1x6
- Cubemap with 3x2/6x1/1x6 layout.
Format specific options:
- in_pad
- out_pad
- Set padding proportion for the input/output cubemap. Values in decimals.
Example values:
- 0
- No padding.
- 0.01
- 1% of face is padding. For example, with 1920x1280 resolution face size
would be 640x640 and padding would be 3 pixels from each side. (640 * 0.01
= 6 pixels)
Default value is @samp{0}. Maximum value is
@samp{0.1}.
- fin_pad
- fout_pad
- Set fixed padding for the input/output cubemap. Values in pixels.
Default value is @samp{0}. If greater
than zero it overrides other padding options.
- in_forder
- out_forder
- Set order of faces for the input/output cubemap. Choose one direction for
each position.
Designation of directions:
- r
- right
- l
- left
- u
- up
- d
- down
- f
- forward
- b
- back
Default value is @samp{rludfb}.
- in_frot
- out_frot
- Set rotation of faces for the input/output cubemap. Choose one angle for
each position.
Designation of angles:
- 0
- 0 degrees clockwise
- 1
- 90 degrees clockwise
- 2
- 180 degrees clockwise
- 3
- 270 degrees clockwise
Default value is @samp{000000}.
- eac
- Equi-Angular Cubemap.
- flat
- gnomonic
- rectilinear
- Regular video.
Format specific options:
- h_fov
- v_fov
- d_fov
- Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- ih_fov
- iv_fov
- id_fov
- Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- dfisheye
- Dual fisheye.
Format specific options:
- h_fov
- v_fov
- d_fov
- Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- ih_fov
- iv_fov
- id_fov
- Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- barrel
- fb
- barrelsplit
- Facebook's 360 formats.
- sg
- Stereographic format.
Format specific options:
- h_fov
- v_fov
- d_fov
- Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- ih_fov
- iv_fov
- id_fov
- Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- mercator
- Mercator format.
- ball
- Ball format, gives significant distortion toward the back.
- hammer
- Hammer-Aitoff map projection format.
- sinusoidal
- Sinusoidal map projection format.
- fisheye
- Fisheye projection.
Format specific options:
- h_fov
- v_fov
- d_fov
- Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- ih_fov
- iv_fov
- id_fov
- Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- pannini
- Pannini projection.
Format specific options:
- h_fov
- Set output pannini parameter.
- ih_fov
- Set input pannini parameter.
- cylindrical
- Cylindrical projection.
Format specific options:
- h_fov
- v_fov
- d_fov
- Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- ih_fov
- iv_fov
- id_fov
- Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- perspective
- Perspective projection. (output only)
Format specific options:
- v_fov
- Set perspective parameter.
- tetrahedron
- Tetrahedron projection.
- tsp
- Truncated square pyramid projection.
- he
- hequirect
- Half equirectangular projection.
- equisolid
- Equisolid format.
Format specific options:
- h_fov
- v_fov
- d_fov
- Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- ih_fov
- iv_fov
- id_fov
- Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- og
- Orthographic format.
Format specific options:
- h_fov
- v_fov
- d_fov
- Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- ih_fov
- iv_fov
- id_fov
- Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.
If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and
vertical field of view.
- octahedron
- Octahedron projection.
- interp
- Set interpolation method.Note: more complex interpolation methods
require much more memory to run.
Available methods:
- near
- nearest
- Nearest neighbour.
- line
- linear
- Bilinear interpolation.
- lagrange9
- Lagrange9 interpolation.
- cube
- cubic
- Bicubic interpolation.
- lanc
- lanczos
- Lanczos interpolation.
- sp16
- spline16
- Spline16 interpolation.
- gauss
- gaussian
- Gaussian interpolation.
- mitchell
- Mitchell interpolation.
Default value is @samp{line}.
- w
- h
- Set the output video resolution.
Default resolution depends on formats.
- in_stereo
- out_stereo
- Set the input/output stereo format.
- 2d
- 2D mono
- sbs
- Side by side
- tb
- Top bottom
Default value is @samp{2d} for input and
output format.
- yaw
- pitch
- roll
- Set rotation for the output video. Values in degrees.
- rorder
- Set rotation order for the output video. Choose one item for each
position.
- y, Y
- yaw
- p, P
- pitch
- r, R
- roll
Default value is @samp{ypr}.
- h_flip
- v_flip
- d_flip
- Flip the output video horizontally(swaps left-right)/vertically(swaps
up-down)/in-depth(swaps back-forward). Boolean values.
- ih_flip
- iv_flip
- Set if input video is flipped horizontally/vertically. Boolean
values.
- in_trans
- Set if input video is transposed. Boolean value, by default disabled.
- out_trans
- Set if output video needs to be transposed. Boolean value, by default
disabled.
- alpha_mask
- Build mask in alpha plane for all unmapped pixels by marking them fully
transparent. Boolean value, by default disabled.
Examples
- Convert equirectangular video to cubemap with 3x2 layout and 1% padding
using bicubic interpolation:
ffmpeg -i input.mkv -vf v360=e:c3x2:cubic:out_pad=0.01 output.mkv
- Extract back view of Equi-Angular Cubemap:
ffmpeg -i input.mkv -vf v360=eac:flat:yaw=180 output.mkv
- Convert transposed and horizontally flipped Equi-Angular Cubemap in
side-by-side stereo format to equirectangular top-bottom stereo format:
v360=eac:equirect:in_stereo=sbs:in_trans=1:ih_flip=1:out_stereo=tb
Commands
This filter supports subset of above options as
commands.
Apply a wavelet based denoiser.
It transforms each frame from the video input into the wavelet
domain, using Cohen-Daubechies-Feauveau 9/7. Then it applies some filtering
to the obtained coefficients. It does an inverse wavelet transform after.
Due to wavelet properties, it should give a nice smoothed result, and
reduced noise, without blurring picture features.
This filter accepts the following options:
- threshold
- The filtering strength. The higher, the more filtered the video will be.
Hard thresholding can use a higher threshold than soft thresholding before
the video looks overfiltered. Default value is 2.
- method
- The filtering method the filter will use.
It accepts the following values:
- hard
- All values under the threshold will be zeroed.
- soft
- All values under the threshold will be zeroed. All values above will be
reduced by the threshold.
- garrote
- Scales or nullifies coefficients - intermediary between (more) soft and
(less) hard thresholding.
- nsteps
- Number of times, the wavelet will decompose the picture. Picture can't be
decomposed beyond a particular point (typically, 8 for a 640x480 frame -
as 2^9 = 512 > 480). Valid values are integers between 1 and 32.
Default value is 6.
- percent
- Partial of full denoising (limited coefficients shrinking), from 0 to 100.
Default value is 85.
- planes
- A list of the planes to process. By default all planes are processed.
- type
- The threshold type the filter will use.
It accepts the following values:
- universal
- Threshold used is same for all decompositions.
- bayes
- Threshold used depends also on each decomposition coefficients.
Display 2 color component values in the two dimensional graph (which is called a
vectorscope).
This filter accepts the following options:
- mode, m
- Set vectorscope mode.
It accepts the following values:
- gray
- tint
- Gray values are displayed on graph, higher brightness means more pixels
have same component color value on location in graph. This is the default
mode.
- color
- Gray values are displayed on graph. Surrounding pixels values which are
not present in video frame are drawn in gradient of 2 color components
which are set by option "x" and
"y". The 3rd color component is
static.
- color2
- Actual color components values present in video frame are displayed on
graph.
- color3
- Similar as color2 but higher frequency of same values
"x" and
"y" on graph increases value of another
color component, which is luminance by default values of
"x" and
"y".
- color4
- Actual colors present in video frame are displayed on graph. If two
different colors map to same position on graph then color with higher
value of component not present in graph is picked.
- color5
- Gray values are displayed on graph. Similar to
"color" but with 3rd color component
picked from radial gradient.
- x
- Set which color component will be represented on X-axis. Default is
1.
- y
- Set which color component will be represented on Y-axis. Default is
2.
- intensity, i
- Set intensity, used by modes: gray, color, color3 and color5 for
increasing brightness of color component which represents frequency of (X,
Y) location in graph.
- envelope, e
- none
- No envelope, this is default.
- instant
- Instant envelope, even darkest single pixel will be clearly
highlighted.
- peak
- Hold maximum and minimum values presented in graph over time. This way you
can still spot out of range values without constantly looking at
vectorscope.
- peak+instant
- Peak and instant envelope combined together.
- graticule, g
- Set what kind of graticule to draw.
- opacity, o
- Set graticule opacity.
- flags, f
- Set graticule flags.
- white
- Draw graticule for white point.
- black
- Draw graticule for black point.
- name
- Draw color points short names.
- bgopacity, b
- Set background opacity.
- lthreshold, l
- Set low threshold for color component not represented on X or Y axis.
Values lower than this value will be ignored. Default is 0. Note this
value is multiplied with actual max possible value one pixel component can
have. So for 8-bit input and low threshold value of 0.1 actual threshold
is 0.1 * 255 = 25.
- hthreshold, h
- Set high threshold for color component not represented on X or Y axis.
Values higher than this value will be ignored. Default is 1. Note this
value is multiplied with actual max possible value one pixel component can
have. So for 8-bit input and high threshold value of 0.9 actual threshold
is 0.9 * 255 = 230.
- colorspace, c
- Set what kind of colorspace to use when drawing graticule.
- tint0, t0
- tint1, t1
- Set color tint for gray/tint vectorscope mode. By default both options are
zero. This means no tint, and output will remain gray.
Analyze video stabilization/deshaking. Perform pass 1 of 2, see
vidstabtransform for pass 2.
This filter generates a file with relative translation and
rotation transform information about subsequent frames, which is then used
by the vidstabtransform filter.
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg
with "--enable-libvidstab".
This filter accepts the following options:
- result
- Set the path to the file used to write the transforms information. Default
value is transforms.trf.
- shakiness
- Set how shaky the video is and how quick the camera is. It accepts an
integer in the range 1-10, a value of 1 means little shakiness, a value of
10 means strong shakiness. Default value is 5.
- accuracy
- Set the accuracy of the detection process. It must be a value in the range
1-15. A value of 1 means low accuracy, a value of 15 means high accuracy.
Default value is 15.
- stepsize
- Set stepsize of the search process. The region around minimum is scanned
with 1 pixel resolution. Default value is 6.
- mincontrast
- Set minimum contrast. Below this value a local measurement field is
discarded. Must be a floating point value in the range 0-1. Default value
is 0.3.
- tripod
- Set reference frame number for tripod mode.
If enabled, the motion of the frames is compared to a
reference frame in the filtered stream, identified by the specified
number. The idea is to compensate all movements in a more-or-less static
scene and keep the camera view absolutely still.
If set to 0, it is disabled. The frames are counted starting
from 1.
- show
- Show fields and transforms in the resulting frames. It accepts an integer
in the range 0-2. Default value is 0, which disables any
visualization.
Examples
Video stabilization/deshaking: pass 2 of 2, see vidstabdetect for pass 1.
Read a file with transform information for each frame and
apply/compensate them. Together with the vidstabdetect filter this
can be used to deshake videos. See also
<http://public.hronopik.de/vid.stab>. It is important to also
use the unsharp filter, see below.
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg
with "--enable-libvidstab".
Options
- input
- Set path to the file used to read the transforms. Default value is
transforms.trf.
- smoothing
- Set the number of frames (value*2 + 1) used for lowpass filtering the
camera movements. Default value is 10.
For example a number of 10 means that 21 frames are used (10
in the past and 10 in the future) to smoothen the motion in the video. A
larger value leads to a smoother video, but limits the acceleration of
the camera (pan/tilt movements). 0 is a special case where a static
camera is simulated.
- optalgo
- Set the camera path optimization algorithm.
Accepted values are:
- gauss
- gaussian kernel low-pass filter on camera motion (default)
- avg
- averaging on transformations
- maxshift
- Set maximal number of pixels to translate frames. Default value is -1,
meaning no limit.
- maxangle
- Set maximal angle in radians (degree*PI/180) to rotate frames. Default
value is -1, meaning no limit.
- crop
- Specify how to deal with borders that may be visible due to movement
compensation.
Available values are:
- keep
- keep image information from previous frame (default)
- black
- fill the border black
- invert
- Invert transforms if set to 1. Default value is 0.
- relative
- Consider transforms as relative to previous frame if set to 1, absolute if
set to 0. Default value is 0.
- zoom
- Set percentage to zoom. A positive value will result in a zoom-in effect,
a negative value in a zoom-out effect. Default value is 0 (no zoom).
- optzoom
- Set optimal zooming to avoid borders.
Accepted values are:
- 0
- disabled
- 1
- optimal static zoom value is determined (only very strong movements will
lead to visible borders) (default)
- 2
- optimal adaptive zoom value is determined (no borders will be visible),
see zoomspeed
Note that the value given at zoom is added to the one calculated
here.
- zoomspeed
- Set percent to zoom maximally each frame (enabled when optzoom is
set to 2). Range is from 0 to 5, default value is 0.25.
- interpol
- Specify type of interpolation.
Available values are:
- no
- no interpolation
- linear
- linear only horizontal
- bilinear
- linear in both directions (default)
- bicubic
- cubic in both directions (slow)
- tripod
- Enable virtual tripod mode if set to 1, which is equivalent to
"relative=0:smoothing=0". Default value
is 0.
Use also "tripod" option of
vidstabdetect.
- debug
- Increase log verbosity if set to 1. Also the detected global motions are
written to the temporary file global_motions.trf. Default value is
0.
Examples
- Use ffmpeg for a typical stabilization with default values:
ffmpeg -i inp.mpeg -vf vidstabtransform,unsharp=5:5:0.8:3:3:0.4 inp_stabilized.mpeg
Note the use of the unsharp filter which is always
recommended.
- Zoom in a bit more and load transform data from a given file:
vidstabtransform=zoom=5:input="mytransforms.trf"
- Smoothen the video even more:
vidstabtransform=smoothing=30
Flip the input video vertically.
For example, to vertically flip a video with ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "vflip" out.avi
Detect variable frame rate video.
This filter tries to detect if the input is variable or constant
frame rate.
At end it will output number of frames detected as having variable
delta pts, and ones with constant delta pts. If there was frames with
variable delta, than it will also show min, max and average delta
encountered.
Boost or alter saturation.
The filter accepts the following options:
- intensity
- Set strength of boost if positive value or strength of alter if negative
value. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -2 to 2.
- rbal
- Set the red balance. Default is 1. Allowed range is from -10 to 10.
- gbal
- Set the green balance. Default is 1. Allowed range is from -10 to 10.
- bbal
- Set the blue balance. Default is 1. Allowed range is from -10 to 10.
- rlum
- Set the red luma coefficient.
- glum
- Set the green luma coefficient.
- blum
- Set the blue luma coefficient.
- alternate
- If "intensity" is negative and this is
set to 1, colors will change, otherwise colors will be less saturated,
more towards gray.
Commands
This filter supports the all above options as commands.
Obtain the average VIF (Visual Information Fidelity) between two input videos.
This filter takes two input videos.
Both input videos must have the same resolution and pixel format
for this filter to work correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs have the
same number of frames, which are compared one by one.
The obtained average VIF score is printed through the logging
system.
The filter stores the calculated VIF score of each frame.
In the below example the input file main.mpg being
processed is compared with the reference file ref.mpg.
ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mpg -lavfi vif -f null -
Make or reverse a natural vignetting effect.
The filter accepts the following options:
- angle, a
- Set lens angle expression as a number of radians.
The value is clipped in the
"[0,PI/2]" range.
Default value: "PI/5"
- x0
- y0
- Set center coordinates expressions. Respectively
"w/2" and
"h/2" by default.
- mode
- Set forward/backward mode.
Available modes are:
- forward
- The larger the distance from the central point, the darker the image
becomes.
- backward
- The larger the distance from the central point, the brighter the image
becomes. This can be used to reverse a vignette effect, though there is no
automatic detection to extract the lens angle and other settings
(yet). It can also be used to create a burning effect.
Default value is forward.
- eval
- Set evaluation mode for the expressions (angle, x0,
y0).
It accepts the following values:
- init
- Evaluate expressions only once during the filter initialization.
- frame
- Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame. This is way slower than the
init mode since it requires all the scalers to be re-computed, but
it allows advanced dynamic expressions.
- dither
- Set dithering to reduce the circular banding effects. Default is
1 (enabled).
- aspect
- Set vignette aspect. This setting allows one to adjust the shape of the
vignette. Setting this value to the SAR of the input will make a
rectangular vignetting following the dimensions of the video.
Default is "1/1".
Expressions
The alpha, x0 and y0 expressions can contain
the following parameters.
- w
- h
- input width and height
- n
- the number of input frame, starting from 0
- pts
- the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) time of the filtered video frame,
expressed in TB units, NAN if undefined
- r
- frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
- t
- the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame, expressed in
seconds, NAN if undefined
- tb
- time base of the input video
Examples
Obtain the average VMAF motion score of a video. It is one of the component
metrics of VMAF.
The obtained average motion score is printed through the logging
system.
The filter accepts the following options:
- stats_file
- If specified, the filter will use the named file to save the motion score
of each frame with respect to the previous frame. When filename equals
"-" the data is sent to standard output.
Example:
ffmpeg -i ref.mpg -vf vmafmotion -f null -
Stack input videos vertically.
All streams must be of same pixel format and of same width.
Note that this filter is faster than using overlay and
pad filter to create same output.
The filter accepts the following options:
- inputs
- Set number of input streams. Default is 2.
- shortest
- If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input
terminates. Default value is 0.
Deinterlace the input video ("w3fdif" stands for "Weston 3 Field
Deinterlacing Filter").
Based on the process described by Martin Weston for BBC R&D,
and implemented based on the de-interlace algorithm written by Jim
Easterbrook for BBC R&D, the Weston 3 field deinterlacing filter uses
filter coefficients calculated by BBC R&D.
This filter uses field-dominance information in frame to decide
which of each pair of fields to place first in the output. If it gets it
wrong use setfield filter before
"w3fdif" filter.
There are two sets of filter coefficients, so called
"simple" and "complex". Which set of filter coefficients
is used can be set by passing an optional parameter:
- filter
- Set the interlacing filter coefficients. Accepts one of the following
values:
- simple
- Simple filter coefficient set.
- complex
- More-complex filter coefficient set.
Default value is complex.
- mode
- The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following
values:
- frame
- Output one frame for each frame.
- field
- Output one frame for each field.
The default value is
"field".
- parity
- The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It
accepts one of the following values:
- tff
- Assume the top field is first.
- bff
- Assume the bottom field is first.
- auto
- Enable automatic detection of field parity.
The default value is "auto". If
the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not export this information,
top field first will be assumed.
- deint
- Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accepts one of the following
values:
- all
- Deinterlace all frames,
- interlaced
- Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options.
Video waveform monitor.
The waveform monitor plots color component intensity. By default
luminance only. Each column of the waveform corresponds to a column of
pixels in the source video.
It accepts the following options:
- mode, m
- Can be either "row", or
"column". Default is
"column". In row mode, the graph on the
left side represents color component value 0 and the right side represents
value = 255. In column mode, the top side represents color component value
= 0 and bottom side represents value = 255.
- intensity, i
- Set intensity. Smaller values are useful to find out how many values of
the same luminance are distributed across input rows/columns. Default
value is 0.04. Allowed range is [0, 1].
- mirror, r
- Set mirroring mode. 0 means unmirrored,
1 means mirrored. In mirrored mode, higher values
will be represented on the left side for
"row" mode and at the top for
"column" mode. Default is
1 (mirrored).
- display, d
- Set display mode. It accepts the following values:
- overlay
- Presents information identical to that in the
"parade", except that the graphs
representing color components are superimposed directly over one another.
This display mode makes it easier to spot relative differences
or similarities in overlapping areas of the color components that are
supposed to be identical, such as neutral whites, grays, or blacks.
- stack
- Display separate graph for the color components side by side in
"row" mode or one below the other in
"column" mode.
- parade
- Display separate graph for the color components side by side in
"column" mode or one below the other in
"row" mode.
Using this display mode makes it easy to spot color casts in
the highlights and shadows of an image, by comparing the contours of the
top and the bottom graphs of each waveform. Since whites, grays, and
blacks are characterized by exactly equal amounts of red, green, and
blue, neutral areas of the picture should display three waveforms of
roughly equal width/height. If not, the correction is easy to perform by
making level adjustments the three waveforms.
- components, c
- Set which color components to display. Default is 1, which means only
luminance or red color component if input is in RGB colorspace. If is set
for example to 7 it will display all 3 (if) available color
components.
- envelope, e
- none
- No envelope, this is default.
- instant
- Instant envelope, minimum and maximum values presented in graph will be
easily visible even with small "step"
value.
- peak
- Hold minimum and maximum values presented in graph across time. This way
you can still spot out of range values without constantly looking at
waveforms.
- peak+instant
- Peak and instant envelope combined together.
- filter, f
- lowpass
- No filtering, this is default.
- flat
- Luma and chroma combined together.
- aflat
- Similar as above, but shows difference between blue and red chroma.
- xflat
- Similar as above, but use different colors.
- yflat
- Similar as above, but again with different colors.
- chroma
- Displays only chroma.
- color
- Displays actual color value on waveform.
- acolor
- Similar as above, but with luma showing frequency of chroma values.
- graticule, g
- Set which graticule to display.
- none
- Do not display graticule.
- green
- Display green graticule showing legal broadcast ranges.
- orange
- Display orange graticule showing legal broadcast ranges.
- invert
- Display invert graticule showing legal broadcast ranges.
- opacity, o
- Set graticule opacity.
- flags, fl
- Set graticule flags.
- numbers
- Draw numbers above lines. By default enabled.
- dots
- Draw dots instead of lines.
- scale, s
- Set scale used for displaying graticule.
- bgopacity, b
- Set background opacity.
- tint0, t0
- tint1, t1
- Set tint for output. Only used with lowpass filter and when display is not
overlay and input pixel formats are not RGB.
The "weave" takes a field-based video input
and join each two sequential fields into single frame, producing a new double
height clip with half the frame rate and half the frame count.
The "doubleweave" works same as
"weave" but without halving frame rate and
frame count.
It accepts the following option:
- first_field
- Set first field. Available values are:
- top, t
- Set the frame as top-field-first.
- bottom, b
- Set the frame as bottom-field-first.
Examples
- •
- Interlace video using select and separatefields filter:
separatefields,select=eq(mod(n,4),0)+eq(mod(n,4),3),weave
Apply the xBR high-quality magnification filter which is designed for pixel art.
It follows a set of edge-detection rules, see
<https://forums.libretro.com/t/xbr-algorithm-tutorial/123>.
It accepts the following option:
- n
- Set the scaling dimension: 2 for
"2xBR", 3 for
"3xBR" and 4 for
"4xBR". Default is
3.
Apply cross fade from one input video stream to another input video stream. The
cross fade is applied for specified duration.
The filter accepts the following options:
- transition
- Set one of available transition effects:
- custom
- fade
- wipeleft
- wiperight
- wipeup
- wipedown
- slideleft
- slideright
- slideup
- slidedown
- circlecrop
- rectcrop
- distance
- fadeblack
- fadewhite
- radial
- smoothleft
- smoothright
- smoothup
- smoothdown
- circleopen
- circleclose
- vertopen
- vertclose
- horzopen
- horzclose
- dissolve
- pixelize
- diagtl
- diagtr
- diagbl
- diagbr
- hlslice
- hrslice
- vuslice
- vdslice
- hblur
- fadegrays
- wipetl
- wipetr
- wipebl
- wipebr
- squeezeh
- squeezev
Default transition effect is fade.
- duration
- Set cross fade duration in seconds. Default duration is 1 second.
- offset
- Set cross fade start relative to first input stream in seconds. Default
offset is 0.
- expr
- Set expression for custom transition effect.
The expressions can use the following variables and
functions:
- X
- Y
- The coordinates of the current sample.
- W
- H
- The width and height of the image.
- P
- Progress of transition effect.
- PLANE
- Currently processed plane.
- A
- Return value of first input at current location and plane.
- B
- Return value of second input at current location and plane.
- a0(x, y)
- a1(x, y)
- a2(x, y)
- a3(x, y)
- Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the
first/second/third/fourth component of first input.
- b0(x, y)
- b1(x, y)
- b2(x, y)
- b3(x, y)
- Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the
first/second/third/fourth component of second input.
Examples
- •
- Cross fade from one input video to another input video, with fade
transition and duration of transition of 2 seconds starting at offset of 5
seconds:
ffmpeg -i first.mp4 -i second.mp4 -filter_complex xfade=transition=fade:duration=2:offset=5 output.mp4
Pick median pixels from several input videos.
The filter accepts the following options:
- inputs
- Set number of inputs. Default is 3. Allowed range is from 3 to 255. If
number of inputs is even number, than result will be mean value between
two median values.
- planes
- Set which planes to filter. Default value is 15,
by which all planes are processed.
- percentile
- Set median percentile. Default value is 0.5.
Default value of 0.5 will pick always median
values, while 0 will pick minimum values, and
1 maximum values.
Commands
This filter supports all above options as commands,
excluding option "inputs".
Stack video inputs into custom layout.
All streams must be of same pixel format.
The filter accepts the following options:
- inputs
- Set number of input streams. Default is 2.
- layout
- Specify layout of inputs. This option requires the desired layout
configuration to be explicitly set by the user. This sets position of each
video input in output. Each input is separated by '|'. The first number
represents the column, and the second number represents the row. Numbers
start at 0 and are separated by '_'. Optionally one can use wX and hX,
where X is video input from which to take width or height. Multiple values
can be used when separated by '+'. In such case values are summed
together.
Note that if inputs are of different sizes gaps may appear, as
not all of the output video frame will be filled. Similarly, videos can
overlap each other if their position doesn't leave enough space for the
full frame of adjoining videos.
For 2 inputs, a default layout of
"0_0|w0_0" is set. In all other cases,
a layout must be set by the user.
- shortest
- If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input
terminates. Default value is 0.
- fill
- If set to valid color, all unused pixels will be filled with that color.
By default fill is set to none, so it is disabled.
Examples
- Display 4 inputs into 2x2 grid.
Layout:
input1(0, 0) | input3(w0, 0)
input2(0, h0) | input4(w0, h0)
xstack=inputs=4:layout=0_0|0_h0|w0_0|w0_h0
Note that if inputs are of different sizes, gaps or overlaps
may occur.
- Display 4 inputs into 1x4 grid.
Layout:
input1(0, 0)
input2(0, h0)
input3(0, h0+h1)
input4(0, h0+h1+h2)
xstack=inputs=4:layout=0_0|0_h0|0_h0+h1|0_h0+h1+h2
Note that if inputs are of different widths, unused space will
appear.
- Display 9 inputs into 3x3 grid.
Layout:
input1(0, 0) | input4(w0, 0) | input7(w0+w3, 0)
input2(0, h0) | input5(w0, h0) | input8(w0+w3, h0)
input3(0, h0+h1) | input6(w0, h0+h1) | input9(w0+w3, h0+h1)
xstack=inputs=9:layout=0_0|0_h0|0_h0+h1|w0_0|w0_h0|w0_h0+h1|w0+w3_0|w0+w3_h0|w0+w3_h0+h1
Note that if inputs are of different sizes, gaps or overlaps
may occur.
- Display 16 inputs into 4x4 grid.
Layout:
input1(0, 0) | input5(w0, 0) | input9 (w0+w4, 0) | input13(w0+w4+w8, 0)
input2(0, h0) | input6(w0, h0) | input10(w0+w4, h0) | input14(w0+w4+w8, h0)
input3(0, h0+h1) | input7(w0, h0+h1) | input11(w0+w4, h0+h1) | input15(w0+w4+w8, h0+h1)
input4(0, h0+h1+h2)| input8(w0, h0+h1+h2)| input12(w0+w4, h0+h1+h2)| input16(w0+w4+w8, h0+h1+h2)
xstack=inputs=16:layout=0_0|0_h0|0_h0+h1|0_h0+h1+h2|w0_0|w0_h0|w0_h0+h1|w0_h0+h1+h2|w0+w4_0|
w0+w4_h0|w0+w4_h0+h1|w0+w4_h0+h1+h2|w0+w4+w8_0|w0+w4+w8_h0|w0+w4+w8_h0+h1|w0+w4+w8_h0+h1+h2
Note that if inputs are of different sizes, gaps or overlaps
may occur.
Deinterlace the input video ("yadif" means "yet another
deinterlacing filter").
It accepts the following parameters:
- mode
- The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following
values:
- 0, send_frame
- Output one frame for each frame.
- 1, send_field
- Output one frame for each field.
- 2, send_frame_nospatial
- Like "send_frame", but it skips the
spatial interlacing check.
- 3, send_field_nospatial
- Like "send_field", but it skips the
spatial interlacing check.
The default value is
"send_frame".
- parity
- The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It
accepts one of the following values:
- 0, tff
- Assume the top field is first.
- 1, bff
- Assume the bottom field is first.
- -1, auto
- Enable automatic detection of field parity.
The default value is "auto". If
the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not export this information,
top field first will be assumed.
- deint
- Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accepts one of the following
values:
- 0, all
- Deinterlace all frames.
- 1, interlaced
- Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
The default value is "all".
Deinterlace the input video using the yadif algorithm, but implemented in
CUDA so that it can work as part of a GPU accelerated pipeline with nvdec
and/or nvenc.
It accepts the following parameters:
- mode
- The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following
values:
- 0, send_frame
- Output one frame for each frame.
- 1, send_field
- Output one frame for each field.
- 2, send_frame_nospatial
- Like "send_frame", but it skips the
spatial interlacing check.
- 3, send_field_nospatial
- Like "send_field", but it skips the
spatial interlacing check.
The default value is
"send_frame".
- parity
- The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It
accepts one of the following values:
- 0, tff
- Assume the top field is first.
- 1, bff
- Assume the bottom field is first.
- -1, auto
- Enable automatic detection of field parity.
The default value is "auto". If
the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not export this information,
top field first will be assumed.
- deint
- Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accepts one of the following
values:
- 0, all
- Deinterlace all frames.
- 1, interlaced
- Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
The default value is "all".
Apply blur filter while preserving edges ("yaepblur" means "yet
another edge preserving blur filter"). The algorithm is described in
"J. S. Lee, Digital image enhancement and noise filtering by use of local
statistics, IEEE Trans. Pattern Anal. Mach. Intell. PAMI-2, 1980."
It accepts the following parameters:
- radius, r
- Set the window radius. Default value is 3.
- planes, p
- Set which planes to filter. Default is only the first plane.
- sigma, s
- Set blur strength. Default value is 128.
Commands
This filter supports same commands as options.
Apply Zoom & Pan effect.
This filter accepts the following options:
- zoom, z
- Set the zoom expression. Range is 1-10. Default is 1.
- x
- y
- Set the x and y expression. Default is 0.
- d
- Set the duration expression in number of frames. This sets for how many
number of frames effect will last for single input image. Default is
90.
- s
- Set the output image size, default is 'hd720'.
- fps
- Set the output frame rate, default is '25'.
Each expression can contain the following constants:
- in_w, iw
- Input width.
- in_h, ih
- Input height.
- out_w, ow
- Output width.
- out_h, oh
- Output height.
- in
- Input frame count.
- on
- Output frame count.
- in_time, it
- The input timestamp expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp
is unknown.
- out_time, time, ot
- The output timestamp expressed in seconds.
- x
- y
- Last calculated 'x' and 'y' position from 'x' and 'y' expression for
current input frame.
- px
- py
- 'x' and 'y' of last output frame of previous input frame or 0 when there
was not yet such frame (first input frame).
- zoom
- Last calculated zoom from 'z' expression for current input frame.
- pzoom
- Last calculated zoom of last output frame of previous input frame.
- duration
- Number of output frames for current input frame. Calculated from 'd'
expression for each input frame.
- pduration
- number of output frames created for previous input frame
- a
- Rational number: input width / input height
- sar
- sample aspect ratio
- dar
- display aspect ratio
Examples
- Zoom in up to 1.5x and pan at same time to some spot near center of
picture:
zoompan=z='min(zoom+0.0015,1.5)':d=700:x='if(gte(zoom,1.5),x,x+1/a)':y='if(gte(zoom,1.5),y,y+1)':s=640x360
- Zoom in up to 1.5x and pan always at center of picture:
zoompan=z='min(zoom+0.0015,1.5)':d=700:x='iw/2-(iw/zoom/2)':y='ih/2-(ih/zoom/2)'
- Same as above but without pausing:
zoompan=z='min(max(zoom,pzoom)+0.0015,1.5)':d=1:x='iw/2-(iw/zoom/2)':y='ih/2-(ih/zoom/2)'
- Zoom in 2x into center of picture only for the first second of the input
video:
zoompan=z='if(between(in_time,0,1),2,1)':d=1:x='iw/2-(iw/zoom/2)':y='ih/2-(ih/zoom/2)'
Scale (resize) the input video, using the z.lib library:
<https://github.com/sekrit-twc/zimg>. To enable compilation of
this filter, you need to configure FFmpeg with
"--enable-libzimg".
The zscale filter forces the output display aspect ratio to be the
same as the input, by changing the output sample aspect ratio.
If the input image format is different from the format requested
by the next filter, the zscale filter will convert the input to the
requested format.
Options
The filter accepts the following options.
- width, w
- height, h
- Set the output video dimension expression. Default value is the input
dimension.
If the width or w value is 0, the input width is
used for the output. If the height or h value is 0, the
input height is used for the output.
If one and only one of the values is -n with n >= 1, the
zscale filter will use a value that maintains the aspect ratio of the
input image, calculated from the other specified dimension. After that
it will, however, make sure that the calculated dimension is divisible
by n and adjust the value if necessary.
If both values are -n with n >= 1, the behavior will be
identical to both values being set to 0 as previously detailed.
See below for the list of accepted constants for use in the
dimension expression.
- size, s
- Set the video size. For the syntax of this option, check the
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
- dither, d
- Set the dither type.
Possible values are:
- none
- ordered
- random
- error_diffusion
- filter, f
- Set the resize filter type.
Possible values are:
- point
- bilinear
- bicubic
- spline16
- spline36
- lanczos
- range, r
- Set the color range.
Possible values are:
Default is same as input.
- primaries, p
- Set the color primaries.
Possible values are:
- input
- 709
- unspecified
- 170m
- 240m
- 2020
Default is same as input.
- transfer, t
- Set the transfer characteristics.
Possible values are:
- input
- 709
- unspecified
- 601
- linear
- 2020_10
- 2020_12
- smpte2084
- iec61966-2-1
- arib-std-b67
Default is same as input.
- matrix, m
- Set the colorspace matrix.
Possible value are:
- input
- 709
- unspecified
- 470bg
- 170m
- 2020_ncl
- 2020_cl
Default is same as input.
- rangein, rin
- Set the input color range.
Possible values are:
Default is same as input.
- primariesin, pin
- Set the input color primaries.
Possible values are:
- input
- 709
- unspecified
- 170m
- 240m
- 2020
Default is same as input.
- transferin, tin
- Set the input transfer characteristics.
Possible values are:
- input
- 709
- unspecified
- 601
- linear
- 2020_10
- 2020_12
Default is same as input.
- matrixin, min
- Set the input colorspace matrix.
Possible value are:
- input
- 709
- unspecified
- 470bg
- 170m
- 2020_ncl
- 2020_cl
- chromal, c
- Set the output chroma location.
Possible values are:
- input
- left
- center
- topleft
- top
- bottomleft
- bottom
- chromalin, cin
- Set the input chroma location.
Possible values are:
- input
- left
- center
- topleft
- top
- bottomleft
- bottom
- npl
- Set the nominal peak luminance.
- param_a
- Parameter A for scaling filters. Parameter "b" for bicubic, and
the number of filter taps for lanczos.
- param_b
- Parameter B for scaling filters. Parameter "c" for bicubic.
The values of the w and h options are expressions
containing the following constants:
- in_w
- in_h
- The input width and height
- iw
- ih
- These are the same as in_w and in_h.
- out_w
- out_h
- The output (scaled) width and height
- ow
- oh
- These are the same as out_w and out_h
- a
- The same as iw / ih
- sar
- input sample aspect ratio
- dar
- The input display aspect ratio. Calculated from "(iw
/ ih) * sar".
- hsub
- vsub
- horizontal and vertical input chroma subsample values. For example for the
pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is
1.
- ohsub
- ovsub
- horizontal and vertical output chroma subsample values. For example for
the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is
1.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- width, w
- height, h
- Set the output video dimension expression. The command accepts the same
syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its
current value.
Below is a description of the currently available OpenCL video filters.
To enable compilation of these filters you need to configure
FFmpeg with "--enable-opencl".
Running OpenCL filters requires you to initialize a hardware
device and to pass that device to all filters in any filter graph.
- -init_hw_device
opencl[=name][:device[,key=value...]]
- Initialise a new hardware device of type opencl called name,
using the given device parameters.
- -filter_hw_device name
- Pass the hardware device called name to all filters in any filter
graph.
For more detailed information see
<https://www.ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html#Advanced-Video-options>
- •
- Example of choosing the first device on the second platform and running
avgblur_opencl filter with default parameters on it.
-init_hw_device opencl=gpu:1.0 -filter_hw_device gpu -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, avgblur_opencl, hwdownload" OUTPUT
Since OpenCL filters are not able to access frame data in normal
memory, all frame data needs to be uploaded(hwupload) to hardware
surfaces connected to the appropriate device before being used and then
downloaded(hwdownload) back to normal memory. Note that
hwupload will upload to a surface with the same layout as the
software frame, so it may be necessary to add a format filter
immediately before to get the input into the right format and
hwdownload does not support all formats on the output - it may be
necessary to insert an additional format filter immediately following
in the graph to get the output in a supported format.
Apply average blur filter.
The filter accepts the following options:
- sizeX
- Set horizontal radius size. Range is "[1,
1024]" and default value is 1.
- planes
- Set which planes to filter. Default value is 0xf,
by which all planes are processed.
- sizeY
- Set vertical radius size. Range is "[1,
1024]" and default value is 0. If
zero, "sizeX" value will be used.
Example
- •
- Apply average blur filter with horizontal and vertical size of 3, setting
each pixel of the output to the average value of the 7x7 region centered
on it in the input. For pixels on the edges of the image, the region does
not extend beyond the image boundaries, and so out-of-range coordinates
are not used in the calculations.
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, avgblur_opencl=3, hwdownload" OUTPUT
Apply a boxblur algorithm to the input video.
It accepts the following parameters:
- luma_radius, lr
- luma_power, lp
- chroma_radius, cr
- chroma_power, cp
- alpha_radius, ar
- alpha_power, ap
A description of the accepted options follows.
- luma_radius, lr
- chroma_radius, cr
- alpha_radius, ar
- Set an expression for the box radius in pixels used for blurring the
corresponding input plane.
The radius value must be a non-negative number, and must not
be greater than the value of the expression
"min(w,h)/2" for the luma and alpha
planes, and of "min(cw,ch)/2" for the
chroma planes.
Default value for luma_radius is "2". If not
specified, chroma_radius and alpha_radius default to the
corresponding value set for luma_radius.
The expressions can contain the following constants:
- w
- h
- The input width and height in pixels.
- cw
- ch
- The input chroma image width and height in pixels.
- hsub
- vsub
- The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the
pixel format "yuv422p", hsub is 2 and vsub is
1.
- luma_power, lp
- chroma_power, cp
- alpha_power, ap
- Specify how many times the boxblur filter is applied to the corresponding
plane.
Default value for luma_power is 2. If not specified,
chroma_power and alpha_power default to the corresponding
value set for luma_power.
A value of 0 will disable the effect.
Examples
Apply boxblur filter, setting each pixel of the output to the
average value of box-radiuses luma_radius, chroma_radius,
alpha_radius for each plane respectively. The filter will apply
luma_power, chroma_power, alpha_power times onto the
corresponding plane. For pixels on the edges of the image, the radius does
not extend beyond the image boundaries, and so out-of-range coordinates are
not used in the calculations.
- Apply a boxblur filter with the luma, chroma, and alpha radius set to 2
and luma, chroma, and alpha power set to 3. The filter will run 3 times
with box-radius set to 2 for every plane of the image.
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, boxblur_opencl=luma_radius=2:luma_power=3, hwdownload" OUTPUT
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, boxblur_opencl=2:3, hwdownload" OUTPUT
- Apply a boxblur filter with luma radius set to 2, luma_power to 1,
chroma_radius to 4, chroma_power to 5, alpha_radius to 3 and alpha_power
to 7.
For the luma plane, a 2x2 box radius will be run once.
For the chroma plane, a 4x4 box radius will be run 5
times.
For the alpha plane, a 3x3 box radius will be run 7 times.
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, boxblur_opencl=2:1:4:5:3:7, hwdownload" OUTPUT
RGB colorspace color keying.
The filter accepts the following options:
- color
- The color which will be replaced with transparency.
- similarity
- Similarity percentage with the key color.
0.01 matches only the exact key color, while 1.0 matches
everything.
- blend
- Blend percentage.
0.0 makes pixels either fully transparent, or not transparent
at all.
Higher values result in semi-transparent pixels, with a higher
transparency the more similar the pixels color is to the key color.
Examples
- •
- Make every semi-green pixel in the input transparent with some slight
blending:
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, colorkey_opencl=green:0.3:0.1, hwdownload" OUTPUT
Apply convolution of 3x3, 5x5, 7x7 matrix.
The filter accepts the following options:
- 0m
- 1m
- 2m
- 3m
- Set matrix for each plane. Matrix is sequence of 9, 25 or 49 signed
numbers. Default value for each plane is "0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0".
- 0rdiv
- 1rdiv
- 2rdiv
- 3rdiv
- Set multiplier for calculated value for each plane. If unset or 0, it will
be sum of all matrix elements. The option value must be a float number
greater or equal to 0.0. Default value is
1.0.
- 0bias
- 1bias
- 2bias
- 3bias
- Set bias for each plane. This value is added to the result of the
multiplication. Useful for making the overall image brighter or darker.
The option value must be a float number greater or equal to
0.0. Default value is
0.0.
Examples
- Apply sharpen:
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0, hwdownload" OUTPUT
- Apply blur:
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1/9:1/9:1/9:1/9, hwdownload" OUTPUT
- Apply edge enhance:
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:5:1:1:1:0:128:128:128, hwdownload" OUTPUT
- Apply edge detect:
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:5:5:5:1:0:128:128:128, hwdownload" OUTPUT
- Apply laplacian edge detector which includes diagonals:
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:5:5:5:1:0:128:128:0, hwdownload" OUTPUT
- Apply emboss:
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2, hwdownload" OUTPUT
Apply erosion effect to the video.
This filter replaces the pixel by the local(3x3) minimum.
It accepts the following options:
- threshold0
- threshold1
- threshold2
- threshold3
- Limit the maximum change for each plane. Range is
"[0, 65535]" and default value is
65535. If 0, plane will
remain unchanged.
- coordinates
- Flag which specifies the pixel to refer to. Range is
"[0, 255]" and default value is
255, i.e. all eight pixels are used.
Flags to local 3x3 coordinates region centered on
"x":
1 2 3
4 x 5
6 7 8
Example
- •
- Apply erosion filter with threshold0 set to 30, threshold1 set 40,
threshold2 set to 50 and coordinates set to 231, setting each pixel of the
output to the local minimum between pixels: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8 of the 3x3
region centered on it in the input. If the difference between input pixel
and local minimum is more then threshold of the corresponding plane,
output pixel will be set to input pixel - threshold of corresponding
plane.
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, erosion_opencl=30:40:50:coordinates=231, hwdownload" OUTPUT
Feature-point based video stabilization filter.
The filter accepts the following options:
- tripod
- Simulates a tripod by preventing any camera movement whatsoever from the
original frame. Defaults to 0.
- debug
- Whether or not additional debug info should be displayed, both in the
processed output and in the console.
Note that in order to see console debug output you will also
need to pass "-v verbose" to
ffmpeg.
Viewing point matches in the output video is only supported
for RGB input.
Defaults to 0.
- adaptive_crop
- Whether or not to do a tiny bit of cropping at the borders to cut down on
the amount of mirrored pixels.
Defaults to 1.
- refine_features
- Whether or not feature points should be refined at a sub-pixel level.
This can be turned off for a slight performance gain at the
cost of precision.
Defaults to 1.
- smooth_strength
- The strength of the smoothing applied to the camera path from
0.0 to 1.0.
1.0 is the maximum smoothing strength
while values less than that result in less smoothing.
0.0 causes the filter to adaptively
choose a smoothing strength on a per-frame basis.
Defaults to 0.0.
- smooth_window_multiplier
- Controls the size of the smoothing window (the number of frames buffered
to determine motion information from).
The size of the smoothing window is determined by multiplying
the framerate of the video by this number.
Acceptable values range from 0.1 to
10.0.
Larger values increase the amount of motion data available for
determining how to smooth the camera path, potentially improving
smoothness, but also increase latency and memory usage.
Defaults to 2.0.
Examples
- Stabilize a video with a fixed, medium smoothing strength:
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, deshake_opencl=smooth_strength=0.5, hwdownload" OUTPUT
- Stabilize a video with debugging (both in console and in rendered video):
-i INPUT -filter_complex "[0:v]format=rgba, hwupload, deshake_opencl=debug=1, hwdownload, format=rgba, format=yuv420p" -v verbose OUTPUT
Apply dilation effect to the video.
This filter replaces the pixel by the local(3x3) maximum.
It accepts the following options:
- threshold0
- threshold1
- threshold2
- threshold3
- Limit the maximum change for each plane. Range is
"[0, 65535]" and default value is
65535. If 0, plane will
remain unchanged.
- coordinates
- Flag which specifies the pixel to refer to. Range is
"[0, 255]" and default value is
255, i.e. all eight pixels are used.
Flags to local 3x3 coordinates region centered on
"x":
1 2 3
4 x 5
6 7 8
Example
- •
- Apply dilation filter with threshold0 set to 30, threshold1 set 40,
threshold2 set to 50 and coordinates set to 231, setting each pixel of the
output to the local maximum between pixels: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8 of the 3x3
region centered on it in the input. If the difference between input pixel
and local maximum is more then threshold of the corresponding plane,
output pixel will be set to input pixel + threshold of corresponding
plane.
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, dilation_opencl=30:40:50:coordinates=231, hwdownload" OUTPUT
Non-local Means denoise filter through OpenCL, this filter accepts same options
as nlmeans.
Overlay one video on top of another.
It takes two inputs and has one output. The first input is the
"main" video on which the second input is overlaid. This filter
requires same memory layout for all the inputs. So, format conversion may be
needed.
The filter accepts the following options:
- x
- Set the x coordinate of the overlaid video on the main video. Default
value is 0.
- y
- Set the y coordinate of the overlaid video on the main video. Default
value is 0.
Examples
- Overlay an image LOGO at the top-left corner of the INPUT video. Both
inputs are yuv420p format.
-i INPUT -i LOGO -filter_complex "[0:v]hwupload[a], [1:v]format=yuv420p, hwupload[b], [a][b]overlay_opencl, hwdownload" OUTPUT
- The inputs have same memory layout for color channels , the overlay has
additional alpha plane, like INPUT is yuv420p, and the LOGO is yuva420p.
-i INPUT -i LOGO -filter_complex "[0:v]hwupload[a], [1:v]format=yuva420p, hwupload[b], [a][b]overlay_opencl, hwdownload" OUTPUT
Add paddings to the input image, and place the original input at the provided
x, y coordinates.
It accepts the following options:
- width, w
- height, h
- Specify an expression for the size of the output image with the paddings
added. If the value for width or height is 0, the
corresponding input size is used for the output.
The width expression can reference the value set by the
height expression, and vice versa.
The default value of width and height is 0.
- x
- y
- Specify the offsets to place the input image at within the padded area,
with respect to the top/left border of the output image.
The x expression can reference the value set by the
y expression, and vice versa.
The default value of x and y is 0.
If x or y evaluate to a negative number, they'll
be changed so the input image is centered on the padded area.
- color
- Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option, check
the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual.
- aspect
- Pad to an aspect instead to a resolution.
The value for the width, height, x, and
y options are expressions containing the following constants:
- in_w
- in_h
- The input video width and height.
- iw
- ih
- These are the same as in_w and in_h.
- out_w
- out_h
- The output width and height (the size of the padded area), as specified by
the width and height expressions.
- ow
- oh
- These are the same as out_w and out_h.
- x
- y
- The x and y offsets as specified by the x and y expressions,
or NAN if not yet specified.
- a
- same as iw / ih
- sar
- input sample aspect ratio
- dar
- input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (iw / ih) *
sar
Apply the Prewitt operator
(<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prewitt_operator>) to input video
stream.
The filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set which planes to filter. Default value is 0xf,
by which all planes are processed.
- scale
- Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result. Range is
"[0.0, 65535]" and default value is
1.0.
- delta
- Set value which will be added to filtered result. Range is
"[-65535, 65535]" and default value is
0.0.
Example
- •
- Apply the Prewitt operator with scale set to 2 and delta set to 10.
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, prewitt_opencl=scale=2:delta=10, hwdownload" OUTPUT
Filter video using an OpenCL program.
- source
- OpenCL program source file.
- kernel
- Kernel name in program.
- inputs
- Number of inputs to the filter. Defaults to 1.
- size, s
- Size of output frames. Defaults to the same as the first input.
The "program_opencl" filter also
supports the framesync options.
The program source file must contain a kernel function with the
given name, which will be run once for each plane of the output. Each run on
a plane gets enqueued as a separate 2D global NDRange with one work-item for
each pixel to be generated. The global ID offset for each work-item is
therefore the coordinates of a pixel in the destination image.
The kernel function needs to take the following arguments:
- Destination image, __write_only image2d_t.
This image will become the output; the kernel should write all
of it.
- Frame index, unsigned int.
This is a counter starting from zero and increasing by one for
each frame.
- Source images, __read_only image2d_t.
These are the most recent images on each input. The kernel may
read from them to generate the output, but they can't be written to.
Example programs:
- Copy the input to the output (output must be the same size as the input).
__kernel void copy(__write_only image2d_t destination,
unsigned int index,
__read_only image2d_t source)
{
const sampler_t sampler = CLK_NORMALIZED_COORDS_FALSE;
int2 location = (int2)(get_global_id(0), get_global_id(1));
float4 value = read_imagef(source, sampler, location);
write_imagef(destination, location, value);
}
- Apply a simple transformation, rotating the input by an amount increasing
with the index counter. Pixel values are linearly interpolated by the
sampler, and the output need not have the same dimensions as the input.
__kernel void rotate_image(__write_only image2d_t dst,
unsigned int index,
__read_only image2d_t src)
{
const sampler_t sampler = (CLK_NORMALIZED_COORDS_FALSE |
CLK_FILTER_LINEAR);
float angle = (float)index / 100.0f;
float2 dst_dim = convert_float2(get_image_dim(dst));
float2 src_dim = convert_float2(get_image_dim(src));
float2 dst_cen = dst_dim / 2.0f;
float2 src_cen = src_dim / 2.0f;
int2 dst_loc = (int2)(get_global_id(0), get_global_id(1));
float2 dst_pos = convert_float2(dst_loc) - dst_cen;
float2 src_pos = {
cos(angle) * dst_pos.x - sin(angle) * dst_pos.y,
sin(angle) * dst_pos.x + cos(angle) * dst_pos.y
};
src_pos = src_pos * src_dim / dst_dim;
float2 src_loc = src_pos + src_cen;
if (src_loc.x < 0.0f || src_loc.y < 0.0f ||
src_loc.x > src_dim.x || src_loc.y > src_dim.y)
write_imagef(dst, dst_loc, 0.5f);
else
write_imagef(dst, dst_loc, read_imagef(src, sampler, src_loc));
}
- Blend two inputs together, with the amount of each input used varying with
the index counter.
__kernel void blend_images(__write_only image2d_t dst,
unsigned int index,
__read_only image2d_t src1,
__read_only image2d_t src2)
{
const sampler_t sampler = (CLK_NORMALIZED_COORDS_FALSE |
CLK_FILTER_LINEAR);
float blend = (cos((float)index / 50.0f) + 1.0f) / 2.0f;
int2 dst_loc = (int2)(get_global_id(0), get_global_id(1));
int2 src1_loc = dst_loc * get_image_dim(src1) / get_image_dim(dst);
int2 src2_loc = dst_loc * get_image_dim(src2) / get_image_dim(dst);
float4 val1 = read_imagef(src1, sampler, src1_loc);
float4 val2 = read_imagef(src2, sampler, src2_loc);
write_imagef(dst, dst_loc, val1 * blend + val2 * (1.0f - blend));
}
Apply the Roberts cross operator
(<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roberts_cross>) to input video
stream.
The filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set which planes to filter. Default value is 0xf,
by which all planes are processed.
- scale
- Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result. Range is
"[0.0, 65535]" and default value is
1.0.
- delta
- Set value which will be added to filtered result. Range is
"[-65535, 65535]" and default value is
0.0.
Example
- •
- Apply the Roberts cross operator with scale set to 2 and delta set to 10
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, roberts_opencl=scale=2:delta=10, hwdownload" OUTPUT
Apply the Sobel operator
(<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sobel_operator>) to input video
stream.
The filter accepts the following option:
- planes
- Set which planes to filter. Default value is 0xf,
by which all planes are processed.
- scale
- Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result. Range is
"[0.0, 65535]" and default value is
1.0.
- delta
- Set value which will be added to filtered result. Range is
"[-65535, 65535]" and default value is
0.0.
Example
- •
- Apply sobel operator with scale set to 2 and delta set to 10
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, sobel_opencl=scale=2:delta=10, hwdownload" OUTPUT
Perform HDR(PQ/HLG) to SDR conversion with tone-mapping.
It accepts the following parameters:
- tonemap
- Specify the tone-mapping operator to be used. Same as tonemap option in
tonemap.
- param
- Tune the tone mapping algorithm. same as param option in
tonemap.
- desat
- Apply desaturation for highlights that exceed this level of brightness.
The higher the parameter, the more color information will be preserved.
This setting helps prevent unnaturally blown-out colors for
super-highlights, by (smoothly) turning into white instead. This makes
images feel more natural, at the cost of reducing information about
out-of-range colors.
The default value is 0.5, and the algorithm here is a little
different from the cpu version tonemap currently. A setting of 0.0
disables this option.
- threshold
- The tonemapping algorithm parameters is fine-tuned per each scene. And a
threshold is used to detect whether the scene has changed or not. If the
distance between the current frame average brightness and the current
running average exceeds a threshold value, we would re-calculate scene
average and peak brightness. The default value is 0.2.
- format
- Specify the output pixel format.
Currently supported formats are:
- range, r
- Set the output color range.
Possible values are:
Default is same as input.
- primaries, p
- Set the output color primaries.
Possible values are:
Default is same as input.
- transfer, t
- Set the output transfer characteristics.
Possible values are:
- matrix, m
- Set the output colorspace matrix.
Possible value are:
Default is same as input.
Example
- •
- Convert HDR(PQ/HLG) video to bt2020-transfer-characteristic p010 format
using linear operator.
-i INPUT -vf "format=p010,hwupload,tonemap_opencl=t=bt2020:tonemap=linear:format=p010,hwdownload,format=p010" OUTPUT
Sharpen or blur the input video.
It accepts the following parameters:
- luma_msize_x, lx
- Set the luma matrix horizontal size. Range is "[1,
23]" and default value is 5.
- luma_msize_y, ly
- Set the luma matrix vertical size. Range is "[1,
23]" and default value is 5.
- luma_amount, la
- Set the luma effect strength. Range is "[-10,
10]" and default value is 1.0.
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive
values will sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
- chroma_msize_x, cx
- Set the chroma matrix horizontal size. Range is "[1,
23]" and default value is 5.
- chroma_msize_y, cy
- Set the chroma matrix vertical size. Range is "[1,
23]" and default value is 5.
- chroma_amount, ca
- Set the chroma effect strength. Range is "[-10,
10]" and default value is 0.0.
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive
values will sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
All parameters are optional and default to the equivalent of the
string '5:5:1.0:5:5:0.0'.
Examples
- Apply strong luma sharpen effect:
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, unsharp_opencl=luma_msize_x=7:luma_msize_y=7:luma_amount=2.5, hwdownload" OUTPUT
- Apply a strong blur of both luma and chroma parameters:
-i INPUT -vf "hwupload, unsharp_opencl=7:7:-2:7:7:-2, hwdownload" OUTPUT
Cross fade two videos with custom transition effect by using OpenCL.
It accepts the following options:
- transition
- Set one of possible transition effects.
- custom
- Select custom transition effect, the actual transition description will be
picked from source and kernel options.
- fade
- wipeleft
- wiperight
- wipeup
- wipedown
- slideleft
- slideright
- slideup
- slidedown
- Default transition is fade.
- source
- OpenCL program source file for custom transition.
- kernel
- Set name of kernel to use for custom transition from program source
file.
- duration
- Set duration of video transition.
- offset
- Set time of start of transition relative to first video.
The program source file must contain a kernel function with the
given name, which will be run once for each plane of the output. Each run on
a plane gets enqueued as a separate 2D global NDRange with one work-item for
each pixel to be generated. The global ID offset for each work-item is
therefore the coordinates of a pixel in the destination image.
The kernel function needs to take the following arguments:
- Destination image, __write_only image2d_t.
This image will become the output; the kernel should write all
of it.
- First Source image, __read_only image2d_t. Second Source image,
__read_only image2d_t.
These are the most recent images on each input. The kernel may
read from them to generate the output, but they can't be written to.
- Transition progress, float. This value is always between 0 and 1
inclusive.
Example programs:
- •
- Apply dots curtain transition effect:
__kernel void blend_images(__write_only image2d_t dst,
__read_only image2d_t src1,
__read_only image2d_t src2,
float progress)
{
const sampler_t sampler = (CLK_NORMALIZED_COORDS_FALSE |
CLK_FILTER_LINEAR);
int2 p = (int2)(get_global_id(0), get_global_id(1));
float2 rp = (float2)(get_global_id(0), get_global_id(1));
float2 dim = (float2)(get_image_dim(src1).x, get_image_dim(src1).y);
rp = rp / dim;
float2 dots = (float2)(20.0, 20.0);
float2 center = (float2)(0,0);
float2 unused;
float4 val1 = read_imagef(src1, sampler, p);
float4 val2 = read_imagef(src2, sampler, p);
bool next = distance(fract(rp * dots, &unused), (float2)(0.5, 0.5)) < (progress / distance(rp, center));
write_imagef(dst, p, next ? val1 : val2);
}
VAAPI Video filters are usually used with VAAPI decoder and VAAPI encoder. Below
is a description of VAAPI video filters.
To enable compilation of these filters you need to configure
FFmpeg with "--enable-vaapi".
To use vaapi filters, you need to setup the vaapi device
correctly. For more information, please read
<https://trac.ffmpeg.org/wiki/Hardware/VAAPI>
Perform HDR(High Dynamic Range) to SDR(Standard Dynamic Range) conversion with
tone-mapping. It maps the dynamic range of HDR10 content to the SDR content.
It currently only accepts HDR10 as input.
It accepts the following parameters:
- format
- Specify the output pixel format.
Currently supported formats are:
- primaries, p
- Set the output color primaries.
Default is same as input.
- transfer, t
- Set the output transfer characteristics.
Default is bt709.
- matrix, m
- Set the output colorspace matrix.
Default is same as input.
Example
- •
- Convert HDR(HDR10) video to bt2020-transfer-characteristic p010 format
tonemap_vaapi=format=p010:t=bt2020-10
Below is a description of the currently available video sources.
Buffer video frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in
particular through the interface defined in
libavfilter/buffersrc.h.
It accepts the following parameters:
- video_size
- Specify the size (width and height) of the buffered video frames. For the
syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in the
ffmpeg-utils manual.
- width
- The input video width.
- height
- The input video height.
- pix_fmt
- A string representing the pixel format of the buffered video frames. It
may be a number corresponding to a pixel format, or a pixel format
name.
- time_base
- Specify the timebase assumed by the timestamps of the buffered
frames.
- frame_rate
- Specify the frame rate expected for the video stream.
- pixel_aspect, sar
- The sample (pixel) aspect ratio of the input video.
- sws_param
- This option is deprecated and ignored. Prepend
"sws_flags=flags;"
to the filtergraph description to specify swscale flags for automatically
inserted scalers. See Filtergraph syntax.
- hw_frames_ctx
- When using a hardware pixel format, this should be a reference to an
AVHWFramesContext describing input frames.
For example:
buffer=width=320:height=240:pix_fmt=yuv410p:time_base=1/24:sar=1
will instruct the source to accept video frames with size 320x240
and with format "yuv410p", assuming 1/24 as the timestamps
timebase and square pixels (1:1 sample aspect ratio). Since the pixel format
with name "yuv410p" corresponds to the number 6 (check the enum
AVPixelFormat definition in libavutil/pixfmt.h), this example
corresponds to:
buffer=size=320x240:pixfmt=6:time_base=1/24:pixel_aspect=1/1
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string, but
this syntax is deprecated:
width:height:pix_fmt:time_base.num:time_base.den:pixel_aspect.num:pixel_aspect.den
Create a pattern generated by an elementary cellular automaton.
The initial state of the cellular automaton can be defined through
the filename and pattern options. If such options are not
specified an initial state is created randomly.
At each new frame a new row in the video is filled with the result
of the cellular automaton next generation. The behavior when the whole frame
is filled is defined by the scroll option.
This source accepts the following options:
- filename, f
- Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from the
specified file. In the file, each non-whitespace character is considered
an alive cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in
the file will be ignored.
- pattern, p
- Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from the
specified string.
Each non-whitespace character in the string is considered an
alive cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in
the string will be ignored.
- rate, r
- Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
Default is 25.
- random_fill_ratio, ratio
- Set the random fill ratio for the initial cellular automaton row. It is a
floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to 1/PHI.
This option is ignored when a file or a pattern is
specified.
- random_seed, seed
- Set the seed for filling randomly the initial row, must be an integer
included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set
to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort
basis.
- rule
- Set the cellular automaton rule, it is a number ranging from 0 to 255.
Default value is 110.
- size, s
- Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check the
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
If filename or pattern is specified, the size is
set by default to the width of the specified initial state row, and the
height is set to width * PHI.
If size is set, it must contain the width of the
specified pattern string, and the specified pattern will be centered in
the larger row.
If a filename or a pattern string is not specified, the size
value defaults to "320x518" (used for a randomly generated
initial state).
- scroll
- If set to 1, scroll the output upward when all the rows in the output have
been already filled. If set to 0, the new generated row will be written
over the top row just after the bottom row is filled. Defaults to 1.
- start_full, full
- If set to 1, completely fill the output with generated rows before
outputting the first frame. This is the default behavior, for disabling
set the value to 0.
- stitch
- If set to 1, stitch the left and right row edges together. This is the
default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.
Examples
- Read the initial state from pattern, and specify an output of size
200x400.
cellauto=f=pattern:s=200x400
- Generate a random initial row with a width of 200 cells, with a fill ratio
of 2/3:
cellauto=ratio=2/3:s=200x200
- Create a pattern generated by rule 18 starting by a single alive cell
centered on an initial row with width 100:
cellauto=p=@s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
- Specify a more elaborated initial pattern:
cellauto=p='@@ @ @@':s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
Video source generated on GPU using Apple's CoreImage API on OSX.
This video source is a specialized version of the coreimage
video filter. Use a core image generator at the beginning of the applied
filterchain to generate the content.
The coreimagesrc video source accepts the following options:
- list_generators
- List all available generators along with all their respective options as
well as possible minimum and maximum values along with the default values.
list_generators=true
- size, s
- Specify the size of the sourced video. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. The default value is
"320x240".
- rate, r
- Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
frame_rate_num/frame_rate_den, an integer number, a floating
point number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value
is "25".
- sar
- Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video.
- duration, d
- Set the duration of the sourced video. See the Time duration section in
the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted syntax.
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the
video is supposed to be generated forever.
Additionally, all options of the coreimage video filter are
accepted. A complete filterchain can be used for further processing of the
generated input without CPU-HOST transfer. See coreimage
documentation and examples for details.
Examples
- •
- Use CIQRCodeGenerator to create a QR code for the FFmpeg homepage, given
as complete and escaped command-line for Apple's standard bash shell:
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i coreimagesrc=s=100x100:filter=CIQRCodeGenerator@inputMessage=https\\\\\://FFmpeg.org/@inputCorrectionLevel=H -frames:v 1 QRCode.png
This example is equivalent to the QRCode example of
coreimage without the need for a nullsrc video source.
Generate several gradients.
- size, s
- Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
Default value is "640x480".
- rate, r
- Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is
"25".
- c0, c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7
- Set 8 colors. Default values for colors is to pick random one.
- x0, y0, y0, y1
- Set gradient line source and destination points. If negative or out of
range, random ones are picked.
- nb_colors, n
- Set number of colors to use at once. Allowed range is from 2 to 8. Default
value is 2.
- seed
- Set seed for picking gradient line points.
- duration, d
- Set the duration of the sourced video. See the Time duration section in
the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted syntax.
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the
video is supposed to be generated forever.
- speed
- Set speed of gradients rotation.
Generate a Mandelbrot set fractal, and progressively zoom towards the point
specified with start_x and start_y.
This source accepts the following options:
- end_pts
- Set the terminal pts value. Default value is 400.
- end_scale
- Set the terminal scale value. Must be a floating point value. Default
value is 0.3.
- inner
- Set the inner coloring mode, that is the algorithm used to draw the
Mandelbrot fractal internal region.
It shall assume one of the following values:
- black
- Set black mode.
- convergence
- Show time until convergence.
- mincol
- Set color based on point closest to the origin of the iterations.
- period
- Set period mode.
- bailout
- Set the bailout value. Default value is 10.0.
- maxiter
- Set the maximum of iterations performed by the rendering algorithm.
Default value is 7189.
- outer
- Set outer coloring mode. It shall assume one of following values:
- iteration_count
- Set iteration count mode.
- normalized_iteration_count
- set normalized iteration count mode.
Default value is normalized_iteration_count.
- rate, r
- Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is
"25".
- size, s
- Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
Default value is "640x480".
- start_scale
- Set the initial scale value. Default value is 3.0.
- start_x
- Set the initial x position. Must be a floating point value between -100
and 100. Default value is -0.743643887037158704752191506114774.
- start_y
- Set the initial y position. Must be a floating point value between -100
and 100. Default value is -0.131825904205311970493132056385139.
Generate various test patterns, as generated by the MPlayer test filter.
The size of the generated video is fixed, and is 256x256. This
source is useful in particular for testing encoding features.
This source accepts the following options:
- rate, r
- Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
frame_rate_num/frame_rate_den, an integer number, a floating
point number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value
is "25".
- duration, d
- Set the duration of the sourced video. See the Time duration section in
the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted syntax.
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the
video is supposed to be generated forever.
- test, t
- Set the number or the name of the test to perform. Supported tests
are:
- dc_luma
- dc_chroma
- freq_luma
- freq_chroma
- amp_luma
- amp_chroma
- cbp
- mv
- ring1
- ring2
- all
- max_frames, m
- Set the maximum number of frames generated for each test, default value is
30.
Default value is "all", which will cycle through the
list of all tests.
Some examples:
mptestsrc=t=dc_luma
will generate a "dc_luma" test pattern.
Provide a frei0r source.
To enable compilation of this filter you need to install the
frei0r header and configure FFmpeg with
"--enable-frei0r".
This source accepts the following parameters:
- size
- The size of the video to generate. For the syntax of this option, check
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
- framerate
- The framerate of the generated video. It may be a string of the form
num/den or a frame rate abbreviation.
- filter_name
- The name to the frei0r source to load. For more information regarding
frei0r and how to set the parameters, read the frei0r section in
the video filters documentation.
- filter_params
- A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r source.
For example, to generate a frei0r partik0l source with size
200x200 and frame rate 10 which is overlaid on the overlay filter main
input:
frei0r_src=size=200x200:framerate=10:filter_name=partik0l:filter_params=1234 [overlay]; [in][overlay] overlay
Generate a life pattern.
This source is based on a generalization of John Conway's life
game.
The sourced input represents a life grid, each pixel represents a
cell which can be in one of two possible states, alive or dead. Every cell
interacts with its eight neighbours, which are the cells that are
horizontally, vertically, or diagonally adjacent.
At each interaction the grid evolves according to the adopted
rule, which specifies the number of neighbor alive cells which will make a
cell stay alive or born. The rule option allows one to specify the
rule to adopt.
This source accepts the following options:
- filename, f
- Set the file from which to read the initial grid state. In the file, each
non-whitespace character is considered an alive cell, and newline is used
to delimit the end of each row.
If this option is not specified, the initial grid is generated
randomly.
- rate, r
- Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
Default is 25.
- random_fill_ratio, ratio
- Set the random fill ratio for the initial random grid. It is a floating
point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to 1/PHI. It is ignored
when a file is specified.
- random_seed, seed
- Set the seed for filling the initial random grid, must be an integer
included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set
to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort
basis.
- rule
- Set the life rule.
A rule can be specified with a code of the kind
"SNS/BNB", where NS and NB are
sequences of numbers in the range 0-8, NS specifies the number of
alive neighbor cells which make a live cell stay alive, and NB
the number of alive neighbor cells which make a dead cell to become
alive (i.e. to "born"). "s" and "b" can be
used in place of "S" and "B", respectively.
Alternatively a rule can be specified by an 18-bits integer.
The 9 high order bits are used to encode the next cell state if it is
alive for each number of neighbor alive cells, the low order bits
specify the rule for "borning" new cells. Higher order bits
encode for an higher number of neighbor cells. For example the number
6153 = "(12<<9)+9" specifies a
stay alive rule of 12 and a born rule of 9, which corresponds to
"S23/B03".
Default value is "S23/B3", which is the original
Conway's game of life rule, and will keep a cell alive if it has 2 or 3
neighbor alive cells, and will born a new cell if there are three alive
cells around a dead cell.
- size, s
- Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check the
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
If filename is specified, the size is set by default to
the same size of the input file. If size is set, it must contain
the size specified in the input file, and the initial grid defined in
that file is centered in the larger resulting area.
If a filename is not specified, the size value defaults to
"320x240" (used for a randomly generated initial grid).
- stitch
- If set to 1, stitch the left and right grid edges together, and the top
and bottom edges also. Defaults to 1.
- mold
- Set cell mold speed. If set, a dead cell will go from death_color
to mold_color with a step of mold. mold can have a
value from 0 to 255.
- life_color
- Set the color of living (or new born) cells.
- death_color
- Set the color of dead cells. If mold is set, this is the first
color used to represent a dead cell.
- mold_color
- Set mold color, for definitely dead and moldy cells.
For the syntax of these 3 color options, check the
"Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
Examples
The "allrgb" source returns frames of size
4096x4096 of all rgb colors.
The "allyuv" source returns
frames of size 4096x4096 of all yuv colors.
The "color" source provides an
uniformly colored input.
The "haldclutsrc" source
provides an identity Hald CLUT. See also haldclut filter.
The "nullsrc" source returns
unprocessed video frames. It is mainly useful to be employed in analysis /
debugging tools, or as the source for filters which ignore the input
data.
The "pal75bars" source generates
a color bars pattern, based on EBU PAL recommendations with 75% color
levels.
The "pal100bars" source
generates a color bars pattern, based on EBU PAL recommendations with 100%
color levels.
The "rgbtestsrc" source
generates an RGB test pattern useful for detecting RGB vs BGR issues. You
should see a red, green and blue stripe from top to bottom.
The "smptebars" source generates
a color bars pattern, based on the SMPTE Engineering Guideline EG
1-1990.
The "smptehdbars" source
generates a color bars pattern, based on the SMPTE RP 219-2002.
The "testsrc" source generates a
test video pattern, showing a color pattern, a scrolling gradient and a
timestamp. This is mainly intended for testing purposes.
The "testsrc2" source is similar
to testsrc, but supports more pixel formats instead of just
"rgb24". This allows using it as an input
for other tests without requiring a format conversion.
The "yuvtestsrc" source
generates an YUV test pattern. You should see a y, cb and cr stripe from top
to bottom.
The sources accept the following parameters:
- level
- Specify the level of the Hald CLUT, only available in the
"haldclutsrc" source. A level of
"N" generates a picture of
"N*N*N" by
"N*N*N" pixels to be used as identity
matrix for 3D lookup tables. Each component is coded on a
"1/(N*N)" scale.
- color, c
- Specify the color of the source, only available in the
"color" source. For the syntax of this
option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual.
- size, s
- Specify the size of the sourced video. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. The default value is
"320x240".
This option is not available with the
"allrgb",
"allyuv", and
"haldclutsrc" filters.
- rate, r
- Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
frame_rate_num/frame_rate_den, an integer number, a floating
point number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value
is "25".
- duration, d
- Set the duration of the sourced video. See the Time duration section in
the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted syntax.
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the
video is supposed to be generated forever.
Since the frame rate is used as time base, all frames
including the last one will have their full duration. If the specified
duration is not a multiple of the frame duration, it will be rounded
up.
- sar
- Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video.
- alpha
- Specify the alpha (opacity) of the background, only available in the
"testsrc2" source. The value must be
between 0 (fully transparent) and 255 (fully opaque, the default).
- decimals, n
- Set the number of decimals to show in the timestamp, only available in the
"testsrc" source.
The displayed timestamp value will correspond to the original
timestamp value multiplied by the power of 10 of the specified value.
Default value is 0.
Examples
- Generate a video with a duration of 5.3 seconds, with size 176x144 and a
frame rate of 10 frames per second:
testsrc=duration=5.3:size=qcif:rate=10
- The following graph description will generate a red source with an opacity
of 0.2, with size "qcif" and a frame rate of 10 frames per
second:
color=c=red@0.2:s=qcif:r=10
- If the input content is to be ignored,
"nullsrc" can be used. The following
command generates noise in the luminance plane by employing the
"geq" filter:
nullsrc=s=256x256, geq=random(1)*255:128:128
Commands
The "color" source supports the
following commands:
- c, color
- Set the color of the created image. Accepts the same syntax of the
corresponding color option.
Generate video using an OpenCL program.
- source
- OpenCL program source file.
- kernel
- Kernel name in program.
- size, s
- Size of frames to generate. This must be set.
- format
- Pixel format to use for the generated frames. This must be set.
- rate, r
- Number of frames generated every second. Default value is '25'.
For details of how the program loading works, see the
program_opencl filter.
Example programs:
- Generate a colour ramp by setting pixel values from the position of the
pixel in the output image. (Note that this will work with all pixel
formats, but the generated output will not be the same.)
__kernel void ramp(__write_only image2d_t dst,
unsigned int index)
{
int2 loc = (int2)(get_global_id(0), get_global_id(1));
float4 val;
val.xy = val.zw = convert_float2(loc) / convert_float2(get_image_dim(dst));
write_imagef(dst, loc, val);
}
- Generate a Sierpinski carpet pattern, panning by a single pixel each
frame.
__kernel void sierpinski_carpet(__write_only image2d_t dst,
unsigned int index)
{
int2 loc = (int2)(get_global_id(0), get_global_id(1));
float4 value = 0.0f;
int x = loc.x + index;
int y = loc.y + index;
while (x > 0 || y > 0) {
if (x % 3 == 1 && y % 3 == 1) {
value = 1.0f;
break;
}
x /= 3;
y /= 3;
}
write_imagef(dst, loc, value);
}
Generate a Sierpinski carpet/triangle fractal, and randomly pan around.
This source accepts the following options:
- size, s
- Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
Default value is "640x480".
- rate, r
- Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is
"25".
- seed
- Set seed which is used for random panning.
- jump
- Set max jump for single pan destination. Allowed range is from 1 to
10000.
- type
- Set fractal type, can be default
"carpet" or
"triangle".
Below is a description of the currently available video sinks.
Buffer video frames, and make them available to the end of the filter graph.
This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular
through the interface defined in libavfilter/buffersink.h or the
options system.
It accepts a pointer to an AVBufferSinkContext structure, which
defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque parameter
to "avfilter_init_filter" for
initialization.
Null video sink: do absolutely nothing with the input video. It is mainly useful
as a template and for use in analysis / debugging tools.
Below is a description of the currently available multimedia filters.
Convert input audio to a video output, displaying the audio bit scope.
The filter accepts the following options:
- rate, r
- Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is
"25".
- size, s
- Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is
"1024x256".
- colors
- Specify list of colors separated by space or by '|' which will be used to
draw channels. Unrecognized or missing colors will be replaced by white
color.
Draw a graph using input audio metadata.
See drawgraph
Convert input audio to a video output, displaying the volume histogram.
The filter accepts the following options:
- dmode
- Specify how histogram is calculated.
It accepts the following values:
- single
- Use single histogram for all channels.
- separate
- Use separate histogram for each channel.
- rate, r
- Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is
"25".
- size, s
- Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is
"hd720".
- scale
- Set display scale.
It accepts the following values:
- log
- logarithmic
- sqrt
- square root
- cbrt
- cubic root
- lin
- linear
- rlog
- reverse logarithmic
- ascale
- Set amplitude scale.
It accepts the following values:
- log
- logarithmic
- lin
- linear
- acount
- Set how much frames to accumulate in histogram. Default is 1. Setting this
to -1 accumulates all frames.
- rheight
- Set histogram ratio of window height.
- slide
- Set sonogram sliding.
It accepts the following values:
- replace
- replace old rows with new ones.
- scroll
- scroll from top to bottom.
Measures phase of input audio, which is exported as metadata
"lavfi.aphasemeter.phase", representing mean
phase of current audio frame. A video output can also be produced and is
enabled by default. The audio is passed through as first output.
Audio will be rematrixed to stereo if it has a different channel
layout. Phase value is in range "[-1, 1]"
where "-1" means left and right channels
are completely out of phase and 1 means channels are
in phase.
The filter accepts the following options, all related to its video
output:
- rate, r
- Set the output frame rate. Default value is
25.
- size, s
- Set the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
Default value is "800x400".
- rc
- gc
- bc
- Specify the red, green, blue contrast. Default values are
2, 7 and
1. Allowed range is "[0,
255]".
- mpc
- Set color which will be used for drawing median phase. If color is
"none" which is default, no median phase
value will be drawn.
- video
- Enable video output. Default is enabled.
phasing detection
The filter also detects out of phase and mono sequences in stereo
streams. It logs the sequence start, end and duration when it lasts longer
or as long as the minimum set.
The filter accepts the following options for this detection:
- phasing
- Enable mono and out of phase detection. Default is disabled.
- tolerance, t
- Set phase tolerance for mono detection, in amplitude ratio. Default is
0. Allowed range is "[0,
1]".
- angle, a
- Set angle threshold for out of phase detection, in degree. Default is
170. Allowed range is "[90,
180]".
- duration, d
- Set mono or out of phase duration until notification, expressed in
seconds. Default is 2.
Examples
- •
- Complete example with ffmpeg to detect 1 second of mono with 0.001
phase tolerance:
ffmpeg -i stereo.wav -af aphasemeter=video=0:phasing=1:duration=1:tolerance=0.001 -f null -
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio vector scope.
The filter is used to measure the difference between channels of
stereo audio stream. A monaural signal, consisting of identical left and
right signal, results in straight vertical line. Any stereo separation is
visible as a deviation from this line, creating a Lissajous figure. If the
straight (or deviation from it) but horizontal line appears this indicates
that the left and right channels are out of phase.
The filter accepts the following options:
- mode, m
- Set the vectorscope mode.
Available values are:
- lissajous
- Lissajous rotated by 45 degrees.
- lissajous_xy
- Same as above but not rotated.
- polar
- Shape resembling half of circle.
Default value is lissajous.
- size, s
- Set the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
Default value is "400x400".
- rate, r
- Set the output frame rate. Default value is
25.
- rc
- gc
- bc
- ac
- Specify the red, green, blue and alpha contrast. Default values are
40, 160,
80 and 255. Allowed range
is "[0, 255]".
- rf
- gf
- bf
- af
- Specify the red, green, blue and alpha fade. Default values are
15, 10,
5 and 5. Allowed range is
"[0, 255]".
- zoom
- Set the zoom factor. Default value is 1. Allowed
range is "[0, 10]". Values lower than
1 will auto adjust zoom factor to maximal possible value.
- draw
- Set the vectorscope drawing mode.
Available values are:
- dot
- Draw dot for each sample.
- line
- Draw line between previous and current sample.
- scale
- Specify amplitude scale of audio samples.
Available values are:
- lin
- Linear.
- sqrt
- Square root.
- cbrt
- Cubic root.
- log
- Logarithmic.
- swap
- Swap left channel axis with right channel axis.
- mirror
- Mirror axis.
- none
- No mirror.
- x
- Mirror only x axis.
- y
- Mirror only y axis.
- xy
- Mirror both axis.
Examples
- •
- Complete example using ffplay:
ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
[a] avectorscope=zoom=1.3:rc=2:gc=200:bc=10:rf=1:gf=8:bf=7 [out0]'
Benchmark part of a filtergraph.
The filter accepts the following options:
- action
- Start or stop a timer.
Available values are:
- start
- Get the current time, set it as frame metadata (using the key
"lavfi.bench.start_time"), and forward
the frame to the next filter.
- stop
- Get the current time and fetch the
"lavfi.bench.start_time" metadata from
the input frame metadata to get the time difference. Time difference,
average, maximum and minimum time (respectively
"t",
"avg",
"max" and
"min") are then printed. The timestamps
are expressed in seconds.
Examples
- •
- Benchmark selectivecolor filter:
bench=start,selectivecolor=reds=-.2 .12 -.49,bench=stop
Concatenate audio and video streams, joining them together one after the other.
The filter works on segments of synchronized video and audio
streams. All segments must have the same number of streams of each type, and
that will also be the number of streams at output.
The filter accepts the following options:
- n
- Set the number of segments. Default is 2.
- v
- Set the number of output video streams, that is also the number of video
streams in each segment. Default is 1.
- a
- Set the number of output audio streams, that is also the number of audio
streams in each segment. Default is 0.
- unsafe
- Activate unsafe mode: do not fail if segments have a different
format.
The filter has v+a outputs: first v video
outputs, then a audio outputs.
There are nx(v+a) inputs: first the inputs
for the first segment, in the same order as the outputs, then the inputs for
the second segment, etc.
Related streams do not always have exactly the same duration, for
various reasons including codec frame size or sloppy authoring. For that
reason, related synchronized streams (e.g. a video and its audio track)
should be concatenated at once. The concat filter will use the duration of
the longest stream in each segment (except the last one), and if necessary
pad shorter audio streams with silence.
For this filter to work correctly, all segments must start at
timestamp 0.
All corresponding streams must have the same parameters in all
segments; the filtering system will automatically select a common pixel
format for video streams, and a common sample format, sample rate and
channel layout for audio streams, but other settings, such as resolution,
must be converted explicitly by the user.
Different frame rates are acceptable but will result in variable
frame rate at output; be sure to configure the output file to handle it.
Examples
- Concatenate an opening, an episode and an ending, all in bilingual version
(video in stream 0, audio in streams 1 and 2):
ffmpeg -i opening.mkv -i episode.mkv -i ending.mkv -filter_complex \
'[0:0] [0:1] [0:2] [1:0] [1:1] [1:2] [2:0] [2:1] [2:2]
concat=n=3:v=1:a=2 [v] [a1] [a2]' \
-map '[v]' -map '[a1]' -map '[a2]' output.mkv
- Concatenate two parts, handling audio and video separately, using the
(a)movie sources, and adjusting the resolution:
movie=part1.mp4, scale=512:288 [v1] ; amovie=part1.mp4 [a1] ;
movie=part2.mp4, scale=512:288 [v2] ; amovie=part2.mp4 [a2] ;
[v1] [v2] concat [outv] ; [a1] [a2] concat=v=0:a=1 [outa]
Note that a desync will happen at the stitch if the audio and
video streams do not have exactly the same duration in the first
file.
Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
- next
- Close the current segment and step to the next one
EBU R128 scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream and analyzes its
loudness level. By default, it logs a message at a frequency of 10Hz with the
Momentary loudness (identified by "M"),
Short-term loudness ("S"), Integrated
loudness ("I") and Loudness Range
("LRA").
The filter can only analyze streams which have a sampling rate of
48000 Hz and whose sample format is double-precision floating point. The
input stream will be converted to this specification, if needed. Users may
need to insert aformat and/or aresample filters after this filter to obtain
the original parameters.
The filter also has a video output (see the video option)
with a real time graph to observe the loudness evolution. The graphic
contains the logged message mentioned above, so it is not printed anymore
when this option is set, unless the verbose logging is set. The main
graphing area contains the short-term loudness (3 seconds of analysis), and
the gauge on the right is for the momentary loudness (400 milliseconds), but
can optionally be configured to instead display short-term loudness (see
gauge).
The green area marks a +/- 1LU target range around the target
loudness (-23LUFS by default, unless modified through target).
More information about the Loudness Recommendation EBU R128 on
<http://tech.ebu.ch/loudness>.
The filter accepts the following options:
- video
- Activate the video output. The audio stream is passed unchanged whether
this option is set or no. The video stream will be the first output stream
if activated. Default is 0.
- size
- Set the video size. This option is for video only. For the syntax of this
option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default and minimum resolution is
"640x480".
- meter
- Set the EBU scale meter. Default is 9. Common
values are 9 and 18,
respectively for EBU scale meter +9 and EBU scale meter +18. Any other
integer value between this range is allowed.
- metadata
- Set metadata injection. If set to 1, the audio
input will be segmented into 100ms output frames, each of them containing
various loudness information in metadata. All the metadata keys are
prefixed with "lavfi.r128.".
Default is 0.
- framelog
- Force the frame logging level.
Available values are:
- info
- information logging level
- verbose
- verbose logging level
By default, the logging level is set to info. If the
video or the metadata options are set, it switches to
verbose.
- peak
- Set peak mode(s).
Available modes can be cumulated (the option is a
"flag" type). Possible values are:
- none
- Disable any peak mode (default).
- sample
- Enable sample-peak mode.
Simple peak mode looking for the higher sample value. It logs
a message for sample-peak (identified by
"SPK").
- true
- Enable true-peak mode.
If enabled, the peak lookup is done on an over-sampled version
of the input stream for better peak accuracy. It logs a message for
true-peak. (identified by "TPK") and
true-peak per frame (identified by
"FTPK"). This mode requires a build
with "libswresample".
- dualmono
- Treat mono input files as "dual mono". If a mono file is
intended for playback on a stereo system, its EBU R128 measurement will be
perceptually incorrect. If set to
"true", this option will compensate for
this effect. Multi-channel input files are not affected by this
option.
- panlaw
- Set a specific pan law to be used for the measurement of dual mono files.
This parameter is optional, and has a default value of -3.01dB.
- target
- Set a specific target level (in LUFS) used as relative zero in the
visualization. This parameter is optional and has a default value of
-23LUFS as specified by EBU R128. However, material published online may
prefer a level of -16LUFS (e.g. for use with podcasts or video
platforms).
- gauge
- Set the value displayed by the gauge. Valid values are
"momentary" and s
"shortterm". By default the momentary
value will be used, but in certain scenarios it may be more useful to
observe the short term value instead (e.g. live mixing).
- scale
- Sets the display scale for the loudness. Valid parameters are
"absolute" (in LUFS) or
"relative" (LU) relative to the target.
This only affects the video output, not the summary or continuous log
output.
Examples
- Real-time graph using ffplay, with a EBU scale meter +18:
ffplay -f lavfi -i "amovie=input.mp3,ebur128=video=1:meter=18 [out0][out1]"
- Run an analysis with ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -nostats -i input.mp3 -filter_complex ebur128 -f null -
Temporally interleave frames from several inputs.
"interleave" works with video
inputs, "ainterleave" with audio.
These filters read frames from several inputs and send the oldest
queued frame to the output.
Input streams must have well defined, monotonically increasing
frame timestamp values.
In order to submit one frame to output, these filters need to
enqueue at least one frame for each input, so they cannot work in case one
input is not yet terminated and will not receive incoming frames.
For example consider the case when one input is a
"select" filter which always drops input
frames. The "interleave" filter will keep
reading from that input, but it will never be able to send new frames to
output until the input sends an end-of-stream signal.
Also, depending on inputs synchronization, the filters will drop
frames in case one input receives more frames than the other ones, and the
queue is already filled.
These filters accept the following options:
- nb_inputs, n
- Set the number of different inputs, it is 2 by default.
- duration
- How to determine the end-of-stream.
- longest
- The duration of the longest input. (default)
- shortest
- The duration of the shortest input.
- first
- The duration of the first input.
Examples
- Interleave frames belonging to different streams using ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i bambi.avi -i pr0n.mkv -filter_complex "[0:v][1:v] interleave" out.avi
- Add flickering blur effect:
select='if(gt(random(0), 0.2), 1, 2)':n=2 [tmp], boxblur=2:2, [tmp] interleave
Manipulate frame metadata.
This filter accepts the following options:
- mode
- Set mode of operation of the filter.
Can be one of the following:
- select
- If both "value" and
"key" is set, select frames which have
such metadata. If only "key" is set,
select every frame that has such key in metadata.
- add
- Add new metadata "key" and
"value". If key is already available do
nothing.
- modify
- Modify value of already present key.
- delete
- If "value" is set, delete only keys that
have such value. Otherwise, delete key. If
"key" is not set, delete all metadata
values in the frame.
- print
- Print key and its value if metadata was found. If
"key" is not set print all metadata
values available in frame.
- key
- Set key used with all modes. Must be set for all modes except
"print" and
"delete".
- value
- Set metadata value which will be used. This option is mandatory for
"modify" and
"add" mode.
- function
- Which function to use when comparing metadata value and
"value".
Can be one of following:
- same_str
- Values are interpreted as strings, returns true if metadata value is same
as "value".
- starts_with
- Values are interpreted as strings, returns true if metadata value starts
with the "value" option string.
- less
- Values are interpreted as floats, returns true if metadata value is less
than "value".
- equal
- Values are interpreted as floats, returns true if
"value" is equal with metadata
value.
- greater
- Values are interpreted as floats, returns true if metadata value is
greater than "value".
- expr
- Values are interpreted as floats, returns true if expression from option
"expr" evaluates to true.
- ends_with
- Values are interpreted as strings, returns true if metadata value ends
with the "value" option string.
- expr
- Set expression which is used when
"function" is set to
"expr". The expression is evaluated
through the eval API and can contain the following constants:
- VALUE1
- Float representation of "value" from
metadata key.
- VALUE2
- Float representation of "value" as
supplied by user in "value" option.
- file
- If specified in "print" mode, output is
written to the named file. Instead of plain filename any writable url can
be specified. Filename ``-'' is a shorthand for standard output. If
"file" option is not set, output is
written to the log with AV_LOG_INFO loglevel.
- direct
- Reduces buffering in print mode when output is written to a URL set using
file.
Examples
- Print all metadata values for frames with key
"lavfi.signalstats.YDIF" with values
between 0 and 1.
signalstats,metadata=print:key=lavfi.signalstats.YDIF:value=0:function=expr:expr='between(VALUE1,0,1)'
- Print silencedetect output to file metadata.txt.
silencedetect,ametadata=mode=print:file=metadata.txt
- Direct all metadata to a pipe with file descriptor 4.
metadata=mode=print:file='pipe\:4'
Set read/write permissions for the output frames.
These filters are mainly aimed at developers to test direct path
in the following filter in the filtergraph.
The filters accept the following options:
- mode
- Select the permissions mode.
It accepts the following values:
- none
- Do nothing. This is the default.
- ro
- Set all the output frames read-only.
- rw
- Set all the output frames directly writable.
- toggle
- Make the frame read-only if writable, and writable if read-only.
- random
- Set each output frame read-only or writable randomly.
- seed
- Set the seed for the random mode, must be an integer included
between 0 and
"UINT32_MAX". If not specified, or if
explicitly set to "-1", the filter will
try to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.
Note: in case of auto-inserted filter between the permission
filter and the following one, the permission might not be received as
expected in that following filter. Inserting a format or
aformat filter before the perms/aperms filter can avoid this
problem.
Slow down filtering to match real time approximately.
These filters will pause the filtering for a variable amount of
time to match the output rate with the input timestamps. They are similar to
the re option to "ffmpeg".
They accept the following options:
- limit
- Time limit for the pauses. Any pause longer than that will be considered a
timestamp discontinuity and reset the timer. Default is 2 seconds.
- speed
- Speed factor for processing. The value must be a float larger than zero.
Values larger than 1.0 will result in faster than realtime processing,
smaller will slow processing down. The limit is automatically
adapted accordingly. Default is 1.0.
A processing speed faster than what is possible without these
filters cannot be achieved.
Select frames to pass in output.
This filter accepts the following options:
- expr, e
- Set expression, which is evaluated for each input frame.
If the expression is evaluated to zero, the frame is
discarded.
If the evaluation result is negative or NaN, the frame is sent
to the first output; otherwise it is sent to the output with index
"ceil(val)-1", assuming that the input
index starts from 0.
For example a value of 1.2 corresponds
to the output with index "ceil(1.2)-1 = 2-1 =
1", that is the second output.
- outputs, n
- Set the number of outputs. The output to which to send the selected frame
is based on the result of the evaluation. Default value is 1.
The expression can contain the following constants:
- n
- The (sequential) number of the filtered frame, starting from 0.
- selected_n
- The (sequential) number of the selected frame, starting from 0.
- prev_selected_n
- The sequential number of the last selected frame. It's NAN if
undefined.
- TB
- The timebase of the input timestamps.
- pts
- The PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame, expressed in
TB units. It's NAN if undefined.
- t
- The PTS of the filtered video frame, expressed in seconds. It's NAN if
undefined.
- prev_pts
- The PTS of the previously filtered video frame. It's NAN if
undefined.
- prev_selected_pts
- The PTS of the last previously filtered video frame. It's NAN if
undefined.
- prev_selected_t
- The PTS of the last previously selected video frame, expressed in seconds.
It's NAN if undefined.
- start_pts
- The PTS of the first video frame in the video. It's NAN if undefined.
- start_t
- The time of the first video frame in the video. It's NAN if
undefined.
- pict_type (video only)
- The type of the filtered frame. It can assume one of the following
values:
- interlace_type (video only)
- The frame interlace type. It can assume one of the following values:
- PROGRESSIVE
- The frame is progressive (not interlaced).
- TOPFIRST
- The frame is top-field-first.
- BOTTOMFIRST
- The frame is bottom-field-first.
- consumed_sample_n (audio only)
- the number of selected samples before the current frame
- samples_n (audio only)
- the number of samples in the current frame
- sample_rate (audio only)
- the input sample rate
- key
- This is 1 if the filtered frame is a key-frame, 0 otherwise.
- pos
- the position in the file of the filtered frame, -1 if the information is
not available (e.g. for synthetic video)
- scene (video only)
- value between 0 and 1 to indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a low
probability for the current frame to introduce a new scene, while a higher
value means the current frame is more likely to be one (see the example
below)
- concatdec_select
- The concat demuxer can select only part of a concat input file by setting
an inpoint and an outpoint, but the output packets may not be entirely
contained in the selected interval. By using this variable, it is possible
to skip frames generated by the concat demuxer which are not exactly
contained in the selected interval.
This works by comparing the frame pts against the
lavf.concat.start_time and the lavf.concat.duration packet
metadata values which are also present in the decoded frames.
The concatdec_select variable is -1 if the frame pts is
at least start_time and either the duration metadata is missing or the
frame pts is less than start_time + duration, 0 otherwise, and NaN if
the start_time metadata is missing.
That basically means that an input frame is selected if its
pts is within the interval set by the concat demuxer.
The default value of the select expression is "1".
Examples
- Select all frames in input:
select
The example above is the same as:
select=1
- Skip all frames:
select=0
- Select only I-frames:
select='eq(pict_type\,I)'
- Select one frame every 100:
select='not(mod(n\,100))'
- Select only frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
select=between(t\,10\,20)
- Select only I-frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
select=between(t\,10\,20)*eq(pict_type\,I)
- Select frames with a minimum distance of 10 seconds:
select='isnan(prev_selected_t)+gte(t-prev_selected_t\,10)'
- Use aselect to select only audio frames with samples number > 100:
aselect='gt(samples_n\,100)'
- Create a mosaic of the first scenes:
ffmpeg -i video.avi -vf select='gt(scene\,0.4)',scale=160:120,tile -frames:v 1 preview.png
Comparing scene against a value between 0.3 and 0.5 is
generally a sane choice.
- Send even and odd frames to separate outputs, and compose them:
select=n=2:e='mod(n, 2)+1' [odd][even]; [odd] pad=h=2*ih [tmp]; [tmp][even] overlay=y=h
- Select useful frames from an ffconcat file which is using inpoints and
outpoints but where the source files are not intra frame only.
ffmpeg -copyts -vsync 0 -segment_time_metadata 1 -i input.ffconcat -vf select=concatdec_select -af aselect=concatdec_select output.avi
Send commands to filters in the filtergraph.
These filters read commands to be sent to other filters in the
filtergraph.
"sendcmd" must be inserted
between two video filters, "asendcmd" must
be inserted between two audio filters, but apart from that they act the same
way.
The specification of commands can be provided in the filter
arguments with the commands option, or in a file specified by the
filename option.
These filters accept the following options:
- commands, c
- Set the commands to be read and sent to the other filters.
- filename, f
- Set the filename of the commands to be read and sent to the other
filters.
Commands syntax
A commands description consists of a sequence of interval
specifications, comprising a list of commands to be executed when a
particular event related to that interval occurs. The occurring event is
typically the current frame time entering or leaving a given time
interval.
An interval is specified by the following syntax:
<START>[-<END>] <COMMANDS>;
The time interval is specified by the START and END
times. END is optional and defaults to the maximum time.
The current frame time is considered within the specified interval
if it is included in the interval [START, END), that is when
the time is greater or equal to START and is lesser than
END.
COMMANDS consists of a sequence of one or more command
specifications, separated by ",", relating to that interval. The
syntax of a command specification is given by:
[<FLAGS>] <TARGET> <COMMAND> <ARG>
FLAGS is optional and specifies the type of events relating
to the time interval which enable sending the specified command, and must be
a non-null sequence of identifier flags separated by "+" or
"|" and enclosed between "[" and "]".
The following flags are recognized:
- enter
- The command is sent when the current frame timestamp enters the specified
interval. In other words, the command is sent when the previous frame
timestamp was not in the given interval, and the current is.
- leave
- The command is sent when the current frame timestamp leaves the specified
interval. In other words, the command is sent when the previous frame
timestamp was in the given interval, and the current is not.
- expr
- The command ARG is interpreted as expression and result of
expression is passed as ARG.
The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can
contain the following constants:
- POS
- Original position in the file of the frame, or undefined if undefined for
the current frame.
- PTS
- The presentation timestamp in input.
- N
- The count of the input frame for video or audio, starting from 0.
- T
- The time in seconds of the current frame.
- TS
- The start time in seconds of the current command interval.
- TE
- The end time in seconds of the current command interval.
- TI
- The interpolated time of the current command interval, TI = (T - TS) / (TE
- TS).
If FLAGS is not specified, a default value of
"[enter]" is assumed.
TARGET specifies the target of the command, usually the
name of the filter class or a specific filter instance name.
COMMAND specifies the name of the command for the target
filter.
ARG is optional and specifies the optional list of argument
for the given COMMAND.
Between one interval specification and another, whitespaces, or
sequences of characters starting with "#"
until the end of line, are ignored and can be used to annotate comments.
A simplified BNF description of the commands specification syntax
follows:
<COMMAND_FLAG> ::= "enter" | "leave"
<COMMAND_FLAGS> ::= <COMMAND_FLAG> [(+|"|")<COMMAND_FLAG>]
<COMMAND> ::= ["[" <COMMAND_FLAGS> "]"] <TARGET> <COMMAND> [<ARG>]
<COMMANDS> ::= <COMMAND> [,<COMMANDS>]
<INTERVAL> ::= <START>[-<END>] <COMMANDS>
<INTERVALS> ::= <INTERVAL>[;<INTERVALS>]
Examples
- Specify audio tempo change at second 4:
asendcmd=c='4.0 atempo tempo 1.5',atempo
- Target a specific filter instance:
asendcmd=c='4.0 atempo@my tempo 1.5',atempo@my
- Specify a list of drawtext and hue commands in a file.
# show text in the interval 5-10
5.0-10.0 [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=hello world',
[leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=';
# desaturate the image in the interval 15-20
15.0-20.0 [enter] hue s 0,
[enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=nocolor',
[leave] hue s 1,
[leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=color';
# apply an exponential saturation fade-out effect, starting from time 25
25 [enter] hue s exp(25-t)
A filtergraph allowing to read and process the above command
list stored in a file test.cmd, can be specified with:
sendcmd=f=test.cmd,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='',hue
Change the PTS (presentation timestamp) of the input frames.
"setpts" works on video frames,
"asetpts" on audio frames.
This filter accepts the following options:
- expr
- The expression which is evaluated for each frame to construct its
timestamp.
The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain
the following constants:
- FRAME_RATE, FR
- frame rate, only defined for constant frame-rate video
- PTS
- The presentation timestamp in input
- N
- The count of the input frame for video or the number of consumed samples,
not including the current frame for audio, starting from 0.
- NB_CONSUMED_SAMPLES
- The number of consumed samples, not including the current frame (only
audio)
- NB_SAMPLES, S
- The number of samples in the current frame (only audio)
- SAMPLE_RATE, SR
- The audio sample rate.
- STARTPTS
- The PTS of the first frame.
- STARTT
- the time in seconds of the first frame
- INTERLACED
- State whether the current frame is interlaced.
- T
- the time in seconds of the current frame
- POS
- original position in the file of the frame, or undefined if undefined for
the current frame
- PREV_INPTS
- The previous input PTS.
- PREV_INT
- previous input time in seconds
- PREV_OUTPTS
- The previous output PTS.
- PREV_OUTT
- previous output time in seconds
- RTCTIME
- The wallclock (RTC) time in microseconds. This is deprecated, use
time(0) instead.
- RTCSTART
- The wallclock (RTC) time at the start of the movie in microseconds.
- TB
- The timebase of the input timestamps.
Examples
Force color range for the output video frame.
The "setrange" filter marks the
color range property for the output frames. It does not change the input
frame, but only sets the corresponding property, which affects how the frame
is treated by following filters.
The filter accepts the following options:
- range
- Available values are:
- auto
- Keep the same color range property.
- unspecified, unknown
- Set the color range as unspecified.
- limited, tv, mpeg
- Set the color range as limited.
- full, pc, jpeg
- Set the color range as full.
Set the timebase to use for the output frames timestamps. It is mainly useful
for testing timebase configuration.
It accepts the following parameters:
- expr, tb
- The expression which is evaluated into the output timebase.
The value for tb is an arithmetic expression representing a
rational. The expression can contain the constants "AVTB" (the
default timebase), "intb" (the input timebase) and "sr"
(the sample rate, audio only). Default value is "intb".
Examples
- Set the timebase to 1/25:
settb=expr=1/25
- Set the timebase to 1/10:
settb=expr=0.1
- Set the timebase to 1001/1000:
settb=1+0.001
- Set the timebase to 2*intb:
settb=2*intb
- Set the default timebase value:
settb=AVTB
Convert input audio to a video output representing frequency spectrum
logarithmically using Brown-Puckette constant Q transform algorithm with
direct frequency domain coefficient calculation (but the transform itself is
not really constant Q, instead the Q factor is actually variable/clamped),
with musical tone scale, from E0 to D#10.
The filter accepts the following options:
- size, s
- Specify the video size for the output. It must be even. For the syntax of
this option, check the "Video size" section in the
ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is
"1920x1080".
- fps, rate, r
- Set the output frame rate. Default value is
25.
- bar_h
- Set the bargraph height. It must be even. Default value is
"-1" which computes the bargraph height
automatically.
- axis_h
- Set the axis height. It must be even. Default value is
"-1" which computes the axis height
automatically.
- sono_h
- Set the sonogram height. It must be even. Default value is
"-1" which computes the sonogram height
automatically.
- fullhd
- Set the fullhd resolution. This option is deprecated, use size,
s instead. Default value is 1.
- sono_v, volume
- Specify the sonogram volume expression. It can contain variables:
- bar_v
- the bar_v evaluated expression
- frequency, freq, f
- the frequency where it is evaluated
- timeclamp, tc
- the value of timeclamp option
and functions:
- a_weighting(f)
- A-weighting of equal loudness
- b_weighting(f)
- B-weighting of equal loudness
- c_weighting(f)
- C-weighting of equal loudness.
- bar_v, volume2
- Specify the bargraph volume expression. It can contain variables:
- sono_v
- the sono_v evaluated expression
- frequency, freq, f
- the frequency where it is evaluated
- timeclamp, tc
- the value of timeclamp option
and functions:
- a_weighting(f)
- A-weighting of equal loudness
- b_weighting(f)
- B-weighting of equal loudness
- c_weighting(f)
- C-weighting of equal loudness.
Default value is "sono_v".
- sono_g, gamma
- Specify the sonogram gamma. Lower gamma makes the spectrum more contrast,
higher gamma makes the spectrum having more range. Default value is
3. Acceptable range is "[1,
7]".
- bar_g, gamma2
- Specify the bargraph gamma. Default value is 1.
Acceptable range is "[1, 7]".
- bar_t
- Specify the bargraph transparency level. Lower value makes the bargraph
sharper. Default value is 1. Acceptable range is
"[0, 1]".
- timeclamp, tc
- Specify the transform timeclamp. At low frequency, there is trade-off
between accuracy in time domain and frequency domain. If timeclamp is
lower, event in time domain is represented more accurately (such as fast
bass drum), otherwise event in frequency domain is represented more
accurately (such as bass guitar). Acceptable range is
"[0.002, 1]". Default value is
0.17.
- attack
- Set attack time in seconds. The default is 0
(disabled). Otherwise, it limits future samples by applying asymmetric
windowing in time domain, useful when low latency is required. Accepted
range is "[0, 1]".
- basefreq
- Specify the transform base frequency. Default value is
20.01523126408007475, which is frequency 50 cents
below E0. Acceptable range is "[10,
100000]".
- endfreq
- Specify the transform end frequency. Default value is
20495.59681441799654, which is frequency 50 cents
above D#10. Acceptable range is "[10,
100000]".
- coeffclamp
- This option is deprecated and ignored.
- tlength
- Specify the transform length in time domain. Use this option to control
accuracy trade-off between time domain and frequency domain at every
frequency sample. It can contain variables:
- frequency, freq, f
- the frequency where it is evaluated
- timeclamp, tc
- the value of timeclamp option.
Default value is
"384*tc/(384+tc*f)".
- count
- Specify the transform count for every video frame. Default value is
6. Acceptable range is "[1,
30]".
- fcount
- Specify the transform count for every single pixel. Default value is
0, which makes it computed automatically.
Acceptable range is "[0, 10]".
- fontfile
- Specify font file for use with freetype to draw the axis. If not
specified, use embedded font. Note that drawing with font file or embedded
font is not implemented with custom basefreq and endfreq,
use axisfile option instead.
- font
- Specify fontconfig pattern. This has lower priority than fontfile.
The ":" in the pattern may be replaced
by "|" to avoid unnecessary
escaping.
- fontcolor
- Specify font color expression. This is arithmetic expression that should
return integer value 0xRRGGBB. It can contain variables:
- frequency, freq, f
- the frequency where it is evaluated
- timeclamp, tc
- the value of timeclamp option
and functions:
- midi(f)
- midi number of frequency f, some midi numbers: E0(16), C1(24), C2(36),
A4(69)
- r(x), g(x), b(x)
- red, green, and blue value of intensity x.
Default value is "st(0,
(midi(f)-59.5)/12); st(1, if(between(ld(0),0,1),
0.5-0.5*cos(2*PI*ld(0)), 0)); r(1-ld(1)) +
b(ld(1))".
- axisfile
- Specify image file to draw the axis. This option override fontfile
and fontcolor option.
- axis, text
- Enable/disable drawing text to the axis. If it is set to
0, drawing to the axis is disabled, ignoring
fontfile and axisfile option. Default value is
1.
- csp
- Set colorspace. The accepted values are:
- unspecified
- Unspecified (default)
- bt709
- BT.709
- fcc
- FCC
- bt470bg
- BT.470BG or BT.601-6 625
- smpte170m
- SMPTE-170M or BT.601-6 525
- smpte240m
- SMPTE-240M
- bt2020ncl
- BT.2020 with non-constant luminance
- cscheme
- Set spectrogram color scheme. This is list of floating point values with
format
"left_r|left_g|left_b|right_r|right_g|right_b".
The default is "1|0.5|0|0|0.5|1".
Examples
- Playing audio while showing the spectrum:
ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt [out0]'
- Same as above, but with frame rate 30 fps:
ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt=fps=30:count=5 [out0]'
- Playing at 1280x720:
ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt=s=1280x720:count=4 [out0]'
- Disable sonogram display:
sono_h=0
- A1 and its harmonics: A1, A2, (near)E3, A3:
ffplay -f lavfi 'aevalsrc=0.1*sin(2*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(4*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(6*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(8*PI*55*t),
asplit[a][out1]; [a] showcqt [out0]'
- Same as above, but with more accuracy in frequency domain:
ffplay -f lavfi 'aevalsrc=0.1*sin(2*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(4*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(6*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(8*PI*55*t),
asplit[a][out1]; [a] showcqt=timeclamp=0.5 [out0]'
- Custom volume:
bar_v=10:sono_v=bar_v*a_weighting(f)
- Custom gamma, now spectrum is linear to the amplitude.
bar_g=2:sono_g=2
- Custom tlength equation:
tc=0.33:tlength='st(0,0.17); 384*tc / (384 / ld(0) + tc*f /(1-ld(0))) + 384*tc / (tc*f / ld(0) + 384 /(1-ld(0)))'
- Custom fontcolor and fontfile, C-note is colored green, others are colored
blue:
fontcolor='if(mod(floor(midi(f)+0.5),12), 0x0000FF, g(1))':fontfile=myfont.ttf
- Custom font using fontconfig:
font='Courier New,Monospace,mono|bold'
- Custom frequency range with custom axis using image file:
axisfile=myaxis.png:basefreq=40:endfreq=10000
Convert input audio to video output representing the audio power spectrum. Audio
amplitude is on Y-axis while frequency is on X-axis.
The filter accepts the following options:
- size, s
- Specify size of video. For the syntax of this option, check the
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default
is "1024x512".
- mode
- Set display mode. This set how each frequency bin will be represented.
It accepts the following values:
- ascale
- Set amplitude scale.
It accepts the following values:
- lin
- Linear scale.
- sqrt
- Square root scale.
- cbrt
- Cubic root scale.
- log
- Logarithmic scale.
- fscale
- Set frequency scale.
It accepts the following values:
- lin
- Linear scale.
- log
- Logarithmic scale.
- rlog
- Reverse logarithmic scale.
- win_size
- Set window size. Allowed range is from 16 to 65536.
Default is 2048
- win_func
- Set windowing function.
It accepts the following values:
- rect
- bartlett
- hanning
- hamming
- blackman
- welch
- flattop
- bharris
- bnuttall
- bhann
- sine
- nuttall
- lanczos
- gauss
- tukey
- dolph
- cauchy
- parzen
- poisson
- bohman
- overlap
- Set window overlap. In range "[0, 1]".
Default is 1, which means optimal overlap for
selected window function will be picked.
- averaging
- Set time averaging. Setting this to 0 will display current maximal peaks.
Default is 1, which means time averaging is
disabled.
- colors
- Specify list of colors separated by space or by '|' which will be used to
draw channel frequencies. Unrecognized or missing colors will be replaced
by white color.
- cmode
- Set channel display mode.
It accepts the following values:
- minamp
- Set minimum amplitude used in "log"
amplitude scaler.
- data
- Set data display mode.
It accepts the following values:
Convert stereo input audio to a video output, representing the spatial
relationship between two channels.
The filter accepts the following options:
- size, s
- Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is
"512x512".
- win_size
- Set window size. Allowed range is from 1024 to 65536.
Default size is 4096.
- win_func
- Set window function.
It accepts the following values:
- rect
- bartlett
- hann
- hanning
- hamming
- blackman
- welch
- flattop
- bharris
- bnuttall
- bhann
- sine
- nuttall
- lanczos
- gauss
- tukey
- dolph
- cauchy
- parzen
- poisson
- bohman
- overlap
- Set ratio of overlap window. Default value is 0.5.
When value is 1 overlap is set to recommended size
for specific window function currently used.
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio frequency
spectrum.
The filter accepts the following options:
- size, s
- Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is
"640x512".
- slide
- Specify how the spectrum should slide along the window.
It accepts the following values:
- replace
- the samples start again on the left when they reach the right
- scroll
- the samples scroll from right to left
- fullframe
- frames are only produced when the samples reach the right
- rscroll
- the samples scroll from left to right
Default value is "replace".
- mode
- Specify display mode.
It accepts the following values:
- combined
- all channels are displayed in the same row
- separate
- all channels are displayed in separate rows
Default value is combined.
- color
- Specify display color mode.
It accepts the following values:
- channel
- each channel is displayed in a separate color
- intensity
- each channel is displayed using the same color scheme
- rainbow
- each channel is displayed using the rainbow color scheme
- moreland
- each channel is displayed using the moreland color scheme
- nebulae
- each channel is displayed using the nebulae color scheme
- fire
- each channel is displayed using the fire color scheme
- fiery
- each channel is displayed using the fiery color scheme
- fruit
- each channel is displayed using the fruit color scheme
- cool
- each channel is displayed using the cool color scheme
- magma
- each channel is displayed using the magma color scheme
- green
- each channel is displayed using the green color scheme
- viridis
- each channel is displayed using the viridis color scheme
- plasma
- each channel is displayed using the plasma color scheme
- cividis
- each channel is displayed using the cividis color scheme
- terrain
- each channel is displayed using the terrain color scheme
Default value is channel.
- scale
- Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values.
It accepts the following values:
- lin
- linear
- sqrt
- square root, default
- cbrt
- cubic root
- log
- logarithmic
- 4thrt
- 4th root
- 5thrt
- 5th root
- fscale
- Specify frequency scale.
It accepts the following values:
- lin
- linear
- log
- logarithmic
- saturation
- Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide
alternative color scheme. 0 is no saturation at
all. Saturation must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range. Default value is
1.
- win_func
- Set window function.
It accepts the following values:
- rect
- bartlett
- hann
- hanning
- hamming
- blackman
- welch
- flattop
- bharris
- bnuttall
- bhann
- sine
- nuttall
- lanczos
- gauss
- tukey
- dolph
- cauchy
- parzen
- poisson
- bohman
- orientation
- Set orientation of time vs frequency axis. Can be
"vertical" or
"horizontal". Default is
"vertical".
- overlap
- Set ratio of overlap window. Default value is 0.
When value is 1 overlap is set to recommended size
for specific window function currently used.
- gain
- Set scale gain for calculating intensity color values. Default value is
1.
- data
- Set which data to display. Can be
"magnitude", default or
"phase".
- rotation
- Set color rotation, must be in [-1.0, 1.0] range. Default value is
0.
- start
- Set start frequency from which to display spectrogram. Default is
0.
- stop
- Set stop frequency to which to display spectrogram. Default is
0.
- fps
- Set upper frame rate limit. Default is
"auto", unlimited.
- legend
- Draw time and frequency axes and legends. Default is disabled.
The usage is very similar to the showwaves filter; see the
examples in that section.
Examples
- Large window with logarithmic color scaling:
showspectrum=s=1280x480:scale=log
- Complete example for a colored and sliding spectrum per channel using
ffplay:
ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
[a] showspectrum=mode=separate:color=intensity:slide=1:scale=cbrt [out0]'
Convert input audio to a single video frame, representing the audio frequency
spectrum.
The filter accepts the following options:
- size, s
- Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is
"4096x2048".
- mode
- Specify display mode.
It accepts the following values:
- combined
- all channels are displayed in the same row
- separate
- all channels are displayed in separate rows
Default value is combined.
- color
- Specify display color mode.
It accepts the following values:
- channel
- each channel is displayed in a separate color
- intensity
- each channel is displayed using the same color scheme
- rainbow
- each channel is displayed using the rainbow color scheme
- moreland
- each channel is displayed using the moreland color scheme
- nebulae
- each channel is displayed using the nebulae color scheme
- fire
- each channel is displayed using the fire color scheme
- fiery
- each channel is displayed using the fiery color scheme
- fruit
- each channel is displayed using the fruit color scheme
- cool
- each channel is displayed using the cool color scheme
- magma
- each channel is displayed using the magma color scheme
- green
- each channel is displayed using the green color scheme
- viridis
- each channel is displayed using the viridis color scheme
- plasma
- each channel is displayed using the plasma color scheme
- cividis
- each channel is displayed using the cividis color scheme
- terrain
- each channel is displayed using the terrain color scheme
Default value is intensity.
- scale
- Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values.
It accepts the following values:
- lin
- linear
- sqrt
- square root, default
- cbrt
- cubic root
- log
- logarithmic
- 4thrt
- 4th root
- 5thrt
- 5th root
- fscale
- Specify frequency scale.
It accepts the following values:
- lin
- linear
- log
- logarithmic
- saturation
- Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide
alternative color scheme. 0 is no saturation at
all. Saturation must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range. Default value is
1.
- win_func
- Set window function.
It accepts the following values:
- rect
- bartlett
- hann
- hanning
- hamming
- blackman
- welch
- flattop
- bharris
- bnuttall
- bhann
- sine
- nuttall
- lanczos
- gauss
- tukey
- dolph
- cauchy
- parzen
- poisson
- bohman
- orientation
- Set orientation of time vs frequency axis. Can be
"vertical" or
"horizontal". Default is
"vertical".
- gain
- Set scale gain for calculating intensity color values. Default value is
1.
- legend
- Draw time and frequency axes and legends. Default is enabled.
- rotation
- Set color rotation, must be in [-1.0, 1.0] range. Default value is
0.
- start
- Set start frequency from which to display spectrogram. Default is
0.
- stop
- Set stop frequency to which to display spectrogram. Default is
0.
Examples
- •
- Extract an audio spectrogram of a whole audio track in a 1024x1024 picture
using ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i audio.flac -lavfi showspectrumpic=s=1024x1024 spectrogram.png
Convert input audio volume to a video output.
The filter accepts the following options:
- rate, r
- Set video rate.
- b
- Set border width, allowed range is [0, 5]. Default is 1.
- w
- Set channel width, allowed range is [80, 8192]. Default is 400.
- h
- Set channel height, allowed range is [1, 900]. Default is 20.
- f
- Set fade, allowed range is [0, 1]. Default is 0.95.
- c
- Set volume color expression.
The expression can use the following variables:
- VOLUME
- Current max volume of channel in dB.
- PEAK
- Current peak.
- CHANNEL
- Current channel number, starting from 0.
- t
- If set, displays channel names. Default is enabled.
- v
- If set, displays volume values. Default is enabled.
- o
- Set orientation, can be horizontal: "h"
or vertical: "v", default is
"h".
- s
- Set step size, allowed range is [0, 5]. Default is 0, which means step is
disabled.
- p
- Set background opacity, allowed range is [0, 1]. Default is 0.
- m
- Set metering mode, can be peak: "p" or
rms: "r", default is
"p".
- ds
- Set display scale, can be linear: "lin"
or log: "log", default is
"lin".
- dm
- In second. If set to > 0., display a line for the max level in the
previous seconds. default is disabled: 0.
- dmc
- The color of the max line. Use when "dm"
option is set to > 0. default is:
"orange"
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the samples waves.
The filter accepts the following options:
- size, s
- Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is
"600x240".
- mode
- Set display mode.
Available values are:
- point
- Draw a point for each sample.
- line
- Draw a vertical line for each sample.
- p2p
- Draw a point for each sample and a line between them.
- cline
- Draw a centered vertical line for each sample.
Default value is "point".
- n
- Set the number of samples which are printed on the same column. A larger
value will decrease the frame rate. Must be a positive integer. This
option can be set only if the value for rate is not explicitly
specified.
- rate, r
- Set the (approximate) output frame rate. This is done by setting the
option n. Default value is "25".
- split_channels
- Set if channels should be drawn separately or overlap. Default value is
0.
- colors
- Set colors separated by '|' which are going to be used for drawing of each
channel.
- scale
- Set amplitude scale.
Available values are:
- lin
- Linear.
- log
- Logarithmic.
- sqrt
- Square root.
- cbrt
- Cubic root.
- draw
- Set the draw mode. This is mostly useful to set for high n.
Available values are:
- scale
- Scale pixel values for each drawn sample.
- full
- Draw every sample directly.
Default value is "scale".
Examples
- Output the input file audio and the corresponding video representation at
the same time:
amovie=a.mp3,asplit[out0],showwaves[out1]
- Create a synthetic signal and show it with showwaves, forcing a frame rate
of 30 frames per second:
aevalsrc=sin(1*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t):cos(2*PI*200*t),asplit[out0],showwaves=r=30[out1]
Convert input audio to a single video frame, representing the samples waves.
The filter accepts the following options:
- size, s
- Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option,
check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is
"600x240".
- split_channels
- Set if channels should be drawn separately or overlap. Default value is
0.
- colors
- Set colors separated by '|' which are going to be used for drawing of each
channel.
- scale
- Set amplitude scale.
Available values are:
- lin
- Linear.
- log
- Logarithmic.
- sqrt
- Square root.
- cbrt
- Cubic root.
- draw
- Set the draw mode.
Available values are:
- scale
- Scale pixel values for each drawn sample.
- full
- Draw every sample directly.
Default value is "scale".
- filter
- Set the filter mode.
Available values are:
- average
- Use average samples values for each drawn sample.
- peak
- Use peak samples values for each drawn sample.
Default value is "average".
Examples
- •
- Extract a channel split representation of the wave form of a whole audio
track in a 1024x800 picture using ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i audio.flac -lavfi showwavespic=split_channels=1:s=1024x800 waveform.png
Delete frame side data, or select frames based on it.
This filter accepts the following options:
- mode
- Set mode of operation of the filter.
Can be one of the following:
- select
- Select every frame with side data of
"type".
- delete
- Delete side data of "type". If
"type" is not set, delete all side data
in the frame.
- type
- Set side data type used with all modes. Must be set for
"select" mode. For the list of frame
side data types, refer to the
"AVFrameSideDataType" enum in
libavutil/frame.h. For example, to choose
"AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN" side data, you
must specify "PANSCAN".
Synthesize audio from 2 input video spectrums, first input stream represents
magnitude across time and second represents phase across time. The filter will
transform from frequency domain as displayed in videos back to time domain as
presented in audio output.
This filter is primarily created for reversing processed
showspectrum filter outputs, but can synthesize sound from other
spectrograms too. But in such case results are going to be poor if the phase
data is not available, because in such cases phase data need to be
recreated, usually it's just recreated from random noise. For best results
use gray only output ("channel" color mode
in showspectrum filter) and "log"
scale for magnitude video and "lin" scale
for phase video. To produce phase, for 2nd video, use
"data" option. Inputs videos should
generally use "fullframe" slide mode as
that saves resources needed for decoding video.
The filter accepts the following options:
- sample_rate
- Specify sample rate of output audio, the sample rate of audio from which
spectrum was generated may differ.
- channels
- Set number of channels represented in input video spectrums.
- scale
- Set scale which was used when generating magnitude input spectrum. Can be
"lin" or
"log". Default is
"log".
- slide
- Set slide which was used when generating inputs spectrums. Can be
"replace",
"scroll",
"fullframe" or
"rscroll". Default is
"fullframe".
- win_func
- Set window function used for resynthesis.
- overlap
- Set window overlap. In range "[0, 1]".
Default is 1, which means optimal overlap for
selected window function will be picked.
- orientation
- Set orientation of input videos. Can be
"vertical" or
"horizontal". Default is
"vertical".
Examples
- •
- First create magnitude and phase videos from audio, assuming audio is
stereo with 44100 sample rate, then resynthesize videos back to audio with
spectrumsynth:
ffmpeg -i input.flac -lavfi showspectrum=mode=separate:scale=log:overlap=0.875:color=channel:slide=fullframe:data=magnitude -an -c:v rawvideo magnitude.nut
ffmpeg -i input.flac -lavfi showspectrum=mode=separate:scale=lin:overlap=0.875:color=channel:slide=fullframe:data=phase -an -c:v rawvideo phase.nut
ffmpeg -i magnitude.nut -i phase.nut -lavfi spectrumsynth=channels=2:sample_rate=44100:win_func=hann:overlap=0.875:slide=fullframe output.flac
Split input into several identical outputs.
"asplit" works with audio input,
"split" with video.
The filter accepts a single parameter which specifies the number
of outputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2.
Examples
- Create two separate outputs from the same input:
[in] split [out0][out1]
- To create 3 or more outputs, you need to specify the number of outputs,
like in:
[in] asplit=3 [out0][out1][out2]
- Create two separate outputs from the same input, one cropped and one
padded:
[in] split [splitout1][splitout2];
[splitout1] crop=100:100:0:0 [cropout];
[splitout2] pad=200:200:100:100 [padout];
- Create 5 copies of the input audio with ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i INPUT -filter_complex asplit=5 OUTPUT
Receive commands sent through a libzmq client, and forward them to filters in
the filtergraph.
"zmq" and
"azmq" work as a pass-through filters.
"zmq" must be inserted between two video
filters, "azmq" between two audio filters.
Both are capable to send messages to any filter type.
To enable these filters you need to install the libzmq library and
headers and configure FFmpeg with
"--enable-libzmq".
For more information about libzmq see:
<http://www.zeromq.org/>
The "zmq" and
"azmq" filters work as a libzmq server,
which receives messages sent through a network interface defined by the
bind_address (or the abbreviation "b") option.
Default value of this option is tcp://localhost:5555. You may want to
alter this value to your needs, but do not forget to escape any ':' signs
(see filtergraph escaping).
The received message must be in the form:
<TARGET> <COMMAND> [<ARG>]
TARGET specifies the target of the command, usually the
name of the filter class or a specific filter instance name. The default
filter instance name uses the pattern
Parsed_<filter_name>_<index>, but you can override this
by using the filter_name@id syntax (see Filtergraph
syntax).
COMMAND specifies the name of the command for the target
filter.
ARG is optional and specifies the optional argument list
for the given COMMAND.
Upon reception, the message is processed and the corresponding
command is injected into the filtergraph. Depending on the result, the
filter will send a reply to the client, adopting the format:
<ERROR_CODE> <ERROR_REASON>
<MESSAGE>
MESSAGE is optional.
Examples
Look at tools/zmqsend for an example of a zmq client which
can be used to send commands processed by these filters.
Consider the following filtergraph generated by ffplay. In
this example the last overlay filter has an instance name. All other filters
will have default instance names.
ffplay -dumpgraph 1 -f lavfi "
color=s=100x100:c=red [l];
color=s=100x100:c=blue [r];
nullsrc=s=200x100, zmq [bg];
[bg][l] overlay [bg+l];
[bg+l][r] overlay@my=x=100 "
To change the color of the left side of the video, the following
command can be used:
echo Parsed_color_0 c yellow | tools/zmqsend
To change the right side:
echo Parsed_color_1 c pink | tools/zmqsend
To change the position of the right side:
echo overlay@my x 150 | tools/zmqsend
Below is a description of the currently available multimedia sources.
This is the same as movie source, except it selects an audio stream by
default.
Read audio and/or video stream(s) from a movie container.
It accepts the following parameters:
- filename
- The name of the resource to read (not necessarily a file; it can also be a
device or a stream accessed through some protocol).
- format_name, f
- Specifies the format assumed for the movie to read, and can be either the
name of a container or an input device. If not specified, the format is
guessed from movie_name or by probing.
- seek_point, sp
- Specifies the seek point in seconds. The frames will be output starting
from this seek point. The parameter is evaluated with
"av_strtod", so the numerical value may
be suffixed by an IS postfix. The default value is "0".
- streams, s
- Specifies the streams to read. Several streams can be specified, separated
by "+". The source will then have as many outputs, in the same
order. The syntax is explained in the "Stream specifiers"
section in the ffmpeg manual. Two special names, "dv" and
"da" specify respectively the default (best suited) video and
audio stream. Default is "dv", or "da" if the filter
is called as "amovie".
- stream_index, si
- Specifies the index of the video stream to read. If the value is -1, the
most suitable video stream will be automatically selected. The default
value is "-1". Deprecated. If the filter is called
"amovie", it will select audio instead of video.
- loop
- Specifies how many times to read the stream in sequence. If the value is
0, the stream will be looped infinitely. Default value is "1".
Note that when the movie is looped the source timestamps are
not changed, so it will generate non monotonically increasing
timestamps.
- discontinuity
- Specifies the time difference between frames above which the point is
considered a timestamp discontinuity which is removed by adjusting the
later timestamps.
It allows overlaying a second video on top of the main input of a
filtergraph, as shown in this graph:
input -----------> deltapts0 --> overlay --> output
^
|
movie --> scale--> deltapts1 -------+
Examples
- Skip 3.2 seconds from the start of the AVI file in.avi, and overlay it on
top of the input labelled "in":
movie=in.avi:seek_point=3.2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
[in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
[main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
- Read from a video4linux2 device, and overlay it on top of the input
labelled "in":
movie=/dev/video0:f=video4linux2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
[in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
[main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
- Read the first video stream and the audio stream with id 0x81 from
dvd.vob; the video is connected to the pad named "video" and the
audio is connected to the pad named "audio":
movie=dvd.vob:s=v:0+#0x81 [video] [audio]
Commands
Both movie and amovie support the following commands:
- seek
- Perform seek using "av_seek_frame". The syntax is: seek
stream_index|timestamp|flags
- stream_index: If stream_index is -1, a default stream is selected,
and timestamp is automatically converted from AV_TIME_BASE units to
the stream specific time_base.
- timestamp: Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units or, if no stream
is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
- flags: Flags which select direction and seeking mode.
- get_duration
- Get movie duration in AV_TIME_BASE units.
ffmpeg(1), ffplay(1), ffprobe(1), libavfilter(3)
The FFmpeg developers.
For details about the authorship, see the Git history of the
project (git://source.ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg), e.g. by typing the command git
log in the FFmpeg source directory, or browsing the online repository at
<http://source.ffmpeg.org>.
Maintainers for the specific components are listed in the file
MAINTAINERS in the source code tree.
Visit the GSP FreeBSD Man Page Interface. Output converted with ManDoc. |